Document ryLKNmKb2yvkQR5ZBp7O4xGE

PUINTJFF-S EXHIBIT FEDERAL REGISTER VOLUME 36 NUMBER 75 Saturday, April 17, 1971 Washington, D.C. PART II DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Bureau of Labor Standards Safety and Health Regulations for Construction 7:M0 RULES AND REGULATIONS Title 29--LABOR Chapter XIII--Bureau of Labor Standards, Department of Labor PART 1518--SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION By notice of proposed rule making pub lished on February 2, 1971 (36 F.R. 1802). the Secretary of Labor invited the sub mission of written views, data, and argu ments concerning proposed regulations to implement section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act <86 Slat. 96; 40 U.S.C. 327', commonly known ns the Construction Safety Act. Six informal regional hearings were held for the purpose of receiving oral and written comments on the proposed rules. At the hearings, numerous persons pre sented oral and written comments con cerning the desirability and efficacy of the proposed rules. In addition, some comments were received from persons who did not attend the hearings. All comments have been reviewed by the Advisory Committee on Construction Safety and Health, which has trans mitted its recommendations to the Secre tary of Labor. After careful consideration of all com ments and the recommendations of the Advisory Committee, the following rules arc issued pursuant to section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Stand ards Act. Except to the extent that notice and public participation in this rulemaking proceeding arc required by section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333). the pro ceeding is considered within the exemp tions to 5 U.S.C. 553 for matters relating to public loans, benefits, and contracts. Nevertheless, good cause is hereby found for having these rules, to the extent that they are substantive, effective wltldn a period of less than 30 days following pub lication except where longer periods are .specifically provided. The rules are ap plied only to new construction contracts which are advertised on or after the seventh day following publication of this document in the Federal Recister. In the case of negotiated construction con tracts. the rules shall be effective as to new contracts of this nature for which negotiations are commenced on or after 10 days following publication of this document in the Federal Register. The time lag in the procurement process, together with the time periods specified, arc considered sufficient to afford affected persons reasonable time to take such action as may be necessary to comply with the rules. As adopted. Part 1518 reads as set forth below; Sor. :rin i i r. i n j r.iB ?. : r*\ a \ Subpart A--General Purpose and scope. Variations from safety and health standards. Inspections--right of entry. Rules of practice for administra tive adjudications for enforce ment of safety and health standards. Subparl B--`General Interpretations Sec. 1518.10 1518.11 1518.13 1518.13 1518.14 1518.15 1510.1C Scope of subpart. Coverage under section 103 of tho act distinguished. Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950. Interpretations of statutory terms. Federal contracts for "mixed*' types of performance. Relationship to the Service Con tract Act; Walsh-Hcalcy Public Contracts Act. Rules of construction. Subpart C--General Softly and Health Provisions 1518.20 1518.21 1518.22 1518.23 1518.24 1518.25 1518.26 1518.27 1518.28 1518.29 1518.30 1518.31 151B.32 General safety and health pro visions. Safely training and education. Recording and reporting of In juries. JRcscrvcdj First aid and modical attention. Fire protection und prevention. Housekeeping. Illumination. Sanitation. Personal protective equipment. Acceptable certification. Shipbuilding and ship repairing. Incorporation by reference. Definitions. Subpart D---Occupational Heailh and Environmental Controls 1518.50 1518.51 1518.52 1518.53 1518.54 1518.55 1518.50 1518.57 1518.53 Medical services and first aid. Sanitation. Occupational noise exposure. Ionizing radiation. Nonionizing radiation. Gases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists. Illumination. Ventilation. Definitions applicable to this subpart. ' Subpart l----Tools---Hand and Power Sec. 1518.300 1510.301 1518.302 1518.303 1518.304 1518.305 General requirements. Hand tools. Power operated hand tools. Abrasive wheels and tools. Woodworking tools. Jacks--lever and ratchet,screw and hydraulic. Subport J-->Welding and Cutting 1518.350 1518.351 1510.352 1518.353 1518.354 Gas welding and cutting. Arc welding and cutting. Fire prevention. Ventilation and protection In welding, cutting, and heating. Welding, cutting and heating in way of preservative coatings. Subpart K--Electrical , 1518.400 1518.401 1518.402 1518.403 1518 404 1510.405 General requirements. Grounding and bonding. Equipment Installation and main tenance. . Battery rooms and battery charg ing. Hazardous locations. Definitions applicable to this sub part. Subpart L--Ladders and Scaffolding 1518.450 1518.451 1518.452 Ladders. Scaffolding. Definitions applicable to this .sub part. Subpart M--Floors and Wall Openings, and Stairways 1518.500 1518.501 1518 502 Guardrails, handrails, and covers. Stairways. Definitions applicable to this sub part. Subpart N--Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors Subport E--Pcrsonol Protective end Life Saving Equipment 1518.100 1518.101 1518.102 1518.103 1518.104 1518.105 1518.106 1518.107 Head protection. Hearing protection. F.yc and face protection. Respiratory protection. Safety bells, lifelines, and lan yards. Safety nets. Working over or near water. Definitions applicable to this subpart. Subpart F--Fire Protection and Prevention 1518.150 1518.151 1518.152 1518.153 1518.154 1518.155 Fire protection. Fire prevention. Flammable and combustible liq uids. Liquefied petroleum gas (LF- Gas). Temporary heating devices. Definitions applicable to this ' subpart. Subparl G--Signs, Signols, and Barricades 1518.200 1518.201 1518.202 1518.203 Accident prevention signs tags. Signaling. Barricades. Definitions applicable to subpart. and this Subpart H---MoUrioit Handling, Store?#, U#, and Dispotal 1518.550 1518.551 1518.552 1518.583 1518.554 1518.555 Cranes and derricks. Helicopters. Material hoists and personnel hoists and elevators. Base-mounted drum hoists. Overhead hoist*. Conveyors. Subpart O--Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment', and Morin# Operations 1518.600 1518.601 1618.602 1518.603 1518.604 1516.605 1513.806 Equipment. Motor vehicles. Materlal'handllng equipment. Pile driving equipment. Site clearing. Marine operations and equip ment. Definitions applicable to this sub ports Subpart P---Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring 1518.650 1518.651 1518.652 1518.653 General requirements. Specific excavation requirements. Specific trenching requirements. Definitions applicable to this sub port. Subparl O--Concrete Forms and Shoring 1518.700 1518.701 1518.702 General provisions. Forms and shoring. Definitions applicable to this sub part. Subpart U--Steel Erection 1518.250 1518.251 1518.252 General requirements for storage. Rigging equipment for material handling. Disposal of waste materials. 1518.750 1518.751 1518.752 Flooring requirements. Structural steel assembly. Bolting, riveting, fittlng-up. and plumblng-up. EGS 17798 RULES AND REGULATIONS /.'! 11 Subparl S--Tunneli and Shaft), CoUtom, variation from any of the safety and similar to those provided for under the Cofferdam!, and Compresled Air health standards published in Subpart C Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act un See. of tlds part and following subparts. der 41 CFR Part 50-205. ISIS.800 1518.001 1518.802 1618.803 1518.80-1 Tunnels and shaft*. Caissons. Cofferdams. Compressed air. Definitions applicable lo Ibis sub part. (b) Any contractor or subcontractor desiring a variation shall file with the Director of the Bureau of Labor Stand ards a written application In triplicate containing the following: (1) The name and address of the 1318.4 Rules of practice for udmitii -- trulive adjudication* for cnforccrnc-nt of safety and health standards. (a) The rules of practice for adminis trative adjudications for the enforce 15)8 850 1518.851 1518.852 1518.853 1518.854 1518.855 1518 85C 1518.857 1518.858 1518.850 1518.880 Subpart T--Demolition Preparatory operations. Stairs, passageways, and ladders. Chutes. Removal of materials through floor holes. Removal of walls, masonry sec tions. and chimneys. Manual removal of floors. Rcmotal of walls, floors, and material with equipment. Storage. Removal of steel construction. Mechanical demolition. Selective demolition by explosives. Subparl U---Blasting and Use of'Explosives 1618.000 1618.901 1518.802 1618.903 1518.904 1518.905 1518.900 1518.007 General provisions. Dln-stcr qualifications. Surfnco transportation of explo sives. Underground transportation of expl05l vcs. Storage of explosives and blasting agents. Loading of explosives or blasting agents. Initiation of explosive charges. Use of safety fuse. applicant; (2) A reference to the applicable standard, including the applicable pro visions of this part; (3) A full description of the proposed variation from the standard: (4) A statement of how the variation would provide for protecting the sur roundings or working conditions of the laborers or mechanics sought to be pro tected by the standard; and (5) A statement of the substantial engineering or other practical difficulties which are asserted. (c) The Director may require the ap plicant to furnish additional information. (d) If the Director finds that the variation will not prejudice the safety or health of the laborers or mechanics Sought to be protected by the standard, he shall grant the variation with such modifications, restrictions, or qualifica tions as he may consider to be necessary or appropriate. (e) The terms and conditions of the variation may be modified at the dis ment of the safety and health standards contained in Subpart C of this part and tlte following subparts shall be the same as those published in Part 6 of this title with respect to safety and health violations of the Service Contract Act of 1965 (69 Stat. 1035). except as pro vided in paragraph (b) of this section. (b) In the case of debarment, the find ings required by section 107(d) of the Act shall be made by the hearing exam iner or the Director, as the case may be. Whenever, as provided in section 107(d) (2), a contractor requests termination of debarment before the end of the 3- year period prescribed in that section, the request shall be filed in writing with the Director who shall publish a notice in the Federal Register that the request has been, received and afford interested persons an opportunity to be heard up on the request, and thereafter the pro visions of Port 6 of this title shall apply with respect to prehearing conferences, hearings and related matters, and deci sions and orders. 1618.908 1518.909 1618.910 1618.911 1518.912 1518.913 Use of detonating cord. Firing the blast. Inspection after blasting. Misfires. Underwater blasting. Blasting In excavations comp rested air. under cretion of the Director or upon appli cation of the contractor or subcontrac tor or other interested person. (f) The Director may cancel the vari ation for cause. (g) Notice of the granting or cancella Subpart B--General interpretations 1518.10 Scope of aulipart. (a) Tills subpart contains the general rules of the Secretary of Labor inter preting and applying the construction 1518.914 Definitions. tion of a variation shall be published in safety and health provisions of section Subparl V--Power Distribution and Trantmlsslon lines 1618.950 [Reserved] the Federal Register. (h) In considering any request for a variation, the Director shall provide pro cedural safeguards equivalent to those 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (83 Stat. 96). Sec tion 107 requires as a condition of each contract which is entered into under Subpart W--Recording and Reporting Work Injury Frequency and Severity Data and Acciden! Costs 1518.1000 (Reserved) prescribed in section 6(d) of the Occupa tional Safety and Health Act of 1970 (84 Stat. 1596). Fending the adoption of rules of procedure applying the afore legislation subject to Reorganization Plan Numbered 14 of 1950 (64 Stat. 1267), and which Is for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including Subpart X--Effective Dates mentioned section 6(d), the applicable painting and decorating, that no con 16!8.1050- Effective dates (general). rules of procedure shall be specified in tractor or subcontractor contracting for 1518.1051 Effective dates (specific). the notice of any hearing which may be any part of the contract work shall re Authoritt: The provisions of this Part 1518 Issued under sec. 1. 83 Slat. 98. 97. add ing sec. 107 to Public Law 87-581, 70 Stat. 357; 40 U.S.C. 333. Subpart A--General provided. 1518.3 In-pcction.1--right of ciilr). (a) It shall be a condition of each con tract which is subject to section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety quire any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazard ous, or dangerous to his health or safety, as determined under construction safety 1318.1 Purpose and cope. (ft) Tills part sets forth the safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor under section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. Tho standards are pub lished in Subpart C of this part and fol lowing subparts. Standards Act that the Secretary of Labor or any authorized representative shall have a right of entry to any site of contract performance'for the following purposes: (1) To inspect or investigate the mat ter of compliance with the safety and health standards contained in Subpart C of this part and following subparts; and health standards promulgated by the Secretary by regulation. 1518.11 Coverage under xeetion 103 of llic net distinguished. (at Coverage under section 103. It is important to note that the coverage of section 107 differs from that for the over time requirements of the Contract Work (b> Subpart B of this part contains and Hours and Safety Standards Act. The statements of general policy and in (2) To carry out the duties of the application of the overtime requirements terpretations of section 107 of the Con Secretary under section 107(b) of the is governed by section 103, which, sub tract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. ject to specific exemptions, includes (1) Act having general applicability. S 1318,2 Variation* frmu safely and health standard.-. - fa> In case of substantial engineering or other practical difficulties, a con (b) For the purpose of carrying out his Investigative duties under the Act, the Secretary of Labor may. by agreement, use with or without reimbursement the services, personnel, and facilities of any State or Federal agency. Any agreements Federal contracts requiring or involving the employment of laborers or mechanics (thus including, but not limited to. con tracts for construction), and (2) con tracts assisted in whole or in part by Federal loans, grants, or guarantees tractor or subcontractor rnay request a with States under this section shall be under any statute "providing wage FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17799 RULES AND REGULATIONS standards for such work." The statutes (i> Rental Housing--Section 1713 pro thorized for certain Slate or locally aided "providing wage standards for such vides mortgage and insurance on rental projects. work" include statutes for construction housing of eight or more units and on (xvii) Condominium Housing--Sec -which require the payment of minimum mobile-home courts. tion 1715y(d) provides mortgage insur ages in accordance with prevailing (ii) Section 1715a--Repealed. ance on property purchased for the de ..age findings by the Secretary of Labor (ill) Cooperative Housing--Section velopment of building sites. This includes in accordance with the Davis-Bncon Act. 1715c authorizes mortgage insurance on waterilnes ond water supply installations, A provision to section 103 excludes from cooperative housing of five or more units sewer lines and sewage disposal installa tile overtime requirements work where as well as supplementary loans for tions, steam, gas, and electrical lines and tile Federal assistance is only in the form improvement of repair or resale of installations, roads, streets, curbs, gut of a loan guarantee or insurance. memberships. ters. sidewalks, storm drainage facilities, <b) Coverage under section 107. To be (iv) Urban Renewal Housing--Section and other installation or work. covered by section 107 of the Contract 1715k provides mortgage insurance on (xviii) Group Medical Practice Facili Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. single family or multifamily housing in ties--Subchapter LX-B authorizes mort a contract must be one which (1) is en approved urban renewal areas. gage insurance for the financing of tered into under a statute that is subject (v) Low or Moderate Income Hous construction and equipment, of facilities to Reorganization Flan No. 14 of 1950 ing-Section 1715L(d) (3) and (4) in for group practice of medicine, optome <G4 Stat. 1267); and (2) is for "construc sures mortgages on low-cost single family try. or dentistry. tion, alteration, and/or repair, including or multifamily housing. (xlx) Nonprofit Hospitals--1715z-7 painting and decorating." <vi) Housing for Elderly--Section authorizes mortgage insurance to cover ij 1,7 I It. 12 Jtcorgnni/.iilimi IMmi Nn. I-t ' of 1950. 1715v provides mortgage insurance on rental housing for elderly or haudl- cnpped persons. new and rehabilitated hospitals, includ ing Initial equipment. (4) Hospital Survey and Construction fa) General provisions. Reorganiza (vll) Nursing Homes--Section 1715w Act, as amended by the Hospital and tion Plan No. 14 of 1950 relates to the authorizes mortgage insurance on nurs Medical Facilities Amendments o/ 1964 prescribing by the Secretary of Labor of ing home facilities and major equipment. (42 U.S.C. 291e). The provisions of this "appropriate standards, regulations, and (vill) Experimental Housing--Section Act cover construction contracts made procedures" with respect to the enforce 1715x provides mortgage insurance on by State or local authorities or private ment of labor standards under Federal single family or multifamily housing with institutions under Federal grant-in-aid and federally assisted contracts which experimental design of materials. programs for the construction of hospi arc subject to various statutes subject to (lx) War Housing Insurance--Section tals and other medical facilities. the Plan. The rules of the Secretary of 1743 not active. ' (5) Federal Airport Act (49- U.S.C. Labor implementing the Plan are pub (x) Yield Insurance--Section 1747 in 1114(b)). The act provides grant-in-aid lished in Part 0 of this title. Briefly, the sures Investment returns on multifamily funds for airport construction limited statutes subject to the Plan include the housing. to genera! site preparation runways, taxi- Davis-Bacon Act, including its extension (xi) Armed Services Housing--Section ways, aprons, lighting appurtenant to Federal-aid highway legislation sub 1748b to assist in relieving acute short thereto, and fire, rescue, and mainte ject to 23 U.S.C. 113, and other statutes subject to the Plan by its original terms, statutes by which the Plan is expressly age and urgent need for family housing at or in areas adjacent to military instal lations. nance buildings. The act excludes con struction intended for use as a public parking facility for passenger automo replied, such as the Contract Work ours Standards Act by virtue of sec (xii) Defense Housing for Impacted Areas--Section 1748h-2 provides mort biles and the cost of construction of any part of an airport building except such tion 104(d) thereof. (b> The Plan. (1) The statutes subject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 are cited and briefly described in the remain ing subparagraphs of this paragraph. These descriptions are general in nature and not intended to convey the full scope of the work to be performed under each statute. The individual statutes should be resorted to for a more detailed scope of the work. (2) Federal-Aid Highway Acts. The provisions codified in 23 U.S.C. 113 apply to the initial construction, reconstruc tion. or improvement work performed by contractors or subcontractors on high way projects on the Federal-aid systems, the primary and secondary, as well as their extensions in urban areas, and the Interstate System, authorized under the highway laws providing for the expendi gage insurance on single family or multi family housing for sale or rent primarily to military or civilian personnel of the Armed Services, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, or Atomic Energy Commission. (xiii) Defense Rental Housing--Sec tion 1750g provides for mortgage insur ance in critical defense housing areas. (xlv) Rehabilitation--Section 1715L (h) (1) provides mortgage insurance for nonprofit organizations to finance the purchase and rehabilitation of deterio rating or substandard housing for sub sequent resale to low-income home pur chasers. There must be located on the property five or more single family dwell ings of detached, semidetached, or row construction. (xv) Homeowner Assistance--Section of those buildings or parts of buildings to house facilities or activities directly related to the safety of persons at the airport. (6) Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1459). Construction contracts awarded by local authorities financed with the as sistance of loans and grants from the Federal Government. The construction programs are for slum clearance and urban renewal which Includes rehabilita tion grants, neighborhood development programs, neighborhood renewal plans, community renewal, demolition projects, and assistance for blighted areas. See the Housing Act of 1964, No. 21 below, concerning financial assistance for lowrent housing for domestic farm labor. (7) School Survey and Construction Act of 1950 (20 U.S.C. 636i. This act pro vides for a Federal grant-in-aid program ture of Federal fluids upon the Federalaid system. As cited in 41 Op. A.G. 488. 496. the Attorney General ruled that the Federal-Aid Highway Acts are subject to 1715Z(j)(l> authorizes mortgage insur ance to nonprofit organizations or pub lic bodies or agencies executed to finance sale of individual dwellings to lower In to assist in the construction of schools in federally affected areas. (8) Defense Housing Sc Community Facilities Sc Services Act of 1951 (42 Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950. come individuals or .families. Also in U.S.C. 1592i). Inactive Program. <3' National Housing Act (.12 U.S.C. 1713. 1715a. 1715c. 1715k. 17151(d) (3) and <4>. 1715v, 171Sw. !715x. 1743, 1747, 1748. 174811-2. I750g. 17151(h)(1). I7l5z cludes the rehabilitation of such housing if it is deteriorating or substandard for subsequent resale to lower income home purchasers. (9) United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1416). This statute covers the construction of low-rent public housing and slum clearance projects awarded by 'l'1I'. 1715C-1, 1715y(d). Subchaptcr (xvi) Rental Housing Assistance-- local authorities. These projects are fi lx-A. and Ix-B, 171S:-7). This act covers Section 1715Z-1 authorizes mortgage in nanced with the assistance of loans and construction which is financed with surance and interest reduction payments grants from the Federal Government. assistance by the Federal Government on behalf of owners of rental housing The slum clearance is the demolition and through programs of loan and mortgage projects designed for occupancy by lower remorel of buildings from any slum area imnance for the following purposes: income families. Payments are also au to be used for a low-rent housing project. FEOERAl REGISTER. VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY1, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17800 Slates mid their political suodivi.sions in various States for the construction ot huunci.ii assistance .c .s-i.-: v..<..v.. . .. ilie field of civil defense which includes public libraries. construction projects designed for the re procurement, construction. leasing, or (19) Urban Mass Transportation Act search and development of the com renovating of materials and facilities, of 1954 (49 U.S.C. 1609), Tills act pro mercial fisheries resources of the Nation. (11) Delaware River Basin Compact vides for grants and loans to assist States (23) The Nurse Training Act of 1964 <scc. 1S.1, 75 Stat. 714). This joint res and local public -bodies and agencies (42 U.S.C. 296a(b) (5)). This act provides olution creates, by intergovernmental thereof in financing the acquisition, con for grants to assist in the construction _ .compact between the United States, struction. reconstruction, and improve of new facilities for collegiate, associate Delaware, New Jersey, New York, and ment of facilities and equipment for use, degree, and diploma schools of nursing, ,'ennsylvania, a regional agency for plan by operation or lease or otherwise, in or replacement or rehabilitation of exist ning. conservation, utilization, develop mass transportation service in urban ing facilities of such schools. ment. management and control of the area and in coordinating such service (24) Elementary and Secondary Edu water and related sources of the Dela with highway and other transportation cation Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 241i, 848'. ware River. in such areas. The purpose of the act is to provide fi (12) Coopcralivc Research Act (20 (20) Economic Opportunity Act of nancial assistance to local educational U.S.C. 332a(c)). This act provides Fed 1964 <42 U.S.C. 2947). This act covers agencies serving areas with concentra eral grants to a university, college, or construction which Is financed with as tions of children from low Income fam other appropriate public or nonprofit sistance of the Federal Government for ilies for construction in connection with private agency or institution for part or the following purposes: the expansion or improvement of their all of the cost of constructing a facility (i) Authorizes Federal assistance for educational programs. for research or for research and related construction of projects, buildings and (25) Federal Water Pollution Control purposes. Research and related purposes works which will provide young men and Act, as amended by the Water Quality means research, research training, sur women in rural and urban residential Act of 1965 (3 U.S.C. 466e<g)). Provides veys, or demonstrations in the field of centers with education, vocational train for financial assistance to States or education, or the dissemination of infor ing, and useful work experience (Title I). municipalities for construction of facili mation derived therefrom, or all of such (ii) Authorizes financial assistance ties in connection with the prevention activities, Including (but without limita for construction work planned and car and control of water pollution. This in tion) experimental schools, except that ried out at the community level for anti cludes projects that will control thd dis such term docs not include research, re poverty programs (Title II): charge into any waters of untreated or search training, surveys, or demonstra (a) Authorizes loans to low income inadequately treated sewage. tions In the field of sectarian instruction rural families by assisting them to ac (26) Appalachian Regional Develop or the dissemination of Information de quire or improve real estate or reduce en ment Act of 1965 (40 U.S.C. App. 402). rived therefrom. Construction includes new buildings, and the acquisition, ex pansion, remodeling, replacement, and alteration of existing buildings and the equipping of new buildings and existing buildings. (13) Health Professions Educational Assistance Act of 1903 (42 U.S.C. 292d (c)(4), 293a(c) (5)). The provisions of this act provide for grants to assist pub lic and nonprofit medical, dental, and cumbrances or erect improvements thereon, and to participate in coopera tive associations and/or to finance nonngrlcultural enterprises which will en able such families to supplement their income (Title III): (b) Authorizes loans to local coopera tive associations furnishing essential processing, purchasing, or marketing services, supplies, or facilities predomi nantly to low-income rural families Authorizes Federal assistance in the con struction of an Appalachian development highway system: construction of multi county demonstration health facilities, hospitals, regional health, diagnostic and treatment centers, and other facilities for health: seal and fill voids in abandoned mines and to rehabilitate strip mine areas; construction of school facilities for vocational education: and to assist in construction of sewage treatment similar schools for the construction, ex pansion. or renovation of teaching facilities. (14) Mental Retardation Facilities Construction Act (42 U.S.C. 295(a)(2) (D). 2662(5), 2675(a) (5)). This act au thorizes Federal financial assistance in the construction of centers for research on mental retardation and related as pects of human development, of univer sity-affiliated facilities for the mentally retarded and of facilities for the mentally retarded. (15) Community Mental Health Cen ters Act (42 U.S.C. 2635(a) (5)). This act (Title III): (c) Authorizes financial assistance to works. (27) National Technical Institute for States, political subdivisions of States, the Deaf Act (20 U.S.C. 684(b) (5)). Pro public and nonprofit agencies, institu vides for financial assistance for institu tions, organizations, farm associations, tions of higher education for the or individuals in establishing housing, establishment, construction, including sanitation, education, and child day-care equipment and operation, of a National programs for immigrants and other sea Institution for the Deaf. sonally employed agricultural employees, (28) Housing Act of 1959 (12 U.S.C. and their families (Title III). 1701(g) <c> (3)). This act authorizes (iii) Authorizes loans or guarantees loans to nonprofit corporations to be used loans to small businesses for construc for the construction of housing and tion work (Title IV). related facilities for elderly families. Also, <iv) Authorizes the payment of the the provisions of the act provide for cost of experimental, pilot, or demon rehabilitation, alteration, conversion or authorizes Federal grants for the con struction of public and other nonprofit community mental health centers. (16) Higher Education Facilities Act of 1963 <20 U.S.C. 753). This act author stration projects to foster State pro grams providing construction work expe rience or training for. unemployed fathers and needy people (Title V). (21) Housing Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. improvement of existing structures which are otherwise inadequate for pro posed dwellings used by such families. (.29) College Housing Act of 1950. as amended (12 U.S.C. I749a(f)). This act izes the grant or loan of Federal funds 1486(f): 42 U.S.C. 14S2b(e)'. Provides provides for Federal loans to assist edu to assist public and other nonprofit in financial assistance for iow-rent housing cational institutions in providing hous stitutions of higher education in financ for domestic farm labor. The Act fur ing and other educational facilities for ing the construction, rehabilitation, or improvement of academic and related facilities in undergraduate and graduate schools. <17) Vocational Educational Act of 1963 <20 U.S.C. 35f). This act provides for Federal grants to the various States ther provides for loans, through public or private agencies, where feasible, to owners or tenants of property in urban renewal areas to finance rehabilitation required to conform the property to ap plicable code requirements or carry out students and faculties. (30) Housing and Urban Development Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. lSOOc-3, 3107). This act provides for Federal assistance for the following purposes: (i) Grants to States and local public bodies to assist in any construction work for construction of nrca vocational edu the objectives of the urban renewal plan to be carried out under the open-space cation school facilities. for the area. land and urban beautification provisions FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 7S--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1V71 r:i 11 RULES AND REGULATIONS om,-lined therein. It provides for parks associations thereof to assist In construc 1416). This act provides lor Federal as recreation Areas, conservation of tion and equipment of facilities in con sistance for the following purposes: and other natural resources, and nection with research, training, demon (I) Grants to assLst in the construc usLorical and scenic purposes. stration of patient care, diagnostic and tion, rehabilitation, alteration, or repair (ii) Grants to local public bodies and treatment related to heart disease, can of residential property only if such resi gcncies to finance specific project for cer. stroke, and other major diseases. dential property 1s designed for residen nsic public water facilities (including (35) Mental Retardation Facilities and tial use for eight or more families to orks for the storage, treatment, purifi- Community Mental Health Centers Con enable city demonstration agencies to ation, and distribution of wnter), and struction Act Amendments of 1065 (20 carry out comprehensive city demonstra or basic public sewer facilities (other U.S.C. 618(g)). These provisions provide tion programs (42 U.S.C. 3310). han "treatment works" as defined in for grants to institutions of higher edu (ii) Amends the National Housing Act ic Federal Water Pollution Control cation for construction of facilities for (12 U.S.C. 1715c) and the Housing Act .et). research or for research and related pur-, of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1416). See these acts <iii> Grants to any local public body poses relating to education for mentally for coverage. r agency to assist in financing r.eigh- retarded, hard of hearing, deaf, speech (45) Air Quality Act of 1967 (42 U.S.C. orhood facilities. These facilities must impaired, visually handicapped, seriously 1857j-3). This act provides for Federal e necessary for carrying out a program emotionally disturbed, crippled, or other assistance to public or nonprofit agen f health, recreational, social, or similar health unpaired children who by reason cies, institutions, and organizations and immunity service and located so as to thereof require special education. to individuals, and contracts with public e available for the use of the area's low (36) Vocational Rehabilitation Act or private agencies, institutions, or per-, r moderate income residents. Amendments of 1065 (29 U.S.C. sons for construction of research and de-* (.Hi National Foundation on the Arts 11a<b)(4>). This act authorizes grants velopmcnt facilities and demonstration nd the Humanities Act of 1065 (20 to assist in meeting the costs of con plants relating to the application of pre .S.C. 054(1cl). The uct establishes the struction of. public or other nonprofit venting or controlling discharges into the Motional Foundation on the Arts and workshops and rehabilitation facilities. air of various types of pollutants. ic Humanities" which may provide (37) Clcaji Air and Solid V/astc Dis (46) Elementary and Secondary Edu latching grants to groups (nonprofit posal Acts (42 U.S.C. 3256). This act cation Amendments of 1967 (Title VII-- rganizalions and State and other public provides for financial assistance to pub Bilingual Education Act) <20 U.S.C. rgnnizations) and to individuals cn- lic (Federal, State, interstate, or local) 880b-6). This act provides for Federal aged in creative and performing arts for authorities, agencies, and institutions, . assistance to local educational agencies le entire range of artistic activity, private agencies and institutions, and or to an institution of higher education icluding construction of necessary individuals in the construction of facili applying jointly with a local educational icilitics. ties for solid-waste disposal. The term agency for minor remodeling projects in '32) Public Works and Economic Dc- construction includes the Installation of connection with bilingual education pro lovmcnt Act of 1065 (42 U.S.C. 3222). initial equipment. grams to meet the special needs of chil his act provides for Federal assistance (38) Medical Library Assistance Act dren with limited English-speaking abil ir the following purposes: of 1065 >42 U.S.C. 280b-3(b) (3)). Tills ity in the United States. 'ii Grants for the acquisition or act provides for grants to public or pri (47) Vocational Rehabilitation Amend opment of land or improvements vate non-profit agencies or institutions ments of 1967 (29 U.S.C. 42a(c)(3)). public works or development facility for the cost of construction of medical This act authorizes Federal assistance to sage in redevelopment areas. It author- library facility. any public or nonprofit private agency es loans to assist in financing the pur- (39) Veterans Nursing Home Care Act or organization for the construction of a '.ase or development of land for public (38 U.S.C. 5035(a) (8)). The construction center for vocational rehabilitation of orks which will assist in the creation industry health and safety standards do handicapped individuals who are both f long-term employment opportunities not apply to this act since it is not sub deaf and blind which shall be known as i the area. ject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of the National Center for Deaf-Blind i ii> Loans for the purchase or develop- 1950. Youths and Adults. Construction in ent of land and facilities (including (40) National Capital Transportation cludes new buildings and expansion, re achincry and equipment) for industrial Act of 1065 (40 U.S.C. 682(b)(4)). This modeling, alteration and renovation of commercial usage within redcvclop- act provides for Federal assistance to the existing buildings, and initial equipment ent areas; guarantee of loans for work- National Capital Transportation Agency of such new, newly acquired, expanded, g capital made to private borrowers by for construction of a rail rapid transit remodeled, altered, or renovated ivate lending institutions in connection system and related facilities for the buildings. :th direct loan projects; and to contract Nation's Capital. (48) National Visitor Center Facilities > pay to, or on behalf of, business enti- (41) Alaska Centennial--1067 (80 Act of 1068 (40 U.S.C. 808). Tills act au es locating in redevelopment areas, a Stat. 82). The program under this legis thorizes agreements and leases with`the ji tion of the interest costs which they lation has expired. owner of property in the District of Co :cur in financing their expansions from (42) Model Secondary School for the lumbia known as Union Station for the rivate sources. Deaf Act (SO Stat. 1028). This act pro use of all or a part of such property for 'iii) Loans and grants to create oco- vides for funds to establish and operate, a national visitor center to be known as omic development centers within desig- including construction and initial equip the National Visitor Center. The agree ited county economic development ment of new buildings, expaasion, re ments and leases shall provide for such :M riels. modeling. and alteration of existing alterations of the Union Station Build '3.'!' High-Speed Ground Transporla- buildings and equipment thereof, a model ing ns ncccssnry to provide adequate fa on Study (40 U.S.C. 1636(b)). This act secondary school for the deaf to serve the cilities for visitors. They also provide for rovidcs for financial assistance for con- residents of the District of Columbia and the construction of a parking facility, in ruction activities in connection with nearby States. cluding necessary approaches and ramps. search and development of different (43) Allied Health Professions Per (49) Juvenile Delinquency Prevention u nis of high-speed ground transporta- sonnel Training Act of 1066 (42 UJf.C. and Control Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 3843). eu and demonstration projects relating 205h(b) (2) (E)). This act provides for Tills act provides for Federal grants to ) intercity rail passenger service. grants to assist in the construction of State, county, municipal, or other public <3-1 Heart Disease. Cancer and Stroke mendments of 1065 142 U.S.C. ''O'b' (41 >. This act provides for grants public or nonprofit private univcrslmedical schools, research institu te;. hospitals, and other public and new facilities for training centers for allied health professions, or replacement or rehabilitation of existing facilities for such centers. (44) Demonstration Cities and Metro politan Development Act of 1966 (42 agency or combination thereof for the construction of facilities to be used in connection with rehabilitation services for the diagnosis, treatment, and rehabil itation of delinquent youths and youths 'uiprofit agencies and institutions, or U.S.C. 3310; 12 U.S.C. 1715c; 42 U.S.C. in danger of becoming delinquent. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 197t EGS 17802 RULES AND REGULATIONS T.'S-Lj (50; Housing and Urban Development (57) Developmental Disabilities Serv contract for construction, alteration or Act of l'JGS (including New Communities ices and Facilities Construction Amend repair. Cf. MacEvoy Co. v. United States, Act of 1968)(42 U.S.C. 3909). Tills act ments of 1970 (Public Law 91517, section 322 U.S. 102, 108-9 (1944). A person who provides for Federal assistance for the 135(a) (5)). Tills Act authorizes grants undertakes to perform a portion of a following purposes: to States for construction of facilities for contract Involving the furnishing of (i) Guarantees, and commitments to the provision of services to persons with supplies or materials will be considered guarantee, the bonds, debentures, notes, developmental disabilities who are un a "subcontractor" under this part and and other obligations issued by new com able to pay for such services. section 107 if the work in question Is to munity developers to help flnnncc new (58) Rail Passenger Service Act of be performed: (I) Directly on or adja community development projects. 1970 (Public Law 91-518. section 405(d)). cent to the construction site, or (2) by (ii) Amends section 212(a) of the Na This statute provides that the National the employer for the specific project on tional Housing Act, adding section 23G Railroad Passenger Corporation may a customized basis. Thus, a supplier of for "Rental Housing for Lower Income construct physical facilities necessary to materials which will become an integral Families" and section 242 "Mortgage In intercity rail passenger operations within part of the construction is a "subcon surance for Nonprofit Hospitals" thereto. the basic national roll passenger sys tractor" if the supplier fabricates the (51) Public Health Service. Act Amend tem designated by the Secretary of goods or materials in question specifically ment (Alcoholic and Narcotic Addict Re Transportation. for the construction project. If the goods habilitation Amendments of 1968) (42 (c) VA and FHA housing. In the or materials in question are ordinarily U.S.C. 2681. cl sen.). This act provides course of the legislative development of sold to other customers from regular for grants to a public and nonprofit pri section 107. it was recognized that sec inventory, the supplier is not a "subcon vate agency or organization for construc tion 107 would not apply to housing con tractor". An cxnmple of material sup tion projects consisting of any facilities struction for which insurance was issued plied "for the specific project on a cus (including post-hospitalization treat by the Federal Housing Authority and tomized basis" as that phrase is used in ment facilities for the prevention and Veterans' Administration for individual this section would be ventilating ducts, treatment of alcoholism or treatment) of home ownership. Concerning construc fabricated in a shop away from the con narcotic addicts. tion under the National Housing Act, struction jobsite and specifically cut for (52) Vocational Education Amend Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 ap the project according to design specifica ments of 1968 (20 U.S.C. 1246). Tills act plies to construction which is subject to tions. On the other hand, a supplier fur provides for grants to States for the con the minimum wage requirements of sec nishing steel beams would not be a "sub struction of area vocational education tion 212(a) thereof (12 U.S.C. 1715c). contractor" if the beams are of a size school facilities. The act further pro vides grants to public educational agen cies, organizations, or institutions for construction of residential schools to provide vocational education for the pur pose of demonstrating the feasibility and desirability of such schools. The act still further provides grants to State boards, to colleges and universities, to public educational agencies, organizations or institutions to reduce the cost of borrow 1518.13 Interpretation of Mnliitory terms. (a) The terms "construction," "alter ation," and "repair" used in section 107 of the Act are also used in section 1 of the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a), providing minimum wage protection on Federal construction contracts, and sec tion 1 of the Miller Act (40 U.S.C. 270a), providing performance and payment and type manufactured for general con struction use and not specifically made for the particular construction contract. Orninarlly, a contract for the supplying of construction equipment to a contrac tor would not. in and of itself, be con sidered a "subcontractor" for purposes of this part. 1518.1 t Federal contract for `'mixed" type* of performance. ing funds for the construction of resi bond protection on Federal construction (a) It is the intent of the Congress dential schools and dormitories. contracts. Similarly, the terms "contrac to provide safety and health protection (53) Postal Reorganization Act (39 tor" and "subcontractor" arc used in of Federal, federally financed, or fed U.S.C. 410(d) (2)). This Act provides for those statutes, as well as in Copeland erally assisted construction. See, for ex construction, modification, alteration, (Anti-Kickback) Act (40 U.S.C. 2760 ample, H. Report. No. 91-241, 91st Cong., repair, and other improvements of postal and the Contract Work Hours and Safety first session, p. 1 (1969). Thus, it is clear facilities located in leased buildings. Standards Act Itself, which apply con that when a Federal contract calls for (54) Airport and Airway Development currently with the Miller Act and the mixed types of performance, such as Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-258. section Davis-Bacon Act on Federal construction both manufacturing and construction, 52(b)(7)). Tills Act provides for Federal contracts and also apply to most fed section 107 would apply to the construc financial assistance to States and locali erally assisted construction contracts. tion. By Its express terms, section 107 ties for the construction, improvement, The use of the same or Identical terms in applies to a contract which Is "for con or repair of public airports. these statutes which apply concurrently struction, alteration, and/or repair." (55) (i) Public Law 91-230. Tills Act with section 107 of the Act have consid Such a contract Ls not required to be provides for federal financial assistance erable precedential value in ascertaining exclusively for such services. The appli to institutions of higher learning for the the coverage of section 107. cation of the section Ls not limited to construction of a National Center on (b) It should be noted that section 1 contracts which permit an overall char Educational Media and Materials for the of the Davis-Bacon Act limits minimum acterization as "construction contracts." Handicapped. The program under this wage protection to laborers and me The text of section 107 is not so limited. statute expires on July 1, 1971. Public chanics "employed directly" upon the (b) When the mixed types of per Law 91-230. section 6G2C1). "site of the work." There Is no compa formances include both construction and (ii) Education of the Handicapped rable limitation in section 107 of the Act. manufacturing, see also 51518.15(b) Act (20 U.S.C. 12326. 1404(a)). This Act Section 107 expressly requires as a self concerning the relationship between the provides for financial assistance to States for construction, expansion, remodeling, or alteration of facilities for the educa tion of handicapped children at the pre school. elementary school, and secondary school levels. (56) Housing and Urban Development Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-609, section 707(b)). This Act provides for grants to States and local public agencies to help finance the development of open-space or other land in urban areas for open- space uses. This Act becomes effective on executing condition of each covered con tract that no contractor or subcontractor shall require "any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the con tract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsani tary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety" as these health and safety standards are applied in the rules of the Secretary of Labor. (c) The term "subcontractor" under section 107 is considered to mean a per son who agrees to perform any part of Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act and section 107. 1518.15 RcIulioniJiip to the Senior Contract Act; Walrli-Hcnlcy Public Contracts Art. (a) A contract for "construction" is one for nonpersonal service. See, e.g., 41 CFR 1-1.208. Section 2(e) of the Service Contract'Act of 1965 requires as a con dition of every Federal contract (and bid specification therefor) . exceeding $2,500, the "principal purpose" of which July 1.1971. the labor or material requirements of a ls to furnish services to the United States FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, AMtIL 17, 1971 EGS 17803 7:5 H> RULES AND REGULATIONS through the use of "service employees," of the Act, the prime contractor assumes safety and health training programs the Hint certain safety and health standards all obligations prescribed as employer Director provides. be met. See 29 CFR Part 1516, which obligations under the standards con (2) The employer shall instruct each contains the Department rules concern tained in this part, whether or not he employee in the recognition and avoid ing these standards. Section 7 of the subcontracts any part of the work. ance of unsafe conditions and the regu Service Contract Act provides that the (c) To the extent that a subcontractor lations applicable to his work environ Act shall not apply to "any contract of of any tier agrees to perform any part of ment to control or eliminate any hazards Lhe United Slates or District of Colum the contract, he also assumes responsi or other exposure to illness or injury. bia for construction, alteration, and/or bility for complying with the standards (3) Employees required to handle or repair, including painting and decorating in this part with respect to that part. use poisons, caustics, and other harmful of public buildings or public works." It Thus, the prime contractor assumes the substances shall be instructed regarding is clear from the legislative history of entire responsibility under the contract the safe handling and use, and be made section 107 that no gaps in coverage and the subcontractor assumes responsi aware of the potential hazards, personal between the two statutes arc intended. bility with respect to his portion of the hygiene, and personal protective meas ib' The Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act requires that conlraels en tered into by any Federal agency for the manufacture or furnishing of materials, supplies, articles, and equipment in any amount exceeding $10,000 must contain, among other provisions, a requirement that "no part of such contract will be performed nor will any of the mate work. With respect to subcontracted work, the prime contractor and any sub contractor or subcontractors shall be deemed to have joint responsibility. id) Where Joint responsibility exists, both the prime contractor, and his sub contractor or subcontractors, regardless of tier, shall be considered subject to the enforcement provisions of the Act. ures required. (4) In job site areas where harmful plants or animals nrc present, employees who may be exposed shall be instructed regarding the potential hazards, and how to avoid injury, and the first aid proce dures to be used in the event of Injury. (5) Employees required to handle or use flammable liquids, gases, or toxic rials, supplies, articles or equipment to materials shall be instructed in the safe be manufactured or furnished under said Subpart C--General Safety and handling and use of these materials and contract be manufactured or fabricated Health Provisions made aware of the specific requirements in any plants, factories, buildings, or surroundings or under working condi tions which are unsanitary or hazardous or dangerous to the health and safety of employees engaged in the perform ance of said contract." The rules of the Secretary concerning these stand ards are published in 41 CFR Part 50 204, and express the Secretary of Labor's interpretation and application of section 1(e) of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act to certain particular working conditions. None of the described work ing conditions are intended to deal with construction activities, although such activities may conceivably be a part of a contract which is subject to the WalshHealey Public Contracts Act. Neverthe less. such activities remain subject to the general statutory duty prescribed by sec tion 1(e). Section 103(b) of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act provides, among other things, that the Act shall not apply to any work required to be done in accordance with the pro visions of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act. 1318.H) Rules rconstruction. (a) The prime contractor and any subcontractors may make their own arrangements with respect to obligations which might be more appropriately treated on a jobsite basis rather than individually. Thus, for example, the prime contractor and his subcontractors may wish to make an express agreement that the prime contractor or one of the subcontractors will provide all required first-aid or toilet facilities, thus relieving the subcontractors from the ac.tual, but not any legal, responsibility (or, as the case mny be. relieving the other subcon tractors from this responsibility). In no case shall the prime contractor be re lieved of overall responsibility for com pliance with the requirements of this part for all work to be performed under the contract. 1518.20 General safely anil health provi-ion*. (a) Contractor requirements. (1) Sec contained in Subparts D. F. and other applicable subparts of this part. (6) All employees required to enter into confined or enclosed spaces shall be tion 107 of the Act requires that it shall Instructed as to the nature of the haz be a condition of each contract which is ards involved, the necessary precautions entered into under legislation subject to to be taken, and in the use of protective Reorganization Plan Number 14 of 1950 and emergency equipment required. The (04 Stat. 12G7), as defined in 1518.12, employer shall comply with any specific and is for construction, alteration, and/ regulations that apply to work in or repair, including painting and deco dangerous or potentially dangerous areas. rating, that no contractor or subcontrac tor for any part of the contract work shall require any laborer or mechanic 1518.22 Recording and rrporling of injuries. ( Kc-ervcii 1 employed in the performance of the con 1518.23 First aid and mediral al- tract to work in surroundings or under Iciilion. working conditions which are unsanitary, First aid services and provisions for hazardous, or dangerous to his health or medical care shall be made available by safety. the employer for every employee covered (b) Accident prevention responsibili by these regulations. Regulations pre ties. (1) It shall be the responsibility of scribing specific requirements for first the employer to initiate and maintain nld, medical attention, and emergency such programs as may be necessary to facilities are contained in Subpart D of comply with this part. this part. (2) Such programs shall provide for frequent and regular inspections of the job sites, materials, and equipment to be made by competent persons desig nated by the employers. . (3) The use of unsafe machinery, tools, materials, or equipment is pro hibited. Unsafe tools, materials, or equip ment shall be Identified as unsafe by tagging or by locking the controls to render them inoperable, or they shall be removed from service. 1518.24 I'ire protection and preven tion. The employer shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of an effective fire protection and prevention program at the job site throughout all phases of the construction, repair, altera tion, or demolition work. The employer shall ensure the availability of the fire protection and suppression equipment required by Subpart F of this part. (4) The employer shall permit only 1518.25 Housekeeping. those employees qualified by training or (a) During the course of construction, experience to operate equipment and alteration, or repairs, form and scrap machinery, lumber with protruding nails, and all 1518.21 Safely (raining and education. (a) General requirements. The Direc tor shall, pursuant to section 107(f) of the Act, establish and supervise programs for the education and training of em ployers and employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of-unsafe con ditions in employments covered by the act. ` other debris, shall be kept cleared from work areas, passageways, and stairs, in and around buildings or other structures. (b) Combustible scrap and debris shall be removed at regular intervals during the course of construction. Safe means shall be provided to facilitate such removal. (c) Containers shall be provided for the collection and separation of waste, 'b' By contracting for full perform (b) Employer responsibility. (1) The trash, oily and used rags, and other ref ance of a contract subject to section 107 employer should avail himself of the use. Containers used for garbage and FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17804 RULES AND REGULATIONS other oily, flammable, or hazardous extent they arc legally Incorporated by erally speaking, "laborer and mechanic" wastes, such as caustics, acids, harmful reference in this part, have the same means any person employed on a con dusts, etc. shall be equipped with covers. force and effect os other standards In struction site. "Laborer" generally Garbage and other waste shall be dls- this part. The locations where these means one who performs manual labor " nosed of at frequent and regular specifications, standards, and codes may or who labors at an occupation requir ntervals. be examined are as follows: ing physical strength; "mechanic" gen 1518.26 Illumination. (1) Offices of the Bureau of Labor eral# means a worker skilled with tools. Standards. UJ3. Department of Labor, See 18 Comp. Gen. 341. Construction areas, aisles, stairs, Railway Labor Building, Washington, (j) "Employer" means contractor or ramps, runways, corridors, offices, shops, DC 20210. subcontractor within the meaning of tire and storage areas where work is In prog (2) The Regional and Field Offices of Act and of this part. ress shall be lighted with cither natural the Bureau of Labor Standards which (k) "Hazardous substance" means a or artificial illumination. The minimum are listed in the U.S. Government Man substance which, by reason of being ex illumination requirements for work areas ual 1970-71, at page 324. plosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive, are contained in Subpart D of this part. (b) Any changes in the specifications, oxidizing, irritating, or otherwise harm 1518.27 Sanitation. Health and sanitation requirements for drinking water are contained in standards and codes incorporated by reference in this part and an official his toric file of such changes are available at the offices referred to in paragraph ful, is likely to cause death or injury. (l) "Qualified" means one who, by possession of a recognized degree, certif icate, or professional standing, or who Subpart D of this part. (a) of this section. All questions as to the by extensive knowledge, training, and 1518.28 lYraOital incut. protective equip- applicability of such changes should also be referred to these offices. experience, has successfully demon strated his ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, (a) The employor is responsible for 1518.32 Definitions. the work, or the project. requiring the wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is an exposure to hazardous conditions and where this The following definitions shall apply in the application of the regulations in this part: (a) "Act" means section 107 of the (m) "Safety factor" means the ratio of the ultimate breaking strength of a member or piece of material or equip ment to the actual working stress or safe part indicates the need for using such Contract Work Hours and Safety Stand load when in use. equipment to reduce the hazards to the ards Act, commonly known as the Con (n) "Secretary" means the Secretary employees. (b) Regulations governing the use, selection, and maintenance of personal protective and lifesaving equipment are described under Subpart E of this part. struction Safety Act (80 Stat. 90; 40 U.S.C. 333). (b) "ANSI" means American National Standards Institute. (c) "Approved" means sanctioned, en of Labor. (o) "SAE" means Society of Auto motive Engineers. (p) "Shall" means mandatory. (q) "Should" means recommended. 1510.29 Acceptable certifications. (a) Pressure vessels. Current and valid certification by an insurance company or regulatory authority shall be deemed as acceptable evidence of safe installation, inspection, testing of pressure vessels provided by the employer. (b) Boilers. Boilers provided by the employer shall be deemed to be in com pliance with the requirements of this part when evidence of current and valid certification by an insurance company or regulatory authority attesting to the safe installation, inspection, and testing is presented. (c) Other requirements. Regulations prescribing specific requirements for other types of pressure vessels and simi lar equipment are contained in Subparts F and O of this part. 1518,30 Shipbuilding and ahip re pairing. (a) General. Shipbuilding, ship re pairing. alterations, and maintenance performed on ships under Government contract, except naval ship construction, is work subject to the Act. (b) Applicable salety and health standards-. For the purpose of work car ried out under this section, the safety and health regulations promulgated by the Secretary of Labor shall apply: Part 1501 of this title. Safety and Health Regulations for Ship Repairing, and Part 1502 of this title. Safety and Health Regulations for Shipbuilding. 1518.31 Incorporation hy reference. (a) The specifications, standards and codes of agencies of the U.S. Govern ment and organizations which are not dorsed, accredited, certified, or accepted (r) "Suitable" means that which fits, as satisfactory by a duly constituted and and has the qualities or qualifications to nationally recognized authority or meet a given purpose, occasion, condi agency. tion, function, or circumstance. <d) "Authorized person" means a per son approved or assigned by the employer to perform a specific type of duty or Subpart D--Occupational Health and Environmental Controls duties or to be at a specific location or 1518,50 Medical scr'iocs and fir-t aid. locations at the Jobsite. (e) "Bureau" means the Bureau of Labor Standards. (f) "Competent person" means one who is capable of Identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surround ings or working conditions which are un sanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to em ployees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. (g) "Defect" means any characteristic or condition which tends to weaken or reduce the strength of the tool, object, or structure of which it is a part. <h) "Designated person" means "au thorized person" as defined in { 1518.40 (c). (i) "Employee" means every laborer or mechanic under the Act regardless of the contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the laborer and mechanic and the contractor or sub contractor who engaged him. "Laborer and mechanic" are not defined in the Act, but the Identical terms are used in the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a), which provides for minimum wage pro tection on Federal and federally-assisted construction contracts. The use of the same term In a statute which often ap (a) The employer shall ensure the availability of medical personnel for ad vice and consultation on matters of oc cupational health. (b) In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, or hospital in proximity to the worksite which is available for ihe treat ment of injured employees, a person or persons who have a valid certificate in first aid training from the U.S. Bureau of Mines or the American Red Cross shall be available to render first aid. (c) (1) First aid supplies recom mended by the consulting physician shall be easily accessible when required. (2) The first aid kit shall consist of materials recommended by the consult ing physician in a weatherproof con tainer with individual scaled packages for each type of Item. The contents of the first aid kit shall be checked by the employer before being sent out on each job and at least weekly on each job to ensure that the expended Items are replaced. (d) Provisions shall be made prior to commencement of the project for prompt medical attention in case of serious Injury. (e) Proper equipment for prompt plies concurrently with section 107 of the transportation of the Injured person Act has considerable precedential value to a physician or hospital, or a commu In ascertaining the meaning of "laborer nication system for contacting necessary agencies of the U.S, Government, to the and mechanic" as used In the Act. Gen ambulance service, shall be provided. "5 -- P- n------- 3 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAr, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17805 73-1S RULES AND REGULATIONS (X' The telephone numbers of l,hc doc provided, they shall be healed, ventilated, (b)Any activity which involves the tors, hospital and ambulances shall be and lighted. use of radioactive material or X-ray, conspicuously posted. (f) Washing facilities. The employer whether or not under license from the (g) There shall be at least one person, shall provide adequate washing facilities Atomic Energy Commission, shall be per with a valid certificate in first aid train for employees engaged in the application formed by competent persons specially ing Xrom the U.S. Bureau of Mines or of paints, coating, herbicides, or Insecti trained in the proper and safe operation the American Red Cross, to administer cides, or in other operations where con of such equipment. In the cose of ma emergency first aid at nny isolated loca taminants can, by Ingestion or absorp terials used under Commission license, tion, or area oX difficult access, and where tion, be detrimental to the health of the only persons actually licensed, of compe medical treatment is not available. employees. tent persons under direction and super 1518.51 Sanitation. (g) Waste disposal shall not cause vision of the licensee, shall perform such ground contamination and shall comply work. Cal Potable water. (1) An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided in all places of employment. with local sanitary health laws. 1518.52 Occupational noise exposure. 1518.53 fonizing radiation. (a) In construction and related ac (2) Portable containers used to dis (a) Protection against the effects of tivities involving the use of sources of pense drinking water shall be capable noise exposure shall be provided when ionizing radiation, the applicable provi of being tightly closed, and equipped the sound levels exceed those shown in sions of the Atomic Energy Commission's with a tap. Water shall not be dipped Table D-2 of this section when meas Standards for Protection Against Radia Xrom containers. ured on the A-scale of a standard sound tion (10 CFR Part 20). relating to pro (3) Any container used to distribute level meter at slow response. tection against occupational radiation drinking water shall be clearly marked (b) When employees are subjected to exposure, shall apply. as to the nature of its contents and not sound levels exceeding those listed in (b) Any activity which involves the used for any other purpose. Table D-2 of this section, feasible ad use of radioactive material or X-ray. (4) The common drinking cup is pro ministrative or engineering controls whether or not under license frqm the hibited. shall be utilized. If such controls fail to Atomic Energy Commission, shall be per (5) Where single service cups (to be reduce sound levels within the levels of formed by competent persons specially used but once) are supplied, both a sani the table, personal protective equipment trained in the proper and safe operation tary container for the unused cups and as required in Subpart E, shall be pro of such equipment. In the case of ma a receptacle for disposing of the used vided and used to reduce sound levels terials used under Commission license, cups shall be provided. (b) Nonpotablc water. (1) Outlets for nonpotablc water, such as water for in dustrial or firefighting purposes only, within the levels of the table. (c) If the variations in noise level in volve maxima at intervals of 1 second or less, it is to be considered continuous. only persons actually licensed, or com petent persons under direction and supervision of the licensee, shall perform such work. shall be identified by signs meeting the requirements of Subpart G of this part, (d) (1) In all cases where the sound levels exceed the values shown herein, a 1518.54 Nonionizing radiation. to indicate clearly that the water is continuing, effective hearing conserva (a) Only qualified and trained em unsafe and is not to be used for drink ing, washing, or cooking purposes. (2) There shall be no cross-connection, open or potential, between a system fur nishing potable water and a system fur bishing nonpotable water. (c) Toilets at construction job sites. (1) Toilets shall be provided for em ployees according to the following table: Table D-l Minimum number of facilities 20 or loss1. 20 or more1 toilet scat and 1 urinal per 40 workers. 200 or more1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per SO workers. (2) Under temporary field conditions, provisions shall be made to assure not less than one toilet facility is available. (3) Job sites, not provided with a san itary sewer, shall be provided with one tion program shall be administered. Table D-2--Permissible Noise ExrosUBrs Duration per day, hours: Sound level dBA slow Response 8 -............................--..............--...................... S -___ 4 .........................-............--.................... 3 ......... -.................................................... 2 ................................................................ V/x ________ ______ -..............-............. 1 ......................... -.................................... Vi .......................................................................... J/i or less 115 DO 93 95 97 100 102 105 HO (2) When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their Com bined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions: Cl , C2 - , CM Tf ` T2........... +Tn exceeds unity, then the mixed exposure should be considered to exceed the limit value. Cn indicates the total time of ex ployees shall be assigned to install, ad just, and 0]>erate laser equipment. (b) Proof of qualification of the laser equipment operator shall be available and in possession of operator at all times. (c) Employees, when working in areas in which a potential exposure to direct or reflected laser light greater than 0.005 watts (5 milliwatts) exists, shall be pro vided with antilaser eye protection de vices as specified in Subpart E of this part. (d) Areas in w'hlch lasers are used shall be posted with standard laser warning placards. (e) Beam shutters or caps shall be utilized, or the laser turned off, when laser transmission is not actually re quired. When the laseris left unattended for a substantial period of time, such as during lunch hour, overnight, or at change of shifts, the laser shall be turned off. (f) Only mechanical or electronic means shall be used as a detector for guiding the internal alignment of the of the following toilet facilities unless prohibited by local codes: (i) Privies (where their use will not contaminate ground or surface water); fii) Chemical toilets; (iii) Recirculating toilets; posure at a specified noise level, and Tn indicates the total time of exposure per mitted at that level. (e) Exposure to impulsive or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB peak sound pressure level. laser. (g) The laser beam shall not be di rected at employees. (h) When It Is raining or snowing, or when there is dust or fog in the air, the operation of laser systems shall be pro hibited where practicable; in any event, (iv) Combustion toilets. 1518.53 Ionizing radiation. employees shall be kept out of range of (d) Food, handling. All employees' food service facilities and operations shall meet the applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations of the Jurisdictions in which they are located. (e) Temporary sleeping quarters. (a) In construction and related ac tivities involving the use of sources of ionizing radiation, the pertinent provi sions of the Atomic Energy Commis sion's Standards for Protection Against Radiation (10 CFR Part 20), relating tor protection against occupational radia the area of source and target during such weather conditions. (I) Laser equipment shall bear a label to Indicate maximum output. (J) Employees shall not be exposed to light Intensities above: (1) Direct staring: 1 micro-watt per When temporary sleeping-quarters are tion exposure, shall apply. square centimeter: FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17806 RULES AND REGULATIONS 7349 (2) Incidental observing: 1 milliwatt harmful exposure of employees, and pre tact with any material or substance per square centimeter: vention or elimination of such hazards is which may have immediate or latent (3) Diffused reflected light: 2'A watts not practicable, such hazards shall be harmful effects on health. per square centimeter. controlled by the application of general (d) "Ionizing radiation" means radi ik) Laser unit in operation should be ventilation, local exhaust ventilation, or ant energy emitted by way of radioactive set up above the heads of the employees, other effective mechanical means. materials or X-ray devices. when possible. (b) Local exhaust ventilation. Local (e) "Nonionizing radiation" means an < 1 j Employees shall not be exposed to microwave power densities in excess of 10 milliwatts per square centimeter, 13 1 8..I.! Ciif'C'., vapors, fumes, dtiM-s anti ini-l*. exhaust ventilation when used as de scribed in (a) shall be designed to pre vent dispersion into the air of dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, and gases in con centrations causing harmful exposure. Such exhaust systems shall be so de amplification of light through ultra violet and infrared rays by means of instruments such as the laser. Nonioniz ing radiation Includes microwave fre quencies beginning at approximately 100 megahertz (10'-) and extending to 100 <a> Exposure of employees to inhala signed that dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, gigahertz (10") and the infrared and tion. ingestion, skin absorption, or con or gases are not drawn through the work ultraviolet and visable light frequencies tact with any material or substance at a area of employees. as may be utilized in microwave, maser, concentration above those specified in (c) Design and operation. Exhaust and laser equipment. the "Threshold Limit Values of Airborne fans. Jets, ducts, hoods, separators, and (f) "Potable" means suitable for Contaminants for 1970" of the American all necessary appurtenances, including drinking. Conference of Governmental Industrial refuse receptacles, shall be so designed, (g) "Radiation" means, the process of Hygienists, shall be avoided. constructed, maintained and operated as emitting radiant energy in the form of (b) When engineering or administra to ensure the required protection by waves or particles. tive controls cannot be employed to maintaining a volume and velocity of ex (h) "Toxic" means poisonous. reduce or eliminate the exposure, protec tive equipment, as required In Subpart E of this part, shall be used. 1318.50 Ilium illation. (a) General. Construction areas, ramps, runways, corridors, offices, shops, and storage areas shall be lighted to not less than the minimum illumination in tensities listed in Table D-3 while any haust air sufficient to gather dusts, fumes, vapors, or gases from said equip ment or process, and to convey them to suitable points of safe disposal, thereby preventing their dispersion In harmful quantities into the atmosphere where employees work. (d) Duration of operations. (1) The exhaust system shall be in operation con tinually during all operations which it Subparf E--Personal Protective and Life Saving Equipment 1518.100 Head protection. (a) Employees working in areas where there is a danger of head injury from impact, or from falling of flying ob jects, or from electrical shock and bums, shall be protected by protective helmets. work is in progress: is designed to serve. If the employee re (b) Helmets for the protection of em Table D-3--Minimum Illumination Intensities in Foot-Candles Foot-c.vmllcs: Area or operation mains in the contaminated zone, the sys tem shall continue to operate after the cessation of said operations, the length of time to depend upon the individual ployees against impact and penetration of falling and flying objects shall meet the specifications contained in American National Standards Institute, Z89.1- 5-------------- General construction area lighting. 3 General construction areas, concrete placement, excava tion and waste areas, access ways, active storage areas, loading platforms, refueling, and field maintenance areas. 5-------------- Indoors: warehouses, corridors, hallways, and exitways. 6-------------- Tunnels, shafts, and general underground worK areas: (Exception: minimum of 10 foot-candles Is required at tunnel and shaft heading during drilling, mucking, circumstances and effectiveness of the general ventilation system. (2) Since dust capable of causing dis ability is, according to the best medical opinion, of microscopic size, tending to remain for hours in suspension in still air, it is essential that the exhaust sys tem be continued in operation for a time after the work process or equipment served by the same shall have' ceased, in order to ensure the removal of the harm ful elements to the required extent. For the same reason, employees wearing res piratory equipment should.not remove 1969. Safety Requirements for Industrial Head Protection. (c) Helmets for the head protection of employees exposed to high voltage elec trical shock and burns shall meet the specifications contained in American Na tional Standards Institute, Z89.2-1970. 1518.101 ITcn ring protection. (a) Wherever it is not feasible to re duce the noise levels or duration of expo sures to those specified in Table D-2. Permissible Noise Exposures, in 5 1518.52, ear protective devices shall be provided and scaling. Bureau of Mines same immediately until the atmosphere and used. approved cap lights shall be acceptable for use in the tunnel heading.) 10------------ General construction plant and shops (e.g., batch plants, screening plants, mechanical and electrical equipment seems clear. (e) Disposal ol exhaust materials. The air outlet from every dust separator, and the dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases collected by an exhaust or ventilating system shall discharge to the outside at lb) Ear protective devices inserted in the car shall be fitted or determined in dividually by competent persons. (c) Plain cotton is not an acceptable protective device. rooms, carpenter shops, rig mosphere. Collecting systems which re J 318.102 Eye uml face protection. ging lofts and active store rooms. barracks or living quarters, locker or dressing rooms, mess halls, and In door toilets and workrooms). 30------------ First aid stations. Infirmaries, and offices. <b) Other areas. For areas or oper ations not covered above, refer to the American National Standard All.1-1965. R1970, Practice for Industrial Lighting, for recommended values of illumination. turn air to work area may be used if concentrations which accumulate in the work area air do not result in harmful exposure to employees. Dust and refuse discharged from an exhaust system shall be disposed of in such a manner that it will not result in harmful exposure to employees. 1518.58 Definitions applicable to this siilipnrt. (a) "dBA" means decibels of sound (a) General. (1) Employees shall be provided with eye and face protection equipment when machines or operations present potential eye or face injury from physical, chemical, or radiation agents. (2) Eye and face protection equipment required by this Part shall meet the re quirements specified in American Na tional Standards Institute, Z87.1-1968, Practice for Occupational and Educa tional Eye and Face Protection. 1 > 1 8.57 Ventilation. measured on an A-scale. (3) Employees whose vision requires (b) "Decibel" means a unit for meas the use of corrective lenses in spectacles, (a) General. Whenever harmful dusts, uring the relative loudness of sounds. when required by this regulation to wear fumes, mists, vapors, or gases exist, or (c) "Exposed", as applied to toxic eye protection, shall be protected by gog arc produced in the course of construc contaminants, means contact by inhala gles or spectacles of one of the following tion work, iti quantities giving rise to tion, Ingestion, skin absorption, or con types: FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17807 7350 RULES AND REGULATIONS EGS 17808 FEDERAL REGI5TER. VOL. 36, NO. 7 5 -- SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 < RULES AND REGULATIONS 7351 Table E--t. Selection of Resphators--Continued shall be Inspected for defects which Respirator (See Note) would alter their strength or buoyancy. Defective units shall not be used. (c) Ring .buoys with at least 90 feet of Css and vapor contaminants .tnmcdlaldy 6flf-conlalnol breathing apparatus. Hose moak with blower. Air- dangerous to llfcand health. purifying, full fucepicco respirator with chemical canister (gas mnslc). Scll-rcscuo inoulhpluco respirator (for escape only). Com bination alr-IInc respirator with aurlllury self-contained air supply or an nlr-sloragc reedrer with alurtn. Nollmmcdlttlcly dangerous to llfcand health. Alr-IInc respirator. Hose mask without blower. line shall be provided and readily avail able for emergency rescue operations. Distance between ring buoys shall not exceed 200 feet. (d> At least one lifesaving skiff shall Particulate contaminants Immediately dan gerous to llfeaud health. Alr-purlfylng. half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with chemical cartridge. Rag-contained breathing apparatus, llosa mosk with blower. Alr-purlfyinp, full facepiece respirator with appropiluto (liter. be immediately available at locations where employees are working over or adjacent to water. Self-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for eseapo only). Comblnullou alr-llne respirator with auxiliary self-contained olr supply or an olr-slorjitc receiver with alarm. 1518.107 Definitions applicable to tlii.-i suirparl. Nut utuiudmteiy d tnyemus to life ami health. Alr-purltylug, Imlf-umsk or mouthpiece respirator with filter pad or curtrldgu. Alr-llne respirator. Alr-IInc abrasive-blasting respirator, ifosc-nmsk without blower. Combination gas, vapor, anti particulate Self-contained breathing afiparatus. contaminants fmint-tllutely dangerous to llosc mask with blower. life and health. Air-purifying, full facepleco respirator with chemical canister anti appropriate filter (gas mask with filler). fa) "Contaminant" means any mate rial which by reason of Its action upon, within, or to a person is likely to cause physical harm. Cb) "Lanyard" means a rope, suitable for supporting one person*. One end is Pelf-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Combination alr-llno respirator with auxiliary self-conlalned air supply or an air-storage receiver with alurrn. Not Itnniedlnli'ly dangerous to life and health. Alr-llno respirator. Hoso mask without blower. Alr-purlfylng. hnlf-mnsk nr mouthpiece respirator with chemical cartridge and appropriate filter. fastened to a safety belt or harness and the other end is secured to a substantial object or a safety line. .. (c)"Lifeline" means a rope, suitable for supporting one person, to which a lanyard or safety belt (or harness) is Note: For the purpose of this part, "Immediately dangerous to life and health" Is defined as a condition that attached. either poses an Immediate threat to life and health or an Immediate threat of severe exposure to contaminants, such (d> "O.D." means optical density and as radioactive materials, which aro likely to have adverse delayed effects on health. refers to the light refractive characteris (c) Selection, issuance, use and care of respirators. Cl) Employees required to use respiratory protective equipment approved for use in atmospheres immedi ately dangerous to life shall fce thorough ly trained in its use. Employees required to use other types of respiratory protec tive equipment shall be instructed in the use and limitations of such equipment. for a fall of no greater than 6 feet. The rope shall have a nominal breaking strength of 5.400 pounds. (e) All safety belt and lanyard hard ware shall be drop forged or pressed steel, cadmium plated in accordance with type 1. Class B plating specified in Fed eral Specification QQ-P-416. Surface shall be smooth and free of sharp edges. tics of a lens. (e) "Radiant energy" means energy that travels outward in all directwns from its sources. * (f) "Safety belt" means a device, usually worn around the waist which, by reasdn of its attachment to a lanyard and lifeline or a structure, will prevent a worker from falling. (2) Respiratory protective equipment (f) All safety belt and lanyard hard shall be inspected regularly and main ware, except rivets, shall be capable of tained In good condition. Gas mask withstanding a tensile loading of 4,000 Subpart F--Fire Protection and Prevention canisters and chemical cartridges shall be replaced as necessary so as to provide complete protection. Mechanical filters shall be cleaned or replaced as necessary so as to avoid undue resistance to breathing. (3) Respiratory protective equipment which has been previously used shall be cleaned and disinfected before it is Issued by the employer to another employee. Emergency rescue equipment shall be cleaned and disinfected immediately after each use. 1313.104 Safely belt?, lifeline.-', uiixl lanyarda. pounds without cracking, breaking, or taking a permanent deformation. 1518.105 Safely nets. (a) Safety nets shall be provided when workplaces are more than 25 feet above the ground or water surface, or other surfaces where the use of ladders, scaffolds, catch platforms, temporary floors, safety lines, or safety belts are impractical. (b) Where safety net protection is re quired by this part, operations shall not be undertaken until the net Is in place and has been tested. fc) Nets shall extend 8 feet beyond 1518.150 Fire protection. (a) General requirements. (1) The employer shall be responsible tor the de velopment of a fire protection program to be followed throughout all phases of the construction and demolition work, and he shall provide for the firefighting equipment ns specified in this subpart. As fire hazards occur, there shall be no delay In providing the necessary equip ment. (2) Access to all available firefighting equipment shall be maintained at all times. (3) All firefighting equipment, pro (a) Lifelines, safety belts, and lan the edge of the work surface where vided by the employer, shall be con yards shall be used only for employee employees are exposed. spicuously located. safeguarding. Should any of these items be subjected to actual loading or load testing, they shall be immediately re moved from service and destroyed. cb) Lifelines shall be secured above the point of operation to an anchorage or structural member capable of supporting a minimum dead weight of 5,400 pounds. fc) Lifelines used on rock-scaling operations, or in areas where the lifeline may be subjected to cutting or abrasion, shall be a minimum of %-inch wire core mnnila rope. For ail othc. lifeline appli cations. a minimum of 3,$-inch manlla or equivalent, with a minimum breaking Mrcngth of 5.100 pounds, shall be used. <d> Safety belt lanyard shall be a (d> The maximum mesh size of nets shall be 6 inches by 6 Inches of 3a-inch diameter, No. 1 grade, pure manila, Y<inch nylon, or ;j,;-inch polypropylene rope. (e) Forged steel safety hooks or shackles shall be used to fasten the net to its supports. (f) Connections between net panels shall develop the full strength of the net. 1518.106 Working over or near wulcr. (a) Employees working over or near water, where the danger of drowning exists, shall be provided with U.S. Coast Guard-approved life jacket or buoyant work vests. (4) All firefighting equipment shall be periodically inspected and maintained i.i operating condition. Defective equipmentshall be immediately replaced. (5) As warranted by the project, the employer shall provide a trained and equipped firefighting organization (Fire Brigade) to assure adequate protection to life. (b) Water supply. (1)A temporary or permanent water supply, of sufficient volume, duration, and pressure, required to properly operate tlie firefighting equipment shall be made available as soon as combustible materials accumulate. minimum of '/g-lnch nylon, or equiva (b) Prior to and after each use, the (2) Where underground water mains lent. with a maximum length to provide buoyant work vests or life preservers are to be provided, they shall .x: in- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17809 RULES AND REGULATIONS stalled, completed, and made available (v) Where more than 5 gallons of (21 The alarm code and reporting in for use ns soon as practicable. flammable or combustible liquids or 5 structions shall be conspicuously posted '<.) Portable firefighting equipment-- pounds of flammable gas are being used, at phones and at employee entrances. (1) Fire extinguishers, (i) A Are extin a fire extinguisher, rated not less than (f) Fire cutoffs, (lj Fire walls and guisher. rated not less than 2A, shall be 10B. shall be provided within 50 feet, exit stairways, required for the com provided for each 3.000 square feet of unless required otherwise. pleted buildings, shall be given construc the protected building area, or major tvi) Carbon tetrachloride and other tion priority. Fire doors, with automatic fraction thereof. Travel distance from toxic vaporizing liquid fire extinguishers closing devices, shall be hung on openings any point of the protected area to the are prohibited. as soon as practicable. ncaicst fire extinguisher shall not exceed (vii) Portable fire extinguishers shall (2) Fire cutoffs shall be retained in 100 feet. be inspected periodically and maintained buildings undergoing alterations or dem mi One 55-gallon open drum of water in accordance with Maintenance and Use olition until operations necessitate their with two fire pails may be substituted for of Portable Fire Extinguishers, NFPA No. removal. a fire extinguisher having a 2A rating. nil) One or more fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A, shall be provided on each floor. In multistory buildings, at least one fire extinguisher shall bo lo cated adjacent to stairway. Civ' Extinguishers and water drums, subject to freezing, shall be protected from freezing. 10A-1970. (viii) Fire extinguishers, which have been listed or approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, shall be used to meet the requirements of this subpart. fix) Table F-l may be used as a guide for selecting the appropriate portable fire extinguishers. 1518.151 Fire prevention. (a) Ignition hazards. (1) Electrical wiring and equipment for light, heat, or power purposes shall be installed in com pliance with the requirements of the Na tional Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70 1970, and the requirements of Subpart K of this part. (2) Internal combustion engine pow ered equipment shall be so locate,d that Table F-l FIRE EXTINGUISHERS DATA the exhausts are well away from com bustible materials. When the exhausts are piped to outside the building under construction, a clearance of at least G Inches shall be maintained between such piping and combustible material. (3i Smoking shall be prohibited at or In the vicinity of operations which con stitute a fire hazard, and shall be con spicuously posted: "No Smoking or Open Flame." (4) Portable battery powered lighting equipment, used in connection with the storage, handling, or use of flammable gases or liquids, shall be of the type ap proved for the hazardous locations. (5) The nozzle of air, inert gas, and steam lines or hoses, when used in the cleaning or ventilation of tanks and vessels that contain hazardous con centrations of flammable gases or vapors, shall be bonded to the tank or vessel shell. Bonding devices shall not be at tached or detached in hazardous con centrations of flammable gases or vapors. (b) Temporary buildings. (1) No tem (2) Fire 'nose and connections. (i) reasonable. The operation of sprinkler porary building shall be erected where One hundred feet, or less, of l'/a-inch control valves shall be permitted only by it will adversely affect any means of exit. hose, with a nozzle capable of discharg properly authorized persons. Modifica (2) Temporary buildings, when located ing water at 25 gallons or more per tion of sprinkler systems to permit alter within another building or structure, minute, may be substituted for a fire ations or additional demolition should be shall be of either noncombustible con extinguisher rated not more than 2A expedited so that the automatic protec struction or of combustible construction in the designated area provided that the hose line can reach all points in the area. 'ii> If fire hose connections are not compatible with iocai firefighting equip ment. the contractor shall provide adap ters. or equivalent, to permit connections. <nii During demolition involving com bustible materials, charged hose lines, supplied by hydrants, water tank trucks with pumps, or equivalent, shall be made available. d> Fixed firefighting equipment-- ( Sprinkler protection, fil If automatic .sprinkler protection is to be provided, the installation shall closely follow the constiuction and be placed in service before or immediately following completion of each story. Mi' During demolition or alterations, exiting automatic sprinkler installations shall be retained in service as long as tion may be returned to service as quickly as possible. Sprinkler control valves shall be checked daily at close of work to ascer tain that the protection is in service. <2/ Standpipes. 1 i) In all structures in which standpipes arc required, or where existing in structures being altered or demolished, they shall be brought up or maintained as construction progresses in such a manner that they are always ready for fire protection use. The stand pipes should be provided with Siamese fire department connections on the out side of the structure, at the street level, conspicuously marked and have at least one standard hose outlet at each floor. (e> Fire alarm devices. (1) An alarm system, e.g,, telephone system, siren, etc., shall be established by the employer whereby employees on the site and the local fire department can be alerted for an emergency. having a fire resistance of not less than 1 hour. (3) Temporary buildings, located other than inside another building and not used for the storage, handling, or use of flammable or combustible liquids, flam mable gases, explosives, or blasting agents, or similar hazardous occupancies, shall be located at a distance of not less than 10 feet from another building or structure. Groups of temporary build ings. not exceeding 2,000 square feet in aggregate, shall, for the purposes of this part, be considered a single temporary building. (c) Open yard storage. (I) Combusti ble materials shall be piled with due re gard to the stability of piles and in no case higher than 20' feet. (2) Driveways between and around combustible storage piles shall be at least 15 feet wide and maintained free from FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 77, 7 977 EGS 17810 RULES AND REGULATIONS accumulation of rubbish, equipment, or (2) Flammable or combustible liquids be stored in the same room with flam other articles or materials. Driveways shall not be stored in areas used for mable or combustible liquids. shall be so spaced that a maximum grid exits, stairways, or normally used for (iv) Storage in inside storage rooms system unit of SO feet by 150 feet is the safe passage of people. shall comply with Table F-2 following: produced. (b) Indoor storage of flammable and (3) The entire storage site shall be combustible liquids. (1) No more than tuii.e y-5* 1 kept free from accumulation of unnec 15 gallons of flammable or combustible essary combustible materials. Weeds and liquids shall be stored in a room outside grass shall be kept down and a regular of an approved storage cabinet. Klfpprovhjoil Tnlhl ro-IK'ifrueto-1 M:q;ntliu (iijlulytuiildi:!,L* procedure provided for the periodic (2) Quantities of flammable and com cleanup of tire entire area. bustible liquid in excess of 15 gallons IJoor a:t*a (4) When there is a danger of an un derground fire, that land shall not be used for combustible or flammable storage. shall be stored in an acceptable or ap proved cabinet meeting the following requirements: (i) Acceptable wooden storage cabi ......... . . .vm -q. ft___ No..........Vos........ ......... 1 ftr.... .. J.Vl .r(, fl ... No............ ... l.Viyj.f..... 10 t *, J (5) Method of piling shall be solid wherever possible and in orderly and regular piles. No combustible material shall be stored outdoors within 10 feet of a building or structure. (G> Portable fire extinguishing equip ment, suitable for the fire hazard in volved, shall be provided at convenient, conspicuously accessible locations in the yard area. Portable fire extinguishers, nets shall be constructed in the following manner, or equivalent: The bottom, sides, and top shall be constructed of an exterior grade of plywood at least 1 inch in thickness, which shall not break down or delaminate under standard fire test conditions. All Joints shall be rabbeted and shall be fastened in two directions with flathead wood screws. When more than one door is used, there shall be a Note: Fire protection system shall bo sprinkler, water spray, carbon dioxide or other system approved by a nationally recog nized testing laboratory for this purpose. (v) Electrical wiring and equipment located in inside storage rooms shall be approved for Class 1, Division 1, Haz ardous Locations. For definition of Class 1, Division 1, Hazardous Locations, sec rated not less than 2A, shall be placed so that maximum travel distance to the nearest unit shall not exceed 100 feet. (d> Indoor storage. (1) Storage shall not obstruct, or adversely affect, moans of exit, (2) All materials shall be stored, han dled, and piled with due regard to their fire characteristics. (3) Noncompatible materials, which may create a fire hazard, shall be segre gated by a barrier having a fire resist ance of at least 1 hour. (4) Material shall be piled to minimize the spread of fire internally and to per mit convenient access for firefighting. Stable piling shall be maintained at all times. Aisle space shall be maintained to safely accommodate the widest ve hicle that may be used within the build ing for firefighting purposes. (5) Clearance of at least 36 Inches shall be maintained between the top level of the stored material and the sprinkler deflectors. CG) Clearance shall be maintained around lights and heating-units to pre vent ignition of combustible materials. (7) A clearance of 24 inches shall be maintained around the path of travel of fire doors unless a barricade is pro vided. in winch case no clearance is needed. Material shall not be stored within 3G inches of a. fire door opening. rabbeted overlap of not less than 1 inch. Steel hinges shall be mounted in such a manner ns to not lose their holding ca pacity due to loosening or burning out of the screws when subjected to fire. Such cabinets shall be painted inside and out with fire retardant paint. <ii) Approved metal storage cabinets will be acceptable, (iii) Cabinets shall be labeled in con spicuous lettering, "Flammable--Keep Fire Away." (3) Not more than 60 gallons of flam mable or 120 gallons of combustible liquids shall be stored in any one storage cabinet. Not more than three such cabi nets may be located in a single storage area. Quantities in excess of this shall be stored in an inside storage room. (4) (i) Inside storage rooms shall be constructed to meet the required fireresistive rating for their use. Such con struction shall comply with the test specifications set forth in Standard Methods of Fire Test of Building Con struction and Material, NFPA 251-19G9. (li) Where an automatic extinguish ing system is provided, the system shall be designed and installed in an approved manner. Openings- to other rooms or buildings shall be provided with non combustible liquid-tight raised sills or ramps at least 4 inches in height, or the floor in the storage area shall be at least { 1518.404. (vi) Every inside storage room shall be provided with either a gravity or a mechanical exhausting system. Such sys tem shall commence not more than 12 Inches above the floor and be designed to provide for a complete change of air within the room at least fe times per hour. If a mechanical exhausting system is used, it shall be controlled by a switch located outside of the door. The venti lating equipment and any lighting fix tures shall be operated by the same switch. An electric pilot light shall be installed adjacent to the switch if flam mable liquids are dispensed within the room. Where gravity ventilation is pro vided, the fresh air intake, as well as the exhausting outlet from the room, shall be on the exterior of the building in which the room is located. (vil) In every inside storage room there shall be maintained one dear aisle at least 3 feet wide. Containers over 30 gallons capacity shall not be stacked one upon the other. (viil) Flammable and combustible liq uids in excess of that permitted in in side storage rooms shall be stored outside of buildings In accordance with para graph (c) of this section. (c) Storage outside buildings. (I) Storage of containers (not more than 60 gallons each) shall not exceed 1,100 gallons in any one pile or area. Piles or 1.71<7.1.72 Fl.mini.-fijlc ami comluiMibic 4 inches below the surrounding floor. groups of containers shall be separated liquids. Openings shall be provided with ap by r 5-foot clearance. Piles or groups of <a> General requirements, fl) Only approved containers and portable tanks shall be used for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Ap proved metal safety cans shall be used for the handling and use of flammable liquids in quantities greater than one gal lon. except that this shall not apply to those flammable liquid materials which are highly viscid (extremely hard to pour'. which may bo used and handled in original shipping containers. For quantities of one gallon or less, only the original container or approved metal proved self-closing fire doors. The room shall be liquid-tight where the walls join the floor. A permissible alternate to the sill or ramp is an open-grated trench, inside of the room, which drains to a safe location. Where other portions of the building or other buildings are expose^, windows shall be protected as sot forth in the Standard for Fire Doors and Win dows, NFPA No. 80-1970, for Class E or F openings. Wood of at least 1-Jnch nomi nal thickness may be used for shelving, racks, dunnage, scuffboards, floor over lay, and similar installations. containers shall not be nearer than 20 feet to a building. (2) Within 200 feet of each pile of containers, there shall be a 12-foot-wide access way to permit approach of fire control apparatus. ' (3) The storage area shall be graded in a manner to divert possible spills away from buildings or other exposures, or shall be surrounded by a curb or earth dike at least 12 inches high. When curbs or dikes are used, provisions shall be made for draining, off accumulations of ground or rain water, or spills of flam safety cans shall be used for storage, use, (iii) Materials which will react with mable or combustible liquids. Drains and handling of flammable liquids. water and create a Arc hazard shall not shall terminate at a safe location and FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY", APRIL 17, !97t EGS 17811 733-1 RULES AND REGULATIONS shall be accessible to operation under piping system, from safety cans, by pump, dispenser, underground fill pipe fire conditions. means of a device drawing through the opening, and lubrication or service area. (4) Outdoor portable tank storage: -''i) Portable tanks shall not be nearer nan 20 feet from any building. Two or top, or from a container, or portable tanks, by gravity or pump, through an approved self-closing valve. Transferring -1518.154 Liquefied (LP-Caa). petroleum ga more portable tanks, grouped together, by means of air pressure on the con (a) Approval o/ equipment and svs- having a combined capacity in excess of tainer or portable tanks is prohibited. tems. (1) Each system shall have con 2,200 gallons, shall be separated by a (4) The dispensing units shall be pro tainers, valves, connectors, manifold 5-foot-clear area. Individual portable tected against collision damage. valve assemblies, and regulators of an tanks exceeding 1.100 gallons shall be (5) Dispensing devices and nozzles for approved type. separated by a 5-foot-c!car area. flammable liquids shall be of an approved (2) All cylinders shall meet the De (ii) Within 200 feet of each portable type. partment of Transportation specifica tank, there shall be a 12-foot-widc access (f) Handling liquids at point of Anal tion identification requirements pub way to permit approach of fire control use. (1) Flammable liquids shall lie kept lished In 49 CFR Part 178, Shipping apparatus. in closed containers when not actually Container Specifications. <5) Storage areas shall be kept free in use. (b) Welding on LP-Cas containers. of weeds, debris, and other combustible . (2) Leakage or spillage of flammable Welding Is prohlblted.on containers. material not necessary to the storage. or combustible liquids shall be disposed (c) Container valves and container (6) Portable tanks, not exceeding 660 of promptly and safely. accessories. (1) Valves, fittings, and ac gallons, shall be provided with emergency (3) Flammable liquids may be used cessories connected directly to the con venting and other devices, as required only where there are no open flames or tainer. including primary shut off valves, by chapters III and IV of NPPA 30-1969, other sources of Ignition within 50 feet shall have a rated working pressure of The Flammable and Combustible Liquids of the operation, unless conditions war at least 250 ps.l.g. and shall be of mate Code. (7) Portable tanks, in excess of 660 rant greater clearance. (g) Service and rejueling areas. (1) rial and design suitable for LP-jGas service. gallons, shall have emergency venting Flammable or combustible liquids shall (2) Connections to containers, except and other devices, as required by chap be stored In approved closed containers, safety relief connections, liquid level ters II and III of The Flammable and In tanks located underground, or In gauging devices, and plugged openings, Combustible Liquids Code, NFPA 30 aboveground portable tanks. shall have shutoff valves located as close 1969. (2) The tank trucks shall comply to the container as practicable. <d> Fire control tor flammable or with the requirements covered in the (d) Satetv devices. (1) Every con combustible liquid storage. (I) At least Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flam tainer and every vaporizer shall be pro one portable fire extinguisher, having a mable and Combustible Liquids, NFPA vided with one or more approved safety rating of not less than 20-B units, shall No. 385-1966. relief valves or devices. These valves be located outside of, but not more than (3) The dispensing hose shall be an shall be arranged to afford free vent to 10 feet from, the door opening Into any approved type. the outer air with discharge not less than room used for storage of more than 60 (4) The dispensing nozzle shall be an 5 feet horizontally away from any open gallons of flammable or combustible approved automatic-closing type with ing Into a building which Is below such liquids. out a latch-open device. discharge. , (2) At least one portable fire extin (5) Underground tanks shall not be (2) Shutoff valves shall not be in guisher having a rating of not less than abandoned. stalled between the safety relief device 20-B units shall be located not less than (6) Clearly Identified and easily acces and the container, or the equipment or 25 feet, nor more than 75 feet, from any sible switch (es> shall be provided at a piping to which the safety relief device is flammable liquid storage area located location remote from dispensing devices connected, except that a shutoff valve outside. to shut off the power to all dispensing de may be used where the arrangement of (3) When sprinklers are provided, vices in the event of an emergency. this valve Is such that full required ca they shall be installed in accordance (7) (I) Heating equipment of an ap pacity flow through the safety relief de with the Standard for the Installation of proved type may be installed in the lubri vice is always afforded. Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 13-1969. cation or service area where there is no (3) Container safety relief devices and (4) At least one portable fire extin dispensing or transferring of flammable regulator relief vents shall be located not guisher having a rating of not less than liquids, provided the bottom of the heat less than 5 feet In any direction from air 20-B:C units shall be provided on all ing unit is at least 18 inches above the openings into sealed combustion system tank trucks or other vehicles used for floor and Is protected from physical dam appliances or mechanical ventilation air transporting and/or dispensing flam age. Intakes. mable or combustible liquids. (ii) Heating equipment installed In (e) Dispensing. (1) Filling of fuel con (e) Dispensing tiquids. (1) Areas in which flammable or combustile liquids are transferred at one time, in quantities greater than 5 gallons from one tank or container to another tank or container, shall be separated from other operations lubrication or service areas, where flam mable liquids are dispensed, shall be of an approved type for garages, and shall be installed at least 8 feet above the floor. (8) There shall be no smoking or open tainers for trucks or motor vehicles from bulk storage containers shall be per formed not less than 10 feet from the nearest masonry-walled building, or not less than 25 feet from the nearest build ing or other construction and, in any by 25-feet distance or by construction having a fire resistance of at least I hour. Drainage or other means shall be pro vided to control spills. Adequate natural or mechanical ventilation shall be pro vided to maintain the concentration of flammable vapor at or below 10 percent flames in the areas used for fueling, serv icing fuel systems for internal combus tion engines, receiving, or dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids. (9) Conspicuous and legible signs pro hibiting smoking shall be posted. event, not less than 25 feet from any building opening. (2) Filling of portable containers or containers mounted on skids from stor age containers shall be performed not less than 50 feet from the nearest building. of the lower flammable limit. (10) The motors of all equipment (f) Requirements for appliances. (1) (2) Transfer flammable liquids from being fueled shall be shut off during the LP-Gas consuming appliances shall be one container to another shall be done only when containers arc electrically Interconnected (bonded). (3) Flammable or combustible liquids shall be drawn from or transferred Into vessels, containers, or tanks within a building or outside only through a closed fueling operation. (11) Each service or fueling area shall be provided, with at least one Are ex tinguisher havtig a rating of not less than 20BC located so "that an extin guisher will be within 75 feet of each approved types. (2) Any appliance that was originally manufactured for operation with a gas eous fuel other than LP-Gas, and is in good condition, may be used with LP-Gas only after It is properly converted. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17812 RULES AND REGULATIONS adapted, and tested for performance with LP-Gas before the appliance is placed in use. (K) Containers and regulating equip ment installed outside of buildings or structures. Containers shall be upright upon Arm foundations or otherwise firmly secured. The possible effect on the shall not be used as structural supports for heaters. GO) Containers, regulating equip ment, manifolds, pipe, tubing, and hose shall be located to minimize exposure to high temperatures or physical damage. (11) Containers having a water ca pacity greater than 2!/z pounds (nominal from the nearest building or group of buildings, in accordance with the following: TableF-3 Dtstcru'*; Quantity of LP-Gas stored: (/ttt) 500 lbs. or less..________ ___ ____ _____ o 501 to 0.000 lbs........................................... )0 0.001 to 10.000 20 outlet piping of settling shall be guarded 1 pound LP-Gas capacity) connected for Over 10.000 lbs........................................... 25 against by a flexible connection or spe cial fitting. (h' Containers and equipment used inside of buildings or structures. ID When operational requirements make portable use of containers necessary, and their location outside of buildings or structures is impracticable, containers use shall stand on a firm and substan tially level surface and, when necessary, shall be secured in an upright position. (12) The maximum water capacity of individual containers shall be 245 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas capacity). (13) For temporary heating, heaters (other than integral heater-container (2) Containers shall be in a suitable ventilated enclosure or otherwise pro tected against tampering. (1) Fire protection. Storage locations shall be provided with at least one ap proved portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-B:C. and equipment shall be permitted to be units) shall be located at least 6 feet 1.718.154 Temporary healing de'icr"*. used Inside of buildings or structures in accordance with subparagraphs <2) through (11) of this paragraph. (2) "Containers in use" means con nected for use. (3) Systems utilizing containers hav ing a water capacity greater than 2\'i pounds (nominnl I pound LP-Gas capac ity) shall be equipped with excess flow valves. Such excess flow valves shall be either Integral with the container valves or in the connections to the container valve outlets. (4) Regulators shall be either directly connected to the container valves or to manifolds connected to the container valves. The regulator shall be suitable for use with LP-Gas. Manifolds and fittings connecting containers to pres sure regulator inlets shall be designed for at least 250 p.s.i.g. service pressure. (5) Valves on containers having water capacity greater than 50 pounds (nomi nal 20 pounds LP-Gas capacity) shall be from any LP-Gas container. This shall not prohibit the use of heaters specifi cally designed for attachment to the container or to a supporting standard, provided they are designed and installed so as to prevent direct or radiant heat application from the heater onto the con tainers. Blower and radiant type heaters shall not be directed toward any LP-Gas container within 20 feet. (14) If two or more heater-container units, of either the integral or nonin tegral type, are located In an unparti tioned area on the same floor, the container or containers of each unit shall be separated from the container or containers of any other unit by at least 20 feet. (15) When heaters are connected to containers for use in an unpartitioned area on the same floor, the total water capacity of containers, manifolded to gether for connection to a heater or heaters, shall not be greater than 735 (a) Ventilation. (1) Fresh air shall be supplied in sufficient quantities to maintain the health and safety of work men. Where natural means-of fresh air supply is inadequate, mechanical ventila tion shall be provided. (2) When heaters are used in confined spaces, special care shall be taken to provide sufficient ventilation In order to ensure proper combustion, maintain the health and safety of workmen, and limit temperature rise in the area. (b> Clearance and mounting. <l) Temporary heating devices shall be in stalled to provide clearance to combusti ble material not less than the amount shown in Tabic F-4. (2) Temporary heating devices, which are listed for installation with lesser clearances than specified in Table P-4, may be installed in accordance with their approval. T.uiit. r-i protected from damage while in use or storage. (6) Aluminum piping or tubing shall not be used. (7) Hose shall be designed for a work pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Gas capacity). Such manifolds shall be separated by at least 20 feet. (16) Storage of containers awaiting use shall be in accordance with para njiplhmrrs .Miiiirnmn clf.iranc**. (Indus; Chimney Sides Rear cornu*lor ing pressure of at least 250 p.s.i.g. Design, graphs (j) and (k) of this section. construction, and performance of hose, (1) Container valves and accessories. Room healer, circulating and hose connections shall have their suitability determined by listing by a (1) Valves in the assembly of multiple container systems shall be arranged so type...............................*......... Room healer, radiant typo... 12 uo 12 3G 18 18 nationally recognized testing agency. The hose length shall be as short as practica ble. Hoses shall be long enough to permit compliance with spacing provisions of that replacement of containers can be made without shutting off the flow of gas in the system. This provision is not to be construed as requiring an automatic (3) Heaters not suitable for use on wood floors shall not be set directly upon them or other combustible materials. subparagraphs (1)-(13) of this para changeover device. When such heaters are used, they shall graph. without kinking or straining, or causing hose to be so close to a burner as to be damaged by heat. (8) Portable heaters, including sala manders, shall be equipped with an approved automatic device to shut off (2) Heaters shall be equipped with an approved regulator in the supply lino between the fuel cylinder and the heater unit. Cylinder connectors shall be pro vided with an excess flow valve to mini mize the flow of gas in the event the rest on suitable heat Insulating material or at least 1-inch concrete, or equivalent. The insulating material shall extend beyond the heater 2 feet or more in all directions. the flow of gas to the main burner, and fuel line becomes ruptured. (4) Heaters used in the vicinity of pilot if used, in the. event of flame failure. Such heaters, having inputs above 50,000 B.t.u. per hour, shall be equipped with cither a pilot, which must be lighted'and proved before the main burner can be (3) Regulators and low-pressure re lief devices shall be rigidly attached to the cylinder valves, cylinders, supporting standards, the building walls, or other combustible tarpaulins, canvas, or simi lar coverings shall be located at least 10 feet from the coverings. The cover ings shall be securely fastened to pre turned on. or an electrical ignition sys wise rigidly secured, and shall be so vent ignition or upsetting of the heater tem. Note: The provisions of this installed or protected from the elements. due to wind action on the covering or subparagraph do not aply to portable heaters under 7,50 (B.t.u. per hour input when used with containers having a maximum water capacity of 2 l/x pounds. (9) Container valves, connectors, reg (j) Storage of LPG containers. Stor age of LPG within buildings Is prohibited. (k) Storage outside of buildings. (1) Storage outside of buildings, for con other material. (c) Stability. Heaters, when in use, shall be set horizontally level, unless otherwise permitted by the manufac ulators, manifolds, piping, and tubing tainers awaiting use, shall be located turer's markings. r.o. 75--pt. ir----- 3 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, AHtiL 17, 1971 EGS 17813 RULES AND REGULATIONS d) Solid fuel healers. Solid fuel heal and having a vai>or pressure not exceed (c) Caution signs. (1) Caution signs ers and oil-fired salamanders arc pro ing 40 pounds per square inch (absolute; (see Figure G-2) shall be used only to hibited in buildings and on scaffolds. at 100"F. warn against potential hazards or to (e) Od-fircd heaters. U> Flammable <i) "Flash point" of the liquid means caution against unsafe practices. liquid-fired heaters shall be equipped the temperature at which It gives oil (2) Caution signs shall have yellow as wiUi a primary safety control to stop vapor sufficient to form an ignitable mix the predominating color; black upper the flow of fuel in the event of flame ture with the air near tiie surface of the panel and borders; yellow lettering of failure. Barometric or gravity oil feed liquid or within the vessel used as deter "caution" on the black panel; and the shall not be considered a primary safety mined by appropriate test procedure and lower yellow panel for additional sign control. apparatus as specified below. wording. Black lettering shall be used for (2) Heaters designed for barometric (1) The flash point of liquids having additional wording. or gravity oil feed shall be used only a viscosity less than 45 Saybolt Universal with the integral tanks. Sccond(s) at 100" F. (37.8" C.) and a Figure G-l (31 Heaters which are not designed flash point below I7jj' F. (79.4" C.l shall for flue connection shall be equipped be determined in accordance with the with integral tanks having capacity of Standard Method of Test for Flash WHITE not more than 2 gallons. Point by the Tag Closed Tester, ASTM (4) Heaters specifically designed and D-5G-C9. approved for use with separate supply <2i The flash point of liquids having a tanks may be directly connected for viscosity of 45 Saybolt Universal Sec gravity feed, or an automatic pump, ond's! or more at 175" F. (79.4" C.l or from a supply tank. higher shall be determined in accord Figure G-2 1 5 10.155 Definition* applicable to thU Miliparl. ance with the Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by the Pcnsky Marlons Closed Tester, ASTM D-93-69. BLACK- CAUTION (a) "Approved", for the purpose of (Jl "Liquefied petroleum gases," YELLOW this subpnrt, means equipment that has "LPCT and "LP Gas" mean and Include been listed or approved by a nationally any material wiiich is composed pre recognized testing laboratory such as dominantly of any of the following hy Factory Mutual Engineering Con)., or drocarbons, or mixtures of them, such (d) Exit signs. Exit signs, when re Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or as propane, propylene, butane (normal quired, shall be lettered in legible red Federal agencies such ns Bureau of butane or iso-butanc), and butylenes. letters, not less than 6 inches high, on a Mines, or U.S. Coast Guard, which issue (ki "Portable tank" means a closed white field and the principal stroke of approvals for such equipment. container having a liquid capacity more the letters shall be at least three-fourths (b) "Closed container" means a con than GO U.S. gallons, and not intended inch in width. tainer so sealed by means of a lid or for fixed installation. (c) Safely instruction signs. Safety other device that neither liquid nor vapor will escape from it at ordinary temperatures. (ci "Combustible liquids" mean any liquid having a flash point at or above 140" F. (G0" C.l. and below 200" F. <03.4* C.l. (d) "Combustion" means any chem ical process that involves oxidation suffi cient to produce light or heat. (c) "Fire brigade" means an orga nized group of employees that are knowl edgeable. trained, and skilled in the safe evacuation of employees during emer gency situations and in assisting in fire (1) "Safety can" means an approved closed container, of not more than 5 gal lons capacity, having a flash-arresting screen, spring-closing lid and spout cover and so designed that it will safely relieve internal pressure when subjected to fire exposure. (ml "Vapor pressure" means the pres sure, measured in pounds per square inch (absolute), exerted by a volatile liquid as determined by the "Standard Method of Test for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method) (ASTM D-323-58). instruction signs, when used, shall be white with green upper panel with white letters to convey principal message. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. (f) Directional signs. Directional signs, other than automotive traffic signs specified in paragraph (g) of this section, shall be white with a black panel and ' a white directional symbol. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. (g) Traffic signs. (1) Construction areas shall be posted with legible traffic signs at points of hazard. fighting operations. (f) "Fire resistance" means so re sistant to fire that, for specified time and under conditions of a standard heat intensity, it will not fail structurally and will not permit the side away from the fire to become hotter than a specified Subpart G--Signs, Signals, and Barricade; 1518.200 Accident prevention signs nnd tags, (a) General. Signs and symbols re quired by this subpart shail be visible at (2) All traffic control signs or devices used for protection of construction work men shall conform to American National Standards Institute DG.1-1961. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. (h) Accident prevention tags. (1) Acci temperature. For purposes of this part, all times when work is being performed, dent prevention tags shall be used as a fire resistance shall be determined by and shall be removed or coveted promptly temporary means of warning employees the Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. NFPA 251-19G9. (g) "Flammable" means capable of being easily Ignited, burning intensely, or having a rapid rate of flame spread. h) "Flammable liquids" means any when the hazards no longer exist. (b) Danger signs. (1) Danger signs (sec Figure G-l) shall be used only where an immediate hazard exists. (2) Danger signs shall have red as the predominating color for the upper panel; black outline on the borders; and a white of an existing hazard, such as defective tools, equipment, etc. They shall not be used in place of. or as a substitute for, accident prevention signs. (2) Specifications for accident preven tion tags similar to those in Tabic G-l liquid having a flash point below 140* F. lower panel for additional sign wording. shall apply. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, ArtlL 17, 1971 EGS 17814 *\ULc> -Mtw NkUOL CO NOT OPERATE Table C-1 CAUTION OUT CF OTHER 1)0 NOT USE Write tag - Write letters on red squaro Write tag- Yellow tag - Write letters on. Yellow letters red oval with a on a black back- black squaro ground Write tag Write letters on black back ground Basic Stock (Background) Safety Colors (Ink) Copy Specification (letters) Write Bed Do Not Operate Write Black, aad Red Danger Yellow Black Caution Write Black Out of Order Do Not Use <i) Additional rules . American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Z35.11968, Specifications tor Accident Preven tion Signs, and Z35.2-1968, Specifications for Accident Prevention Tags, contain rules which are additional to the rules prescribed in this section. The employer shall comply with A.NSI Z35.1-19G8 and Z35.3-19G8 with respect to rules not specifically prescribed in this stibparl. 1618.201 Signaling, (a) Flagmen. (I) When operations are such that signs, signals, and barricades do not provide the necessary protection on or adjacent to a highway or street, flagmen or other appropriate traffic controls shall be provided. (2) Signaling directions by flagmen shall conform to American National Standards Institute D6.1-19G1. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. (3) Hand signaling by flagmen shall be by use of red flags at least 18 inches square or sign paddies, and in periods of darkness, red lights. <4> Flagmen shall be provided with and shall wear a red or orange warning garment while flagging. Warning gar ments worn at night .shall be of reflectorized material. (b) Crane and hoist signals. Regula tions for crane and hoist signaling will be found in applicable American Na tional Standards Institute standards. 1610.202 I!:irrieadc. Barricades for protection of employees shall conform to the portions of the American National Standards Institute D6.1-19G1, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and High ways, relating to barricades. 1618.203 Definition- applicable to lids Stibpurt. (a) "Barricade" means an obstruction to deter tile passage of persons or vehicles. (b) "Signs" are the warnings of hazard, temporarily or permanently affixed or placed, at locations where hazards exist. Cc) "Signals'' arc moving signs, pro vided by work~rs, such as flagmen, or by devices, such as flashing lights, to warn of possible or existing hazards. (d) "Tags" are temporary signs, usually attached to a piece of equipment or part of a structure, to warn of existing or immediate hazards. Subpart H--Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal 1618.250 CrncrnI rrqtiircmfnts for storage. (a) General. (I) All materials stored in tiers shall be stacked, racked, blocked, interlocked, or otherwise secured to pre vent sliding, falling or collapse. (2) Maximum safe load limits of floors within buildings and structures, in pounds per square foot, shall be con spicuously posted in all storage areas, except for floor or slab on grade. Maximum safe loads shall not be exceeded. (3) Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear to provide for the free and safe movement of material handling equip ment or employees. Such areas shall be kept in good repair. (4) When a difference in road or work ing levels exist, means such as ramps, blocking, or grading shall be used to en sure the safe movement of vehicles be tween the two levels. (b) Material storage. Cl) Material stored inside buildings under construc tion shall not be placed within 6 feet of any hoistway or inside floor openings, nor within 10 feet of an exterior wail which docs not extend above the top of the material stored. (2) Employees required to work on stored material in silos, hoppers, tanks, and similar storage areas shall be equip ped with lifelines and safety belts meet ing the requirements o Subpart E of this part. <3) Noncompatiblc materials shall be segregated In storage. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY-, APRIL !7, T97T EGS 17815 7358 RULES AND REGULATIONS (4) Bagged materials shall be stacked working loads of various sizes and clas inches beyond the last full tuck. In ap by stepping back the layers and cross sifications of improved plow steel wire plications where the projecting tails may keying the bags at least every 10 bags rope and wire rope slings with various be objectionable, the tails shall be ta high. types of terminals. For sizes, classifica pered and spliced Into the body of the (5) Materials shall not be stored on tions, and grades not included in these rope using at least two additional tucks scaffolds or runways in excess of supplies tables, the safe working load recom (which will require a tall length of ap needed for Immediate operations. mended by the manufacturer for spe proximately six rope diameters beyond (6) Brick stacks shall not be more than cific, identifiable products shall be fol the last full tuck). 7 feet in height. When a loose brick lowed. provided that a safety factor of (iv) For all eye splices, the eye shall stack reaches a height of 4 feet. It shall not less than 5 Is maintained. be sufficiently large to provide an in be tapered back 2 inches in every foot (2) Protruding ends of strands in cluded angle of not greater than 60* at of height above the 4-foot level. splices on slings and bridles shall be cov the splice when the eye is placed over the (7) When masonry blocks are stacked ered or blunted. load or support. higher than 6 feet, the stack shall be (3) Wire rope shall not be secured by (v> Knots shall not be used in lieu of tapered back one-half block per tier knots, except on haul back lines on splices. above the 6-foot level. scrapers. (c) Synthetic webbing (nylon, poly (8) Lumber: (4) Tlie following limitations shall ester, and polypropylene). (1) The em (1) Used lumber shall have ail nails apply to the use of wire rope: ployer shall have each synthetic web withdrawn before stacking. (i) An eye splice made in any wire sling marked or coded to show: (il) Lumber shall be stacked on level rope shall have not less than three full (1) Name or trademark of manufac and solidly supported sills. tucks. However, this requirement shall turer. (iii) Lumber shall be so stacked as to not operate to preclude/the use of an (ii) Rated capacities for the- type of be stable and self-supporting. other form of splice or connection which liitcli. (iv) Lumber piles shall not exceed 20 can be shown to be as efficient and which (iii) Type of material. feet in height provided that lumber to is not otherwise prohibited. (2) Rated capacity shall not be ex be handled manually shall not be stacked (11) Except for eye splices In the ends ceeded. more than 1G feet high. of wires and for endless-rope slings, each (f) Shackles and hooks. (II Table (9) Structural steel, poles, pipe, bar wire rope used in hoisting or lowering, H-19 shall be used to determine the safe stock, and other cylindrical materials, or In pulling loads, shall consist of one working loads of various sizes of shack unless racked, shall be stacked and continuous piece without knot or splice. les. except that higher safe working loads blocked so as to prevent spreading or (ill) Eyes in wire rope bridles, slings, are permissible when recommended by tilting. or bull wires shall not be formed by wire the manufacturer for specific. Identifia 1518.251 Wgging equipment for mu- tcriul handling. fa) General. <]> Rigging equipment for material handling shall be inspected prior to use on each shift and as nec essary during its use to ensure that it is safe. Defective rigging equipment shall be removed from service. (2) Rigging equipment shall not be loaded In excess of its recommended safe working load, as prescribed in Tabies H-l through H-20 In this subpart: (Fol lowing' ! 1518.252(c) 1 for the specific equipment. (3) Rigging equipment, when not in use. shall be removed from the imme diate work area so as not to present a hazard to employees. (b) Alloy steel chains. (1) Welded al loy steel chain slings shall have perma nently affixed durable identification stat ing size, grade, rated capacity, and sling manufacturer. i2> Hooks, rings, oblong links, pear rope clips or knots. (iv) Wire rope shall not be used If, in any length of eight diameters, the total number of visible broken wires exceeds 10 percent of the total number of wires, or if the rope shows other signs of ex cessive wear, corrosion, or defect. (5) When u-bolt wire rope clips are used to form eyes. Table H-20 shall be used to determine the number and spac ing of clips. (1) When used for eye splices, the u-bolt shall be applied so that the "u" section is in contact with the dead end of the rope. (d) Natural rope, and synthetic fiber-- (1) General. When using natural or syn thetic fiber rope slings, Tables H-15, 16, 17, and 18 shall apply. (2) All splices in rope slings provided by the employer shall be made in accord ance with fiber rope manufacturers' recommendations. ` (i) In manila rope, eye splices shall ble products, provided that a safety fac tor of not less than 5 is maintained. (2) The manufacturer's recommenda tions shall be followed in determining the safe working loads of the various sizes and types of specific and Identifiable hooks. All hooks for which no applicable manufacturer's recommendations are available shall be tested to twice the in tended safe working load before they are initially put into use. The employer shall maintain a record of the dates and re sults of such tests. 1518.252 Disposal of waste materials. (a) Whenever materials are dropped to any point lying outside the exterior walls of the building, an enclosed chute of wood, or equivalent material, shall be used. (b) When debris Is dropped through holes in the floor without the use of chutes, the area onto which the material is dropped shall be completely enclosed shaped links, welded or mechanical cou contain at least three full fucks, and with barricades not less than 42 inches pling links, or other attachments, when short splices shall contain at least six full high and not less than G feet back front used with alloy steel chains, shall have a rated capacity at least equal to that of the chain. (3) Job or shop hooks and links, or makeshift fasteners, formed from bolts, rods. etc., or other such attachments, shall not be used. '4) Rated capacity (working load limit) for alloy steel chain slings shall conform to the values shown in Table H-l. (5i Whenever wear at any point of any chain link exceeds that shown In tucks (three on each side of the center line of the splice). (iii In layed synthetic fiber rope, eye splices shall contain at least four full tucks, and short splices shall contain at least eight full tucks (four on each side of the centerline of the splice). (iii) Strand end tails shall not be trimmed short (flush with the surface of the rope) immediately adjacent to the full tucks. This precaution applies to both eye and short splices and all types of fiber rope. For fiber ropes under 1-inch the projected edge of the opening above. Signs warning of the hazard of falling materials shall be posted at each level. Removal shall not be permitted in this lower area until debris handling ceases above. (c) All scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish shall be removed from the immediate work area as the work progresses. (d) Disposal of waste material or de bris by burning shall comply with local fire regulations. Table H-2. the assembly shall be removed diameter, the tails shall project at least (e) All solvent waste, oily rags, and fiom service. six rope diameters beyond the last full flammable liquids shall be kept in fire 'c' Wire rope, ft) Tables H-3 through tuck. For fiber ropes 1-inch diameter and resistant covered containers until re 11-14 shall be used to determine the safe larger, the tails shall project at least 6 moved from worksite. FEOERAl REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, ATRIl 17, 1971 EGS 17816 RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-l RATED CAPACITY (WORKIHG LOAD LIMIT), FOR ALLOT STEEL CHAIM SLIHCS' RATED CAPACITY (WORKIHG LOAD LIMIT), POUHOS Chain Sh,f Inchat 1/4 3/8 m S/S 3/4 7/8 1 M/8 1.1/4 t.3/8 M/2 1-3/4 Slngl* Branch Sling 90 dtgraa Loading 3.2S0 6,600 11.2S0 26.500 . 23,000 28.750 35,7$0 .soo 57.500 67.000 80.000 100.000 OoufcU Sling Vertical Angla (2) 30 dagraa 45 dagra* 60 dagrae Horlsonlal Angle (2) 60 dtgraa 45 dtgraa 30 dagrae 5,560 11,400 19,500 28.500 39,800 49,800 67.100 77.000 99.SOO 116.000 138.000 172,000 4.SS0 9.300 15.900 23.300 32.500 40.600 S4.800 63.000 81.000 94.000 112.500 140,000 3.250 6,600 21.250 16.500 23.000 28.750 30.750 44.500 57,500 67.000 80.000 100,000 Triple and Quadrvpla Sling Vertical Angla (1) 30 dtgraa 45 dagraa 60 4*g** Horltafttal Angla (2) 60 dagraa 45 dagraa 30 dagra# 0,400 17,000 29,000 43,000 59.500 74,500 101,000 215,500 149,000 174,000 207,000 258,000 6,000 14.000 24,000 3S.OOO 40,500 61,000 02,000 94.S00 121,500 141,000 169,000 210.000 4,900 9.900 17,000 24,500 34,500 43.000 50,000 66.500 06.000 100,500 119,500 150,000 (1) natlng of multllcg slings adjusted for angle of loading measured as the included angle between the Inclined leg and the vertical. (2) Rating of multllcg slings adjusted for angle of loading between the inclined leg and the horizontal plane of the load. Other grades of proof tested steel chain Include Proof Coll, BBB Coll and Hl-Tcst Chain. These grades are not recommended for overhead lifting and therefore are not covered by this code. Taiii.i: H-2--Maximum Ai.lowadle Wear at any Point of Link Chain size (inches) Maximum allowable wear {inch) 'A--................................ i Vs....... ...................................... Wt Vt................. -.......................... itii % Chain. Maximum size ((nc/ies) allowable wear {inch) %..................... ....................... Vt 1....................... ........................ 9 t!4................... ........................ IV..................... ....................... 1%................... ........................ l!4................... . ............... 1%.................... ....................... Mi W o H4i (la^.). 1/4 5/16 3/6 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/0 M/4 t-3/8 M/2 1-5/0 M/4 2 Table H-3 RATED CAPACITIES FOR SIMOLE LEO SLIHCS 4 x IT AND 4 x 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE WITH FIRER CORE (PC) C""r 6 x 19 6x19 6 x 19 6 X 19 6 X 19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6x19 6 X 19 6 X 19 6 x 37 6 X 37 6x37 6 x 37 6 x 37 6x37 HT *0.49 0,76 l.l 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.8 3.9 S.I 6.7 0.4 9.8 12.0 14.0 t6.0 19.0 25.0 Vertical US 0.51 0.79 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.1 4.4 S.9 7.7 9.5 U.O 13.0 16.0 K.O 21.0 28.0 S 0.S5 0.8S 1.2 1.6 3.1 2.7 3.3 4.0 * 6.4 8.4 10.0 12.0 15.0 17.0 31.0 24.0 31.0 ' Rated Capacltlaa Chakar M.T- US 0.37 0.57 0.80 I.C 1.4 t.7 2.1 2.9 3.9 S.O 6.3 0.30 0.59 0.8S l.l 2.5 1.9 2.3 3.3 4.5 5.8 7.1 7.4 0.9 10.0 12.0 (4.0 10.0 8.3 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 21.0 Tent (2,000 CM V#tic*t Bsake S HT US $ 0.41 0.64 0.91 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.S 3.6 4.0 6.3 I 7.9 | 9.2 11.0 13.0 15.0 | | 1 | 10.0 | 23.0 | 0.99 1.5 3.1 2.9 3.7 4.6 5.6 7.8 10.0 13.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 33.0 38.0 49.0 1.0 1.6 2.2 3.0 3.9 5.0 6.2 8.8 12.0 15.0 19.0 22.0 27.0 32.0 37.0 43.0 ss.o 1.1 1.7 2.4 3.3 4.3 5.4 6.7 9.5 13.0 17.0 21,0 25.0 30.0 3S.0 41.0 40.0 62.0 HT - Km4 Tuck*4 SpUa aW HI44* Tttck M+tlc* T*t hU4*m lacIt apllca (IT*0 m mIm 1* KT #(* US * Wacfcanlcal Spile* f fwc4 *r Zinc Pow*4 Thai* Ttluai only appt y aha* lha D/4 raita tor HT allnga It 10 H gratUr, wti to* Uf trU I illAgt U M D < Dl*4*r *f cunraturt ar*wt4 Uck CM 4 */ ftjw. *( *Hng It kt(it, whiff! 7359 I FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1f7t EGS 17817 TjI>1c II-'" RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS ( 19 ANO * 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL CRADE ROPE WITH INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE (IWRC) ______ 1/4 5/16 3/e 7/16 in 9/16 s/8 3/4 ?/8 1 M/6 1.1/4 1.3/8 1.1/2 1.5/S 1-3/4 2 c"`" 6x19 6 X 19 6 K 19 6<19 6 x 19 6 X 19 6X19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6x19 6 x 19 6 x J7 6 x 37 6 x 37 6 x 37 C y 37 f, v 37 Ht 0.53 0.01 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.2 5.5 7.2 9.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 18.0 20.0 26.0 Vi.cT MS 0 56 0.87 1.2 2.7 3.4 49 6.6 8.5 10.0 12.0 15.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 30 0 RiUj CweHI, Tn 12.000 Ibl ___ Chakar s HT MS I Yfrtkoi O 1' HT MS 5 0 S9 0.92 t.3 1.8 3.6 jj 5.1 6.9 I) 9.0 J 1 UP |j 0.40 0.61 0.86 1.2 i.S 1.8 2.2 3.1 4.1 5.4 6.8 13.0 f 7.9 16.0 8 9.6 19.0 B 11.0 22.0 I 13.0 26.0 I 15.0 33^0__8 20.0 0.42 0.65 0.93 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.5 3.6 4.9 6.4 7.8. 9.2 11.0 13.0 15.0 18.0 23.0 3.8 5.2 6.7 S.S 9.9 12.0 14.0 17.0 19.0 25.0 11123116148........13604000 213.09 254.09 306.00 35.0 41.0 53.0 21119327311........*07001745 244..04 2JS95G...O.0S8 41.0 47.0 61.0 1.2 2.6 3.5 4.6 5.6 7.2 10.0 14.0 18.0 23.0 26.0 32.0 38.0 44.0 51.0 66.0 HT Hand Tucfc*4 SpHcw Pnr hldrtrn luck wplle* fl***Cl T.n. It-3 values in HT column. US ' UtrHtRldl Ipllee. y - S4(fd t Z Cnc Pup4 Socket. ., . ................ ."I. -A'" 'A' >'< ' ............... .............. . D * DUmflpf af ru/vali^r und which Ih* bodr of h* ! la 4 lllimtlfi of <P. .. ' Tabic H-5 rated capacities for SINGLE teo slihcs CABLE LAID ROPE - MECHANICAL SPLICE ONLY ___ 7x7x717x7x19 CONSTRUCTIONS GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE 7 7x 8x19 IWRC CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/6 3/4 S/8 3/4 7/8 1 1*1/5 1.1/4 7/8 1 1.1/8 1.1/4 f.S/16 1-3/8 M/2 Bom 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7 x 7 x 19 7 r. 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7x7x19 7 x 7 x 19 7x7x19 7 x 6 x 19 IWRC 7 x 6 x 19 IWRC 7 x 6 x 19 IWRC 7 x 6 x 19 IWRC 7 x 6 x t9 IWRC 7x6 x 19 IWRC 7 x 6 x 19 IWRC 7 x 6 x 19 IWRC V Hi Ci 0.50 1.8 2.8 3.8 2.9 4.1 5.4 6.9 8.2 9.9 5.8 5.0 6.4 7.7 9.2 10.0 n.o 1J.0 Rt#4 CoPcm. Tont (2.000 Ibl _ ChoV*f Vartleol 8o*kat 0.38 2.9 1.0 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.6 2.2 ' S.A 3.0 8.1 4.0 11.0 5.1 14.0 6.2 16.0 7.4 20.0 2.8 7.6 3.8 10.0 4.8 13.0 5.8 15.0 6.9 18.0 7.5 20.0 (.2 22.0 9.6 26.0 TM*. Mir *plf -4** 0/4 foil* u **" D Pt.watac ( (n(N around which tha body af tha all** Tabic H-6 RATEO CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS 8.PART ANO 6.PART BRAIOEO ROPE 6 x 7 AND 6 19 CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL CRAOE ROPE 7x7 CONSTRUCTION GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE_______ 3/32 1/8 3/16 3/32 1/8 3/16 3/16 1/4 S/16 3/S 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/6 7/8 l c-1' 6x7 6x7 6x7 7 x7 7x7 7x7 6x19 6x19 6x19 6 X 19 6 X 19 6x19 6x19 6x19 6x19 6 x 19 6x19 8*Port 0.42 0.76 1.7 0.51 0.95 2.1 1.7 3.1 .,8 6.8 9.3 12.0 15.0 19.0 27.0 36.0 <7.0 RotaJ Copnelliat. Ten* (7.00C r^T------------- r-nn--------- Chokar Oa ik #< ViMKlI to 30 dagraa 6-Pt - 8-Pan | 6*PaM 8-Port | 6*Pa 0.32 0.57 1.3 0.32 0.57 1.3 0.24 0.42 0.94 0.74 1.3 2.9 O.SS 0.98 2.2 0.39 0.38 0.29 0.7 L 0.71 0.53 I.S I.S 1.2 0.89 1.6 3.6 0.67 1.2 2.7 U 2.3 3.6 5.1 6.9 9.0 11.0 H.O 20.0 27.0 35.0 1.3 2.3 3.6 5.1 6.9 9.0 11.0 14.0 20.0 "27.0 35.0 0.9S 1.7 2.7 3.8 5.2 6.7 8.5 10.0 1S.0 20.0 26.0 3.0 5.3 8.3 12.0 16.0 21.0 26.0 32.0 46.0 62.0 81.0 2.2 4.0 6.2 6.9 12.0 15.0 .20.0 * 24.0 35.0 47.0 61.0 value* anly apply tho D/4 call* U 20 ar |ral*r wSca p m D|ui|frI cwntwt around wMfb thl Vadjr af |hc aline I* Sant* 4 * DHuntltr *1 cowfoftmi rap*. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 1W8 C RULES AND REGULATIONS Tabic 11-7 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 24.EC i 3.LEG BRIDLE SLINGS 4 x 1* AND 4 x 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL CRAOE ROPE WITH FIBER CORE <FC) R >P If 8 Ro/od Caoe>f*a r/>t (2.000 tbi 2*Lag Bridle SIiao 3`Lao O'.dl# Sl.n D.o (Inch* i 1 V#M 39 degree Con i tr |He'J 60 deorae JnSt MS 45 dagret Anal* NT MS V*ft 60 dagra# Van 30 degree Hot i 30 deerea Kart 60 deotoo HT MS HT MS 4$ degree Anal# hT MS Y*r 60 dagiee ITTHoft 30 doatom US 1/4 6 x 19 J 0.8$ li5/16 6 x 19 1 3/8 6 x 19 1.8 7/16 6 x 19 2.S 4 0t/2 0/16 6 x 19 6 x 19 1 32 5/3 6 x 19 4.8 3/4 6 x 19 | 6.ft 7/ft 6x19 8.9 I 6x19 11.0 14/d 6 x t9 14x0 0.8ft 1.4 1.9 2.6 3.4 43 5.3 76 10.0 13.0 16.0 0.70 1.1 l.S 2.0 2.6 3.2 40 S.S 7.3 9.4 12.0 0.72 14 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.4 6.2 8.4 11.0 13.0 0.49 0.76 14 1.4 t .8 2.3 2.8 3.9 54 6.7 8.4 0.51 0.79 14 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.1 4.4 5.9 7.7 9.5 1.3 2.0 2.8 3.7 4.8 6.0 7.3 10 0 13.0 17.0 22.0 1.3 2.0 2.9 4.0 5.1 6.5 80 11 0 1S.0 20.0 24.0 1.0 1.6 2.3 3.0 39 9 59 83 11.0 14.0 18.0 14 1.7 2.4 32 42 5.3 6.S 93 13.0 16.0 20.0 0.74 14 1.6 2.1 J.B 34 4.2 5.8 7.7 10.0 13.0 0.7 1.2 1.7 2.3 3.0 3.7 46 6.6 8.9 11,0 14.0 14/4 1-3/6 14/2 l -S/8 1.3/4 2 6 x J7 6x 37 6 x 37 6x37 6 X 37 6x 37 17.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 33.0 43.0 19.0 23.0 27.0 32.0 37.0 48.0 14.0 17.0 20.0 23.0 27.0 3S.0 16.0 19.0 22.0 26.0 30.0 39.0 9.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 25.0 11.0 13.0 16.0 18.0 21.0 28.0 25-0 31.0 36.0 4J.0 49.0 64.0 29.0 35.0 41.0 48.0 56.0 72.0 21.0 25.0 JO.O 3S.0 40.0 52.0 23.0 28.0 33.0 39.0 45.0 59.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 2S.0 | 28.0 j 37.0 17.0 20.0 24 0 28.0 32.0 43.0 IfT Hand Tucbd Spile*. US Wch*n<c*l Spile* Table H-8 RATEO CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEC Is 3-LEG BRIDLE SLIHCS 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL CRAOE ROPE WITH INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE (IWRC) Rap* Raled Ceaeeitlet Ton. (2,000 lb) 2-L*a Brldl* SHn 3.Lao Brldl# Slin Did [Ineket) Cenatr Varl 30 dagraa Hart 60 dagra# HT -- 45 dagfat Varf 60 dagra* Varf 30 dagraa Angle Ha 30 dear*# Hart 60 dagra* -------HJ-- HT -----MS HT --MS 45 dagfat Varf 60 dagra* Anal# Hart 30 dear*# HT --Rr^ HT MS 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 6 x 19 6x19 6x19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6x19 6 x 19 0.92 1.4 2.0 2.7 3.4 4.3 S.2 7.3 9.6 12.0 16.0 0.97 1.5 2.1 2.9 3.8 4.8 S.9 6.4 (1.0 15.0 18.0 <7.75 1.1 1,6 2.2 2.8 3.S 4.2 5.9 7.8 10,0 13.0 0.79 1.2 1.8 2.4 3.1 3.9 4.8 6.9 9.3 12.0 1S.0 0.53 1.81 l.l 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.2 5.5 7.2 9.0 0.56 0.87 1.2 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.4 4.9 6.6 8.5 to.o 1.4 2.1 3.0 4.0 S.l 6.4 7.8 11.0 14.0 19.0 23.0 1,4 2.3 3.2 4.4 5,7 7.1 8.8 13.0 17.0 22.0 27.0 l.l 1.7 2.4 3.3 4.2 S.2 6.4 8.9 12.0 15.0 19.0 1.2 1.8 2.6 3.6 4.6 5.8 7.2 10.0 14.0 18.0 22.0 0.79 1.2 1.7 2.3 3.0 3.7 4.5 6.3 8.3 11.0 13.0 0.84 1.3 l.9` 2.5 3.3 4.1 S.l 7.3 9.9 13.0 16.0 14/4 1-3/8 14/2 I-S/8 1 *3/4 2 6x37 6 x 37 6 x 37 6 X 37 6 x 37 6 x 37 18.0 22.0 26.0 31.0 35.0 46.0 21.0 2S.0 30.0 3S.0 41,0 53.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 25.0 29.0 37.0 17.0 21.0 25.0 29.0 33.0 43.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 16.0 20.0 26.0 *12.0 15.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 30.0 27.0 33.0 39.0 46.0 S3.0 68.0 32.0 36.0 45.0 53.0 61.0 79.0 22.0 27.0 32.0 38.0 43.0 S6.0 26.0 31.0 37.0 43.0 50.0 65.0 16.0 19.0 23.0 27.0 31.0 40.0 18.0 22.0 26.0 31.0 35.0 46.0 HT Hand Twekad Iftlct Kl Ueft*AlMl tpllc 7361 Table H-9 RATEO CAPACITIES FOR J.LEG l 3-LEG BRIOLE SLIHCS CABLE LAID ROPE - MECHANICAL SPLICE OHLV 7x7x7 AHO 7x7x1* CONSTRUCTIONS GALVANIZEO AIRCRAFT CRAOE ROPE 7xxl* IWRC CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE Rapa Dl (IneHa* Constr Rated CopacitUt, Tent (2,000 (5) 2-Lap Brldl# Silnt 3-Lag Bridle $J< Varf 30 d*f 45 dagra# Varl 60 dag Vr| 30 dag Here 60 dag Angla Hen 30 dag Hofi 60 dag 45 degree Vid 60 dag Angla Heft 30 dag 1/4 7x7X7 3/8 7x7x7 1/2 7x7x7 5/8 7x7x7 3/4 7x7x7 0.87 1.9 3.2 4.8 6.6 0.71 1.5 2.6 3.9 5.4 o.so * 1.1 1.8 2.8 3.8 1.3 2.8 4.8 7.2 9.9 l.l 2.3 3.9 5.9 8.1 0.75 1.6 2.8 4.2 3.7 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 7 X 7 X 19 7-X 7 X 19 7 x 7 X 19 7x7 X 19 7 X 7 X 19 ? x 7 X 19 5.0 7.0 9.3 12.0 14.0 17.0 4.1 5.7 7.6 9.7 12-0 14.0 2.9 4.1 5.4 6.9 8.2 9.9 7.5 10.0 14.0 18.0 21.0 26.0 6.1 8.6 U.O 14.0 17.0 21.0 4.J 6.1 8.1 10.0 12.0 15.0 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-5/16 1-3/8 1*1/2 7x6x19 IWRC 7x6x19 IWRC 7x6x19 IWRC 7x6x19 IWRC 7x6x19 IWRC 7x6x19 IWRC 7>6x19 IWRC 7>6x19 fWRC 6.6 8.7 11.0 13.0 16.0 17.0 19.0 22.0 5.4 7.1 9.0 11.0 13.0 14,0 1S.0 18.0 3.8 5.0 6,4 7,7 9.2 10.0 11.0 1J.0 1 1 9.9 13.0 17.0 2a o 24.0 26.0 28.0 3J.0 8.0 11.0 (3.0 16.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 27.0 5.7 7.S 9.6 11.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 19.0 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAT, APRIL 17. 1971 EGS 17819 I 7362 I RULES AND REGULATIONS T-ablc H-10 RATED CAPACITIES FOR J-LEG AKD 3-LEG BRIDLE SLIHCS .-PART AMD 4-PART BRAIDED ROPE < x 7 AMO 6x19 CONSTRUCTION IMPROVE0 PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE 7x7 CONSTRUCTION GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRAOE ROPE Component } Rope Vert 30 degree ju.) c... Wore 60 degree I'fi.Porr 4rort 3/32 1/8 3/16 6x7 6X7 6x7 I 0.74 1 1.3 2.9 0.55 0.98 2.2 ' 3/32 1/8 3/16 7X7 7x7 7x7 0.89 1.6 3.6 0.67 J.2 2.7 3/16 5/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 X 19 6 X 19 6 x 19 6 X 19 6 X 19 6 X 19 6X 19 6 X 19 3.0 5.3 8.3 12.0 16.0 21.0 26.0 32.0 46.0 62.0 81.0 2.2 4.0 6.2 8.9 12.0 15.0 20.0 24.0 35.0 47.0 61.0 Rated Ceooclt.ee, Ton* (2.000 lb) 3.La* Br.die Slrnge 45 degree Vert 60 degree Vert 30 degree Ana le Hen 30 degree Hen 60 degree 8*Port i.Povr 6-Part 6.Port f .Pert 6`Pert 45 degree Angle Pert 6*Pert Vert 60 degree Here 30 degree 6*rert 0.60 i.l 2.4 0.45 0.80 1.8 0.42 0.76 1.7 0.32 0.57 1.3 I.l 2.0 4.4 0.83 1.5 3.3 0.90 1.6 3.6 0.68 1.2 2.7 0.64 1.1 2.5 0.48 0.72 1.3 2.9 O.SS 1.0 2.2 0.51 0.95 2.1 0.39 0.7! t.$ 1.3 2.S S.4 1.0 1.1 1.8 2.0 4.0 4.4 0.62 1.5 3.3 0.77 3.1 0.S6 2.4 4.3 6.7 9.7 13.0 17.0 21.0 26.0 38.0 $1.0 66.0 1.8 3.2 5.0 7.2 9.6 13.0 16.0 20.0 28.0 38.0 50.0 1.7 3.1 4.8 6.8 9.3 12.0 15.0 19.0 27.0 36.0 47.0 1.3 2.3 3.6 S.l 6.9 9.0 11.0 14.0 20.0 27.0 35.0 45 6.0 12.0 16.0 24.0 31.0 39.0 48.0 69.0 94.0 .22.0 3.4 6.0 9.3 13.0 u.o 23.0 29.0 36.0 52.0 70.0 91.0 3.7 6.5 10.0 14.0 20.0 25.0 32.0 40.0 56.0 76.0 99.0 2.6 4.9 7.6 11.0 15.0 19.0 24.0 30.0 42.0 57.0 74.0 2.6 4.6 7.1 10.0 14.0 U.O 26.0 54.0 70.0 J.9 13.0 30.0 40.0 53.0 Tabic H-ll RATEO CAPACITIES FOR STRANO LAID GROMMET - HAND TUCKED IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE ROPE BOOT RATED CAPACITIES, TONS (2.000 lb) Die (Incite*) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 S/8 3/4 7/8 1 1*1/8 M/4 1*3/8 M/2 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 X 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 X 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 37 7 X 37 7 x 37 0 Vertical o.ss 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.3 4.2 5.2 7.4 10.0 13.0 16.0 18.0 22.0 26.0 * Thete velwc* ent? epgl> wl.rn .he 0/4 retie li I w Crater where: O w Pisicr at (u/viIuk iBun4 which fop* I* bent. 4 as Dlamcicr el r*M bad}', . 6 0.64 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 3.1 3.9 5.6 7.S 9.7 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 0 Vrtc*l Ballet* 1.7 2.6 3.8 5.2 C.7 8.4 10.0Q 15.0 20.0 26.0 32.0 37.0 44.0 52.0 Tabic 11-12 RATEO CAPACITIES FOR CABLE LAID GROMMET - HAND TUCKEO 7x6x7 AMO 7 x4 x 19 CONSTRUCTIONS IMPROVED PLOW STEEL CRAOE ROPE 7x7x7 CONSTRUCTION CALVAHIZEO AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE .01 (Inch* CABLE BOOT RATED CAPACITIES. TONS (7,000 IbT 00 Vertical Cbokaf 3/8 9/16 S/8 7x6/7 7 X6x7 7 x6 x 7 1.3 2.8 3.8 3/8 9/16 5/8 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 1.6 3.S 4. S S/8 3/4 1S/16 1-1/8 l-S/16 M/2 1*11/16 1*7/8 2*1/4 2*5/8 7x6x19 7 x 6 x 19 7x6x19 7 x6 x 19 7x6x19 7x6x19 7 X6-X 19 7 x 6 x 19 7 x X 19 7x6x19 3.9 S.l 7.9 11.0 15.0 19.0 24.0 30.0 42.0 56.0 Tht raleat entj- **!* whan the 0/4 rlte la > er freatar h*r*: C n Dlww.tw ef cwrwetwe ttmmd which cable Mf la 1 4 Dl.w.l.i r( cebte Ve4/, 0.9$ 2.1 2.8 1.2 2.6 3.4 3.0 3.8 5.9 8,4 11.0 14.0 18.0 22.0 31.0 42.0 Vertical Baslat* 2.5 5.6 7.6 3.2 6.9 9.0 7.9 10.0 16.0 220 30.0 39.0 49.0 60.0 84,0 112.0 EGS 17820 ( ( fr RULES AND REGULATIONS iable 11-13 RATEO CAPACITIES FOR STRAND LAID ENOLESS SLINGS-UECHAHICAL JOINT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE ROPE BODY RATED CAPACITIES, TONS (2,000 lb) Dio (Inchat) Comir 0 & 0 i/i a/s 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 M/fl M/4 10/8 M/2 Tin 6 v 19 IWRC 6X19 IWRC 6 * 19 IWRC ft x 19 IWRC 6 x 19 IWRC ft x 19 IWRC ft X 19 IWRC fix 19 IWRC 6 3? IWRC ft * 37 IWRC ft X37 IWRC I 1 | Vortical 0.92 2.0 3.6 5.6 8.0 11.0 14.0 18.0 21.0 25.0 29.0 ituee only apply when fK* D/4 ratla I* S ar (reatar <'m: f) manatee #( curvature eraund which mp* (a h*ai, it af pop* hedy. Choker 0.69 I.S 2.7 4.2 6.0 8.1 10.0 13.0 15.0 1`.0 22.0 Varticol Botkel* 2.8 4.1 7.2 H.O lft.0 21.0 28.0 3$.0 41.0 50.0 5`M2 table H-14 RATEO CAPACITIES FOR CA5LE LAIO ENOLESS SLINGS-MECHAHICAL JOINT 7x7x7 AND 7 k 7 X ! CONSTRUCTIONS GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE 7 x * X 1? IWRC CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRAOE ROPE CABLE BODY RATEO CAPACITIES. TONS (7,000 lb) Dia (Inchat) 1/4 ;t/a 1/2 5/8 3/4 5/ft a/4 7/ft 1 M/6 M/4 3/4 7/8 1 M/8 1-1/4 1-3/ft 1-1/2 Thnc Const* 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7 x 7 x 19 7 \ 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7x7x19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 X 19 7 x ft x 19 IWRC 7 Xft x. 19 IWRC 7 x. 6 x. 19 IWRC 7 x ft x 19 IWRC 7 X 0 A 19 IWRC 7 X ft X 19 IWRC 7 x 6 K 19 IWRC 0 Varticol 0.83 1.8 3.0 4.S 0.3 4.7 0.7 ft.9 11.0 14.0 17.0 6.2 6.3 10.0 13.0 tft.O 18.0 22.0 6 Choker 0,62 1.3 2.3 3.4 4.7 3.5 5.0 (i.ft 8.S 10.0 12.0 4.7 6.2 7.9 9.7 12.0 14.0 1ft.0 ' only apply when the O/d value la S or (rrater where: P ~ Ptameier ol curvature around which cable body l bent, d UieiTieier at table body. 0 Yerlicol fiotkel* 1.6 3.5 ft.l 9.1 . 12.0 9.5 13.0 18.0 22.0 2B.0 31.0 r.'.o 16.0 21.0 24.0 31.0 37.0 43.0 73G: i-t it- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 7S--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17821 7361 RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-15 MANILA ROPE SUNOS l ROPE DIA METER Nominal *n fnchai Nominal Weight Par 100 ft In Pound* 1 Minimum j| Bracking Strength In Pound * -J > CHOKER H IT C H VER TIC AL H IT C H 1 CHOKER h it c h ; RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (S jfaly Factor 5) EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING 8ASKET HIJCH BASKET HITCH Angle of Ropa to Hori zoniol Ang a of Ropa to Horizontol 90 dag 60 dag 45 dag 30 dag 90 dag 60 dag 45 dag 30 dag An gla of Rop a to Yart Col 0 dag 30 dag 45 dag 60 dag .Anglo of Rop a to Varticol 0 dag 30 dag 45 dag 60 dag 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7.5 10.4 13.3 .16.7 2.6 SO 3,450 4,400 S.400 550 700 900 1.100 2S0 1.100 900 750 550 950 3S0 1,400 1,300 1.000 700 1,200 4S0 1,800 i.soo 1,200 900 1.600 SSO 2.200 1,900 1,500 1,100 2,000 500 1,900 1,700 1,400 950- 600 2.S00 2,200 1,800 1,200 800 3,200 2,700 2,200 1,600. 950 3,900 3,400 2.800 2.000 13/16 7/8 1 1 1/16 19.5 22.5 27.0 31.3 6.500 7.700 9,000 10,500 1,300 1,500 1,800 2,100 6S0 750 900 1,100 '2.600 3.100 3,600 4,200 2.300 2,700 3,100 3,600 1.800 2,200 2,600 3,000 1,300 1,500 1,800 2,100 2.300 2,800 3,200 3,800 1,200 1.400 1,600 1,900 4,700 5.600 6,500 7,600 4,100 4,800 5,600 6,600 3,300 3,900 4.600 5,400 2,300 2,800 3,200 3,800 1 1/8 1 t/< 1 5/16 1 1/2- 36.0 41.7 47.9 59.9 12,000 13,500 15.000 18,500 2,400 2,700 3,000 3.700 1,200 1,400 1,500 1,850 4,BOO S, 400 6,000 7.400 4,200 4,700 5,200 6,400 3,400 3,800 4,300 5,200 2.400 2,700 3,000 3,700 4.300 4.900 5,400 6,700 2,200 2.400 2,700 3,300 8,600 9,700 11,000 13,500 7,500 8,400 9,400 11,500 6,100 6,900 7,700 9,400 4.300 4,900 5.400 6,700 l S/8 1 3/4 2 2 1/3 74.6 89.3 107.S 125.0 22,500 26,500 31.000 36,000 4,500 5.300 6,200 7,200 2,300 2,700 3,100 3.600 0,000 10.500 12,500 14,500 7.800 9.200 10.S00 12,500 6,400 7.500 8,800 10,000 4,500 5,300 6.200 7,200 8.100 9.S00 11.000 13.000 4,100 4,800 5.600 6,500 16,000 19,000 22.500 26,000 14,000 16,500 19.SOO 22,500 11,500 t3.500 16,000 18,500 8,000 9,500 11.000 13,000 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 5/8 MG.O 166.7 190.8 41.000 46.500 52,000 8,200 9.300 10,500 4,100 4.700 3.200 16.500 18,500 21,000 14 ;000 16,000 18.000 n.soo 13,000 14.500 8.200 9,300 I0.S00 15.000 16,500 18,500 7,400 8,400 9.500 29,500 33,500 37,500 25,500 29,000 32,500 21.000 23.SOO 26,500 15,000 16,500 18.500 Table H-16 MV LON ROPE SLINGS ROPE DIA-' MhT tR Nominol Inchoi* Minimum Par TOO ft In Pounds Strength In Pounds ur ur oLU* t > RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Sol.tr Factor = 9) EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SUNG UJ -- BASKET HITCH Angle of Rop* to Horizontol y5 mX BASKET HITCH Ang e of Rope to Horizontol S1 90 deg 60 deg 45 deg 30 dag Angle ol Rop e to Varticol 0 d#g 30 dg 45 dag 60 dag > ux 90 dag 60 dag 45 d.,, 30 dag Angle of Rope to Verlicol 0 dag 30 dag 45 dag 60 dao 1/2 9/16 S/8 3/4 6.5 8.3 10.5 14.5 6,080 7,600 '9,880 13,490 700 850 1.100 1,500 350 1.400 1.200 950 700 1.200 600 2,400 2,100 1,700 1,200 400 1,700 1,500 1.200 SSO I.SOO 750 3.000 2,600 2,200 1,500 550 2,200 1,900 1,600 1,100 2,000 3,000 4,000 3,400 2,800 2.000 750 3,000 2,600 2,100 I.SOO 2,700 1,400 5.400 4,700 3,800 2,700 13/16 7/8 1 1 1/16 17.0 20.0 26.0 29.0 16,ISO 19.000 23.750 *27,360 1,800 2.100 2.600 3,000 900 1.100 1,300 1,500 3.600 4.200 5.300 6,100 3.100 3.700 4.600 5,300 2.600 3,000 3,700 4,300 1,800 2.100 2,600 3,000 3.200 3,800 4,800 5,500 1.600 1,900 2.400 2,700 6,400 7,600 9,500 11,000 5,600 6,600 8,200 9,500 4,600 5,400 6,700 7,70(7 3,200 3,800 4,800 5,500 I 1/8 1 1/4 1 S/16 I 1/2 1 S/8 1 3/4 2 2 1/S 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 5/8 34.0 40.0 45,0 55.0 31,350 3S.62S 40,850 S0.350 3,500 4,000 4.S00 5,600 1,700 2,000 2.300 2,800- 7.000 7,900 9.100 11,000 6.000 6.900 7J0Q 9.700 5.000 5,600 6,400 7.900 3,500 4,000 4,500 5,600 6,300 7,100 8,200 10.000 3,100 3,600 4,100 S.000 12,500 14.500 16,500 20,000 11,000 12,500 14,000 17,500 d,900 10,000 32,000 14,000 6,300 7.100 0,200 10,000 63.0 83.0 95.0 109.0 61,750 74,100 87.400 100,700 6,900 8.200 9,700 11,000 3,400 4,100 4,900 5,600 13,500 16.50Q 19.S00 22,500 12.000 14.500 17,000 19,500 9.700 11.500 X3.50a 16,000 6,900 8,200 9,700 11,000 12,500 15,000 17.500 20,000 6,200 7,400 8,700 10,000 24,500 29.S00 35.000 40,500 21.500 27,500 30,500 35,000 17,500 21,000 24,500 28,500 12,500 15,000 17,500 20,000 129.0 149.G 160.0 118,750 133.000 153.906 13.000 15,000 17.100 6,600 7,400 8.600 26.500 29.500 34,000 23.000 2S.500 2?,550 16,500 21,000 Mxca 13,000 15.000 17,000 24.000 2*500 31,000 12,000 13,300 15,500 47,500 3,900 <1.506 41,000 46,000 53,500 33,500 37,500 43,500 24.000 26,500 31,000 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOt. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17822 RULES AND REGULATIONS Tabic 11-17 POLYESTER ROPE JUNGS' i /> ROPE DIA METER Mamlnol In lnch#t Wgighf Per 100 ft In Found! Minimum Breoking 1 Strength l/i Poun<J i U 5 ww r > RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (S afely Factor = 9) EYE ANO EYE SLING II Cd Xu 2 u O H- U BASKET HITCH Ang e of Rope to Ho/J rentol II J 90 4,q 60 deg 45 deg '30 deg 1 Angle of Rop lo V.rt! cal 1 J Hf, "f > x ou endless sling BASKET HITCH Angl e of Rope to Ho/! zontof 90 deg 60 deg 45 deg 30 deg Angle of Rope to Vertical 0 deg 30 deg 45 d.i 60 deg 0 deg 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg 1/2 9'16* 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/S l 1 1/16 1 1/3 1 1/4 l S/16 l 1/2 1 5/S 1 3/4 2 2 l-'S 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 5-'S 8.0 10.2 13.0 17.5` 21.0 2S.0 30.5 34.S 40.0 46.3 52.S 66.8 82.0 98.0 116.0 135.0 157.0181.0 205.0 6,080 7,600 j 9.S00 11,875 j 7 CO 850 1,100 1,300 14.72S | 17.100 20,900 24,225 1,600 1,900 2.300 2,700 28,025 31,540 35,625 44,460 [ 54.150 1 64.410 76,000 87,400 3,100 3,500 4,000 4,900 6,000 7,200 8.400 9,700 101.650 115,900 130,150 11,500 13.000 14,500 350 400 550 650 800 950 1.200 1.300 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,500 3.000 3.600 4.200 4,900 5,700 6,400 7,200 1,400 1,700 2,100 2.600 1,200 1,500 1,800 2.300 950 1.200 1,500 1,900 3.300 3,800 4,600 5,400 6,200 7,000 7.900 9,900 2,800 3,300 4,000 4,700 5,400 6,100 6,900 '8,600 2,300 2,700 3,300 3,800 4,400 5,000 5,600 7,000 12,000 14,500 17,000 19.S00 10,400 12,500 14,500 17,000 8,500 10,000 12,000 13,500 22,500 26,000 29.000 19,500 22,500 25,000 16,000 18,000' 20.500 700 8S0 1.100 1.300 1,200 t.soo 1,900 2.400 600 750 950 1,200 1.600 1.900 2,300 2,700 2,900 '3,400 4,200 4,800 1,500 1.700 2,100 2.400 3,100 3.SOO 4,000 4.900 5,600 6,300 7,100 8,900 2,800 3,200 3,600 4,400 6,000 7,200 (,400 9.700 11,000 13,000 15,000 17.S00 5,400 6.400 7.600 8,700 11,5001 20,500 13.000 23,000 14.SOO 26,000 10,000 11,500 13,000 2,400 3.-000 3,800 4,800 2.100 2.600 3,300 4,100 5,900 6,800 8.400 9,700 11,000 12.S00 14,500 18,000 5,100 5.900 7,200 8,400 9,700 li.ooo 12,500 lS.SOtf 21,500 26,000 30,500 3S,000 19,000 22,500 26,500 30.S00 40,500 46,500 52.000 35.000 40.000 45.000 1.700 2.200 2,700 3,400 t',200 1.500 t,900 2.400 4,200 '4,800 5,900 6,900 2.900 3,400 4.200 , 4,800 7,900 8.900 10.000 12,500 S,600 6.300 7,100 8,900 15,500 18,000 21.S0O 24,500 11,000 13,000 IS.000 17.S00 29,000 33,000 37.000 20,500 23,000 26.000 Table H-18 POLYPROPYLENE ROPE SLINGS ROPE DIA METER Mamina! In Inches Namtno! Weight Per 100 ft In Pound* Minimum Breaking Strength In Pound* VER TIC AL H IT C H 1 CHOKER H IT C H VER TIC AL H IT C H CHOKER H IT C H RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Softly Factor = 6) EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH Angle of Rope to Horizon: ol. 90 deg 60 deg 45 deg 20 9.,; Angl e of Rope to Horizontal 90 deg 60 deg 45 deg 30 deg Angl t of Rop to Vertical Angle of Rop e to Vertical 0 deg 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg ! 0 deg 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/S t t 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/16 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 2 7.1/8 21/4 21/2 2 S/I 4.7 6.1 7.5 10.7 12.7 35.0 18.0 20.4 23.7 27.0 30.S 38.5 47.S S7.0 69.0 80.0 92.0 307.0. 320.0 3.990 4,845 5,890 8,075 9.405 10,925 13,300 15.200 17,335 39,950 22.325 28,215 34.200 40.850 49,400 57,950 6S;550 76,000 85.500 650 800 3,000 1,300 1,600 1,800 2.200 2,500 2,900 3,300 3,700 4,700 5,700 6,800 8,200 9,700 11,000 12.500 14,500 350 400 500 700 800 900 3,100 3,300 1,500 1,700 1,900 2.400 2,900 3,400 4,100 4,800 5,500 4,300 7,100 1,300 1,600 2,000 2,700 3,10 3,600 4,400 5,100 5,800 6,700 7,400 9,400 11,500 13,500 16,500 19,500 22,000 25.500 J*,soo 1.200 1,400 1,700 2,300 2,700 3,200 3,800 4,400 5,000 5,800 6,400 8,100 9,900 12.000 14.500 16.500 19,000 22.000 24,500 950 1,100 1,400 1.900 2.200 2,600 3,300 3,600 4,100 4,700 5,300 6,700 8.100 9,600 ll.soo 13,500 15,500 18,000 90,060 650 800 1,000 1,300 ] 1,200 1,500 1.800 2,400 600 750 900 1.200 1.600 1 1,800 2.200 2.500 1 2,800 3,300 4,000 4.600 1,400 1,600 2,000 2,300 2,900 1 3,300 3,700 4,700 1 3,200 6,000 6,700 8,500 2,600 3,000 3,400 4,200 5,700 j 10.500 8,800 12.500 8,2*0 15,000 9,700 1 17,500 5.100 6,100 7,400 8,700 11,000 12,500 14.544 15,500 zs.ooa 25,500 9,900 11,500 13,000 2,400 2,900 3.500 4,900 2,100 2,500 3,100 4.200 5,600 6,600 8,000 9,100 4.900 5,700 6,900 7.900 10,500 12.000 13.S00 17,000 9,000 10,500 Ti.soo 14,500 20,500 24,500 29.500 JS.000 18,000 21,000 25.500 30,100 39,500 45.500 51,500 34,000 39,500 44,509 1,700 2,100 2,500 3,400 1,200 1,500 1,800 2.400 4,000 4.600 5,600 6,S00 2,800 3,300 4,000 4,600 7,400 8,500 9,S00 12,000 5,200 6,000 6,700 8.S00 14,500 17,500 21,000 24,500 20.500 12,500 15,000 17,500 28,000 32,500 35,(CO 19,500 23,000 25,500 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17823 7.`>GG RULES AND REGULATIONS T\ *l > 1* i'-SwT UpllKIN'i I.OAPS If'It P'lUK'l ;it\ tO' id -v.KO pOUU<Jl M.iU'n.tl siii (imlics) . Via diamo- Sufo work* tor (inches) Ing loud i, 4* ] .. 1... 1 * <. . .......................... ........... ........................................ .. ................... 1' . ......................................... tf 1 m w. i\ 11 .t,V 4 :t r. , 7 x - h*.) It *i KJ VI J Tx'111. MNvitliF.it .ksu Si'aii.m: nr 1` Hoff Curs U ci:I Number of clips Minimum tri'l'iftivetl plow teel. -- -- *p irii:" ill.micit i inches Prop Other (I'll lltf'N,* fouf.-t! umterhil i' :i 1 :i u .. .......................................t n\ J4 .. .. .................... 4 4x/i f . ................... ...... 4 U fi, 1... 0 !', , it ii IP, 1`, ............................ Ii 7 7`^. Pi.. 7 7 S', 1)5-. [Delete Fig. H-l[ [Delete Fig. H-2| Subpart I--Tools--Hand and Power 1513.300 Ccncriil requirements. (a) Condition of tools. Ail hand and power tools and similar equipment, whether furnished by the employer or the employee, shall be maintained in a safe condition. (b) Guarding. <l) When power oper ated tools arc designed to accommodate guards, they shall be equipped with such guards when in use. (2) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating or moving parts of equipment shall be guarded if such parts are exposed to con tact by employees or otherwise create a hazard. Guarding shall meet the require ments as set forth in American National Standards Institute. BI5.1-1953 <R1958>, Safety Code for Mechanical PowerTransmission Apparatus. Cc) Personal protective equipment. Employees using hand and power tools and exposed to the hazard of falling, fly ing. abrasive, and splashing objects, or exposed to harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases shall be provided with the particular personal protective equip ment necessary to protect them from the hazard. All personal protective equip ment shall meet the requirements and be maintained according to Subparts D and E of this part. (d> Constant pressure suitch. All hand-held power tools shall be equipped with a constant pressure switch that will shut off the power when the p essure is released. 1518.301 Hand Tool?. (a) Employers shall not issue or per mit the use of unsafe hand tools. (hi Wrenches. Including adjustable. pipe. end. and socket wrenches shall not (2) When fuel powered tools are used be used when Jaws arc sprung to the in enclosed spaces, the applicable re point that slippage occurs. quirements for concentrations of toxic (c) Impact tools, such as drift pins, gases and use of personal protective wedges, and chisels, shall be kept free of equipment, as outlined in Subparts D mushroomed heads. and E of this part, shall apply. <d) Tlie wooden handles of tools shall (d) Hydraulic power tools. (1) the be kept free of splinters or cracks and fluid used in hydraulic powered tools shall be kept tight In the tool. shall be fire-resistant fluids approved 1513.302 Power-operated limid tool;.. under Schedule 30 of the U.S. Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior, and fa' Electric power-operated tools. (1) shall retain Its operating characteristics Electric power operated tools shall either at the most extreme temperatures to be of Lite approved double-insulated type which it will be exposed. or grounded in accordance with Subpart (2) The manufacturer's safe operat K of this part. ing pressures for hoses, valves, pipes, (2) The use of electric cords for hoist filters, and other fittings shall not be ing or lowering tools shall not be exceeded. permitted. (e) Powder-actuated tools. (1) Only (b) Pneumatic power tools. (1) Pneu employees who have been trained in the matic power tools shall be secured to operation of the particular tool' In use the hose or whip by some positive means shall be allowed to operate a powder- to prevent the tool from becoming ac actuated tool. cidentally disconnected. (2) The tool shall be tested each day (2) Safety clips or retainers shall be before loading to sec that safety devices securely installed and maintained on are In proper working condition. The pneumatic impact (percussion) tools to method of testing shall be in accordance prevent attachment from being acci with the manufacturer's recommended dentally expelled. procedure. (3) All pneumatically driven nailers, (3) Any tool found not in proper staplers, and other similar equipment working order, or that develops a defect provided with automatic fastener feed, during use, shall be immediately re which operate at more than 100 p.s.i. moved from service and not used until pressure at the tool shall have a safety properly repaired. device on the muzzle to prevent the tool (4) Personal protective equipment from ejecting fasteners, unless the muz shall be in accordance with Subpart E of zle is in contact with the work surface. this part. < -11 Compressed air shall not be used (5) Tools shall not be loaded until just for cleaning purposes except where re prior to the intended firing time. Neither duced to less than 30 p.s.i. and then only loaded nor empty tools are to be pointed with effective chip guarding and per at any employees. Hands shall be kept sonal protective equipment which meets clear of the open barrel end. the requirements of Subpart E of this (G) Loaded tools shall not be left part. The 30 p.s.i. requirement docs not unattended. apply for concrete form, mill scale and (7) Fasteners shall not bo driven into similar cleaning purposes. very hard or brittle materials including, (5) The manufacturer's safe operating but not limited to, cast iron, glazed tile, pressure for hoses, pipes, valves, filters, surface-hardened steel, glass block, live and other fittings shall not be exceeded. rock, face brick, or hollow tile. < 0) The use of hoses for hoisting or (8) Driving into materials easily pene lowering tools shall not be permitted. trated shall be avoided unless such ma <7) All hoses exceeding '/2-lnch Inside terials are backed by a substance that diameter shall have a safety device at the will prevent the pin or fastener from source of supply or branch line to reduce passing completely through and creating pressure in case of hose failure. a flying missile hazard on the other side. <8> Airless spray guns of the type (9) No fastener shall be driven into a which atomize paints and fluids at high spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory pressures (1,000 pounds or more per fastening. square inch) shall be equipped with (10) Tools shall not be used in an ex automatic or visible manual safety de plosive or flammable atmosphere. vices which will prevent pulling of the (11) All tools shall be used with the trigger to prevent release of tire paint or correct shield, guard, or attachment fluid until the safety device is manually recommended by the manufacturer. released. (12) Powder-actuated tools used by (9) In lieu of the above, a diffuser nut employees shall meet all other appli which will prevent high pressure, high cable requirements of American National velocity release, while the nozzle tip is Standards Institute, AI0.3-1970, Safety removed, plus a nozzle tip guard which Requirements for Explosive-Actuated will prevent the lip from coming into Fastening Tools. contact with the operator, or other equivalent protection, shall be provided. (c) Fuel powered tools. (1) All fuel powered tools shall be stopped while be ing refueled, serviced, or maintained, and 1518.303 AIiraMvc wheel* nml tool*. (a) Power. All grinding machines shall be supplied with sufllcicnt power to maintain the spindle speed at safe levels under all conditions of normal operation. fuel shall be transported, handled, and (b) Guarding. Grinding machines stored In accordance with Subpart F of shall be equipped with safety guards in this part. conformance with the requirements of FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17824 RULES AND REGULATIONS i .';G7 American NaUonal Standards Institute, (9) All employees using abrasive (2) If lift slabs arc automatically con B7.1-1964, Safety Code for the Use, Care wheels shall be protected by eye protec trolled, a device shall be installed which and Protection of Abrasive WheeLs. and tion equipment In accordance with the will step the operation when the ti-lnch paragraph (d) of this section. requirements of Subpart E of this part, leveling tolerance is exceeded. (c) Use 0/ abrasive wheels. (1) Floor except when adequate eye protection is (c> Blocking. When it is necesary. to stand and bench mounted abrasive afforded by eye shields which arc perma provide a firm foundation, the base of the wheels, used for external grinding, shall nently attached to the bench or floor jack shall be blocked or cribbed. Where be provided with safety guards (protec stand. there is a possibility of slippage of the tion hoods). The-maximum angular ex (d) Other requirements. All abrasive metal cap of the jack, a wood block shall posure of the grinding wheel periphery wheels and tools used by employees shall be placed between the cap and the load. and sides shall be not more than 90, ex meet other applicable requirements of cept that when work requires contact . American National Standards Institute, Subpart J--Welding and Cuffing with the wheel below the horizontal plane B7.1-1964, Safety Code for the Use, Care 1518.350 Ventilation and protection of the spindle, the angular exposure shall an 1 Protection of Abrasive Wheels. in welding, cutting, and heating. not exceed 125. In either case, the expo sure shall begin not more than 65" above the horizontal plane of the spindle. Safety guards shall be strong enough to withstand the effect of a bursting wheel. (2) Floor and bench-mounted grind ers shall be provided with work rests which are rigidly supported and readily adjustable. Such work rests shall be kept at a distance not to exceed one-eighth inch from the surface of the wheel. (3) Cup type wheels used for external grinding shall be protected by either a revolving cup guard or a band type guard in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, B7.1 1970 Safety Code for the Use, Care, and Protection of Abrasive Wheels. All other portable abrasive wheels used for external grinding, shall be provided with safety guards (protection hoods) meet ing the requirements of subparagraph (5) of this paragraph, except as follows: (i) When the work location makes it impossible, a wheel equipped with safety flanges, as described in subparagraph (6) of this paragraph, shall be used; (ii) When wheels 2 inches or less in diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel are used. (4) Portable abrasive wheels used for internal grinding shall be provided with safety flanges (protection flanges) meet ing the requirements of subparagraph (G) of this paragraph, except as follows: (i) When wheels 2 inches or less in diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel are used: (ii) If the wheel is entirely within the work being ground while in use. (5) When safety guards are required, they shall be so mounted as to maintain proper alignment with the wheel, and the guard and its fastenings shall be of sufficient strength to rctaih fragments of the wheel in case of accidental break age. The maximum angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides shall not exceed 180'. <G) When safety flanges are required, they shall be used only with wheels de signed to fit the flanges. Only safety flanges, of a type and design and properly assembled so as to ensure that the pieces of the wheel will be retained in case of accidental breakage, shall be used. (7) All abrasive wheels shall be closely inspected and ring-tested before mount 1310.304 Woodworking tools. i a' Disconnect switches. All fixed power driven woodworking tools shall be provided with a disconnect switch that can either be locked or tagged in the off position. (b) Speeds. The operating speed shall bo etched or otherwise permanently marked on all circular saws over 20 inches in diameter or operating at over 10,000 peripheral feet per minute. Any saw so marked shall not be operated at a speed other than that marked on the blade. When a marked saw is retensioned for a different speed, the marking shall be corrected to show the new speed. (c) Self-feed. Automatic feeding de vices shall be installed on machines whenever the nature of the work will permit. Feeder attachments shall have the feed rolls or other moving parts covered or guarded so as t: protect the operator from hazardous points. (d) Guarding. All portable, powerdriven circular saws shall be equipped with guards above and below the base plate or shoe. The upper guard shall cover the -aw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to permit the base to be tilted for bevel cut-. The lower guard shall cover the saw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to allow proper retraction and contact with the work. When the tool is withdrawn from the work, the lower guard shall automatically and instantly return to the covering position. (e) Personal protective equipment. All personal protective equipment provided for use shall conform to Subpart E of this part. (f) Other requirements. All wood working tools and machinery shall meet other applicable requirements of Ameri can National Standards Institute, 01.1-- 1961. Safety Code for Woodworking Machinery. 1518.305 Jacks--lever and ralclicl, srrew, ami hydraulic. fa) General requirements. (1) The manufacturer's rated capacity shall be legibly marked on all jacks and shall not be exceeded. (2) All jacks shall have a positive stop to prevent overtravel. fa) Transporting, moving, and storing compressed gas cylinders. (1) Valve pro tection caps shall be in place and secured. (2) When cylinders are hoisted, they shall be secured on a cradle, slingboard, or pallet. They shall not be hoisted or transported by means of magnets or choker slings. (3) Cylinders shall be moved by tilt ing and rolling them on their bottom edges. They shall not be intentionally dropped, struck, or permitted to strike each other violently. (4) When cylinders are transported by powered vehicles, they shall be secured In a vertical position. (5) Valve protection caps shall not be used for lifting cylinders from one verti cal position to another. Bars shall not be used under valves or vale protection caps to pry cylinders lose when frozen. Warm, not boiling, water shall be used to thaw cylinders loose. (G) Unless cylinders are firmly secured on a special carrier intended for this purpose, regulators shall be removed and valve protection caps put in place before cylinders are moved. (7) A suitable cylinder truck, chain, or other steadying device shall be used to keep cylinders from being knocked over while in use. <8) When work is finished, when cylinders arc empty, or when cylinders arc moved at any time, the cylinder valve shall be closed. (9) Compressed gas cylinders shall be secured in an upright position at all times except, if necessary, for short pe riods of time while cylinders are actually being hoisted or carried. (b) Placing cylinders. (1) Cylinders shall be kept far enough away from the actual welding or cutting operation so that sparks, hot slag, or flame will not reach them. When this is impractical, fire resistant shields shall be provided. (2) Cylinders shall be placed where they cannot become part of an electrical circuit. Electrodes shall not be struck against a cylinder to strike an arc. i3) Fuel gas cylinders shall be placed with valve end up whenever they are in use. They shall not be placed in a loca tion where they would be subject to open flame, hot metal, or other sources of artificial heat. ing to ensure that they are free from (b> Lift slab construction. (1) Hy (4) Cylinders containing oxygen or cracks or defects. draulic Jacks used in lift slab construc acetylene or other fuel gas shall not be (8) Grinding wheels shall fit freely on tion shall have a safety device which will taken into confined spaces. the spindle and shall not be forced on. cause the Jacks to support the load in (c) Treatment of cylinders. (1) Cylin The spindle nut shall be tightened only any position the event the jack mal ders. whether full or empty, shall not be enough to hold the wheel In place. functions. used as rollers or supports. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17825 7.16S RULES AND REGULATIONS (2) No person oilier Ilian tlie gas bear the name of the substance they (1> Oil and grease hazards. Oxygen supplier shall attempt to mix gases in a contain in letters at least 1-Inch high cylinders and fittings shall be kept away cylinder. No one except the owner of the which shall be either painted on the man from oil or grease. Cylinders, cylinder cylinder or person authorized by him, ifold or on a sign permanently attached caps and valves, couplings, regulators, shall refill a cylinder. No one shall use to it. hose, and apparatus shall be kept free a cylinder's contents for purposes other (2) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds from oil or greasy substances and shall than those intended by the supplier. shall be placed in safe, well ventilated, not be handled with oily hands or gloves. All cylinders used shall meet the Depart and accessible locations. They shall not Oxygen shall not be directed at oily sur ment of Transportation requirements be located within enclosed spaces. faces, greasy clothes, or within a fuel oil published in 49 CFR Part 178, Subpart C, (3) Manifold hose connections, in or other storage tank or vessel. Specification for Cylinders. cluding both ends of the supply hose (j) Additional rules. For additional (3) No damaged or defective cylinder that lead to the manifold, shall be such details not cover in bills subpart, ap shall be used. that the hose cannot be interchanged plicable technical portions of American (cli c/sc ol fuel gas. The employer shall between fuel gas and oxygen manifolds National Standards Institute, Z49.1- thoroughly instruct employees in the and supply header connections. Adapters 19G7, Safety in Welding and Cutting, safe use of fuel gas. as follows: shall not be used to permit the inter shall apply. (1) Before a regulator to a cylinder valve Is connected, the valve shall be change of hose. Hose connections shall be kept free of grease and oil. 1310.334 An- welding and riming. opened slightly and closed immediately. (4) When not in use, manifold and (a) Manual electrode holders. (1) (This action is generally termed "crack header hose connections shall be enpped. Only manual electrode holders which are ing" and is intended to clear the valve (5J Nothing shall be placed on top of specifically designed for arc welding and of dust or dirt that might otherwise a manifold, when in use, which will dam cutting, and are of a capacity capable of enter the regulator.) The person crack age the manifold or interfere with the safely handling the maximumrated cur ing the valve shall stand to one side of quick closing of the valves. rent required by the electrodes, shall be the outlet, not in front of It. The valve of (f) Hose. (1) Fuel gas hose and oxy used. a fuel gas cylinder shall not be cracked gen hose shall be easily distinguishable (2) Any current-carrying parts pass where the gas would reach welding work, from each other. The contrast may be ing through the portion of the holder sparks, flame, or other possible sources made by different colors or by surface which the arc welder or cutter grips in of ignition. characteristics readily distinguishable by his hand, and the outer surfaces of the (2) The cylinder valve shall always the sense of touch. Oxygen and fuel gas jaws of the holder, shall be fully insu be opened slowly to prevent damage to hoses shall not be interchangeable. A sin lated against the maximum voltage en the regulator. For quick closing, valves on gle hose having more than one gas pas countered to ground. fuel gas cylinders shall not be opened sage shall not be used. (b) Welding cables and connectors. (1) more than l'/s turns. When a special (2) When parallel sections of oxygen All arc welding and cutting cables shall wrench is required, it shall be left in and fuel gas hose arc taped together, not be of the completely insulated, flexible position on the stem of the valve while more than 4 inches out of 12 inches shall type, capable of handling the maximum the cylinder is in use so that the fuel be covered by tape. current requirements of the work in gas flow can be shut off quickly In case (3) All hose in use, carrying acetylene, progress, taking into account the duty of an- emergency. In the case of mani oxygen, natural or manufactured fuel cycle under which the arc welder or cut folded or coupled cylinders, at least one gas. or any gas or substance which may ter is working. such wrench shall always be available ignite or enter into combustion, or be in (2) Only cable free from repair or for immediate use. Nothing shall be any way harmful to employees, shall be splices for a minimum distance of 10 feet placed on top of a fuel gas cylinder, when inspected at the beginning of each work from the cable end to which the electrode In use, which may damage the safety ing shift. Defective hose shall be re holder is connected shall be used, except device or interfere with the quick closing moved from service. that cables wilh standard insulated con of the valve. (4) Hose which has been subject to nectors or with splices whose Insulating (3) Fuel gas shall not be used from flashback, or which shows evidence of quality is equal to that of the cable are cylinders through torches or other de severe wear or damage, shall be tested permitted. vices which are equipped with shutoff to twice the normal pressure to which (3) When it becomes necessary to con valves without reducing the pressure it is subject, but in no case less than 300 nect or splice lengths of cable one to an through a suitable regulator attached to p.s.i. Defective hose, or hose in doubtful other, substantial insulated connectors of the cylinder valve or manifold. condition, shall not be used. a capacity at least equivalent to that of (4) Before a regulator is removed (5) Hose couplings shall be of the type Uie cable shall be used. If connections from a cylinder valve, the cylinder valve that cannot be unlocked or disconnected arc effected by means of cable lugs, they shall always be closed and the gas re by means of a straight pull without ro shall be securely fastened together to give leased from the regulator. (5) If, when the valve on a fuel gas cylinder is opened, there is found to be a leak around the valve stem, the valve shall be closed and the gland nut tightened. If this action does not stop the leak, the use of the cylinder shall be discontinued, and it shall be properly tagged and removed from the work area. In the event that fuel gas should leak from the cylinder valve, rather than from the valve stem, and the gas cannct be shut off, the cylinder shall be properly tagged qnd removed from the work area. tary motion. good electrical contact, and the exposed (G) Boxes used for the storage of gas hose shall be ventilated. (7) Hoses, cables, and other equipment shall be kept clear of passageways, lad ders and stairs. (g) Torches. (1) Clogged torch tip metal parts of the lugs shall be com pletely insulated. (4) Cables in poor repair shall not be used. When a cable, other than the cable lead referred to in subparagraph (2) of tins paragraph, becomes worn to the ex tent of exposing bare conductors, the por openings shall be cleaned with suitable tion thus exposed shall be protected by cleaning wires, drills, or other devices means of rubber and friction tape or designed for such purpose. other equivalent insulation. (2) Torches in use shall be inspected (c) Ground returns and machine at the beginning of each working shift, grounding. <1) A ground return cable for leaking shutoff valves, hose cou shall have a safe current carrying capac If a regulator attached to a cylinder plings, and tip connections. Defective ity equal to or exceeding the specified valve will effectively stop a leak through torches shall not be used. maximum output capacity of the arc the valve seat, the cylinder need not be (3) Torches shall be lighted by friction welding or cutting unit which It services. removed from the work area. lighters or other approved devices, and When a single ground return cable serv (G) If a leak should develop at a fuse not by matches or from hot work. ices more than one unit, its safe current plug or other safety device, the cylinder (h) Regulators and gauges.. Oxygen carrying capacity shall equal or exceed shall be removed from the work area. and fuel gas pressure regulators, includ the total specified maximum output ca (c> Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds. ing their related gauges, shall be in pacities of all the units which it serv (1) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall proper working order while In use. ices. FCDERAl REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17826 iwLLS Ai'itj kcoulai.vyiiS (2) Pipelines containing gases or flam jects to be welded, cut, or heated cannot <)) Before heat is applied to a drum, mable liquids, or conduits containing be readily moved, all movable Are haz container, or hollow structure, a vent electrical circuits, shall not be used as a ards In the vicinity shall be taken to a or opening shall be'provided for the ground return. For welding on natural safe place, or otherwise protected. release of any built-up pressure during gas pipelines, the technical portions of regulations issued by the Department of Transportation, Office of Pipeline Safety, 49 CFR Part 192. Minimum Federal (b) If tlie object to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be moved and If all the Are hazards cannot be removed, positive means shall be taken to confine the heat, the application of heat. " 1518.353' Ventilation and protection in "elding, cutting, and heating. Safety Standards for Gas Pipelines shall sparks, and slag, and to protect the im ta) Mechanical ventilation. For pur apply. movable fire hazards from them. poses of this section, mechanical ventila (3) When a structure or pipeline is (c) No welding, cutting, or heating tion shall meet the following require cmloycd as a ground return circuit, it shall be done where the application of ments: shall be determined that the required flammable paints, or the presence of Cl) Mechanical ventilation shall con electrical contact exists at all joints. The other flammable compounds, or heavy sist of cither general mechanical ventila generation of an arc, sparks, or heat at dust concentrations creates a hazard. tion systems or local exhaust systems. any point shall cause rejection of the structures as a ground circuit. <dl Suitable fire extinguishing equip ment shall be immediately available in (2) General mechanical ventilation shall be of sufficient capacity and so ar (4) When a structure or pipeline is the work area and shall be maintained ranged as to produce the number of air continuously employed as a ground re in a state of readiness for instant use. changes necessary to maintain welding turn circuit, all joints shall be bonded, and periodic inspections shall be con ducted to ensure that no condition of electrolysis or Arc hazard exists by vir tue of such use. (c) When the welding, cutting, or heat ing operation is such that normal fire prevention precautions are not sufficient, additional personnel shall be assigned to guard against fire while the actual weld fumes and smoke within safe limits, as defined in Subpart D of this part. (3) Local exhaust ventilation shall consist of freely movable hoods Intended to be placed by the welder or-burner as (5) The frames of all arc welding and ing. cutting, or heating operation is being close as practicable to the work. This sys cutting machines shall be grounded performed, and for a sufficient period tem shall be of sufficient capacity and so cither through a third wire in the cable of time after completion of the work arranged as to remove fumes and smoke containing the circuit conductor or to -ensure that no possibility of fire at the source and keep the concentration through a separate wire which is ground exists. Such personnel shall be instructed of them in the breathing zone within ed at the source of the current. Ground ing circuits, other than by means of the as to the specific anticipated fire hazards and how the firefighting equipment pro safe limits os defined In Subpart D of this part. structure, shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and the grounded power conductor has resistance low enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit break er to Interrupt the current. (6) All ground connections shall be inspected to ensure that they are me chanically strong and electrically ade quate for the required current. Cd) Operating instructions. Employ ers shall instruct employees in the safe means of arc welding and cutting as fol lows: (1) When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the electrodes shall be removed and the holders shall be so placed or protected that they cannot make electrical contact with employees or conducting objects. vided is to be used. Cf) When welding, cutting, or heating is performed on walls, floors, and ceil ings, since direct penetration of sparks or licat transfer may introduce a fire hazard to an adjacent area, the same precautions shall be taken on the oppo site side as are taken on the side on which the welding is being performed. (g) For the elimination of possible fire in enclosed spaces as a result of gas escaping through leaking or improperly closed torch valves, the gas supply to the torch shall be positively shut off at some point outside the enclosed space whenever the torch is not to be used or whenever the torch is left unattended for a substantial period of time, such as during tire lunch period. Overnight and at the change of shifts, the torch and (4) Contaminated air exhausted from a working space shall be discharged into the open air or otherwise clear of the source of intake air. (5) All air replacing that withdrawn shall be clean and respirable. (G) Oxygen shall not be used for ven tilation purposes, comfort cooling, blow ing dust from clothing, or for cleaning the work area. (b) Welding, cutting, and heating in confined spaces. (1) Except as provided In subparagraph (2) of this paragraph and paragraph (c) (2) of tills section, either general mechanical or local ex haust ventilation meeting the require ments of paragraph (a) of tills section shall be provided whenever welding, cut ting, or heating is performed in a con fined space. (2) Hot electrode holders shall not be dipped in water; to do so may expose the arc welder or cutter to electric shock. (3) When the arc welder or cutter has occasion to leave his work or to stop work for any appreciable length of time, or when the arc welding or cutting ma chine is to be moved, the power supply switch to the equipment shall be opened. (4) Any faulty or defective equipment shall be reported to the supervisor. (5) Other requirements, as outlined in Article G30. National Electric Code. Electric Welders, shall be used when ap plicable. (e) Shielding. Whenever practicable, all arc welding and cutting operations shall be shielded by noncombustible or flameproof screens which will protect employees and other persons working in the vicinity from the direct rays of the arc. hose shall be removed from the con fined space. Open end fuel gas and oxygen hoses shall be immediately re moved from enclosed spaces when they are disconnected from tire torch or other gas-consuming device. (h) Except when the contents arc be ing removed or transferred, drums, pails, and other containers, which contain or have contained flammable liquids, shall be kept closed. Empty containers shall be removed to a safe area apart from hot work operations or open flames. til Drums, containers, or hollow struc tures which have contained toxic or flam mable substances shall; before welding, cutting, or heating is undertaken on them; either be filled with water or thor oughly cleaned of such substances and ventilated and tested. For welding, cut ting and heating on steel pipelines con taining natural gas, the pertinent por tions of- regulations issued by the (2) When sufficient ventilation cannot be obtained without blocking the means of access, employees in the confined space shall be protected by air line respirators In accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part, and an employee on the outside of such a confined space shall be assigned to maintain communi cation with those working within it and to aid them In an emergency. (c) Welding, cutting, or heating of metals of toxic significance. (I) Welding, cutting, or heating in any enclosed spaces involving the metals specified In this sub paragraph shall be performed with either general mechanical or local exhaust ven tilation meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section: (I) Zinc-bearing base or filler metals or metals coated with zinc-bearing materials. (II) Lead base metals; (HI) "Cadmium-bearing filler mate 1518.351 Fire prevention. Department of Transportation. Office of rials: (a) When practical, objects to be Pipeline Safety, 49 CFR Part. 192. Mini (iv) Chromium-bearing metals or welded, cut, or heated shall be moved to mum Federal Safety Standards for Gas metals coated with chromium-bearing a designated safe location or, if the ob Pipelines, shall apply. . materials. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 197J EGS IT i2> Welding, culling, or healing m against dangerous concentrations of work in such proximity to any pari o', .-.n any enclosed .-.paces involving the metals nitrogen dioxide. electric power circuit that lie may con jipecillfd In this subparagraph shall be (c) General welding, cutting, and tact the some in the course of Ills work performed with local exhaust ventilation heating. (1) Welding, cutting, and heat unless the employee is protected against in accordance with the requirements of ing, not involving conditions or materials electric shock by deenergizing the circuit paragraph (a) of this section, or em described in paragraph (b), (c), or (d) and grounding it or by guarding it by ployees shall be protected by air line res of tin's section, may normally be done effective insulation or other means. In pirators In accordance .with the require without mechanical ventilation or respi work areas where the exact location of ments of Subpart E of this part: ratory protective equipment, but whore, underground electric power lines is un (i> Metals containing lead, other than because of unusual physical or atmos known, workmen using jack-hammers, as an impurity, or metals coated with pheric conditions, an unsafe accumula bars, or other hand tools which may con load-bearing materials: tion of contaminants exists, suitable tact a line sliall be provided with insu <in Cadmium-bearing or cadmium- mechanical ventilation or respiratory lated protective gloves. coaled base metals; protective equipment shall be provided. (2) Before work is begun the employer dill Metals coated with mercury- (2) Employees performing any type shall ascertain by inquiry or direct ob bcaring metals: of welding, cutting, or heating shall be servation, or by instruments, whether (iv-i Beryllium-containing base or protected by suitable eye protective any part of an electric power circuit, ex filler metals. Because of its high toxicity, equipment in accordance with the re posed or concealed, is so located that the work involving beryllium shall be done quirements of Subpart E of this part. performance of the work may bring any with both local exhaust ventilation and air line respirators. (3i Employees performing such opera 1518.352 Welding, culling, and heat ing in way of preservative coatings, person, tool, or machine into physical or electrical contact therewith. The em ployer shall post and maintain proper tions in the open air sliall bo protected (ai Before welding, cutting, or heat warning si gas where such a circuit exists. by filter-type respirators in accordance ing is commenced on any surface cov He shall advise his employees of the lo with tlie requirements of Subpart E of ered by a preservative coating whose cation of such lines, the hazards involved tliis part, except that employees per flammability is not known, a test shall be and the protective measures to "be taken. forming such operations on beryllium- made by a competent person to deter (d) Passageways and open spaces: containing base or filler metals shall be mine its flammability. Preservative coat Suitable barriers or other means shall protected by air lino respirators in ac ings sliall be considered to be highly be provided to-ensure that workspace for cordance with the requirements of flammable when scrapings bum with electrical equipment will not bg used Subpart E of this part. extreme rapidity. as a passageway during periods when (4) Other employees exposed to the same atmosphere as the welders or burners shall be protected in the same manner ns the welder or burner. (cl i Inert-gas mctal-arc welding. (1) (b) Precautions sliall be taken to pre vent ignition of highly flammable hard ened preservative coatings. When coat ings arc determined to be highly flam mable, they shall be stripped from the energized parts of electrical equipment arc exposed. ' (c) Workspace around equipment: Sufficient space sliall be provided and maintained in the area of electrical Since the inert-gas metal-arc welding area to be heated to prevent Ignition. equipment to permit ready and safe op process involves the production of ultra (c) Protection against toxic preserva eration and maintenance of such equip violet radiation of intensities of 5 to 30 times that produced during shielded metal-arc welding, the decomposition of tive coatings: (1) In enclosed spaces, all surfaces covered with toxic preservatives shall be stripped of all toxic coatings ment. When parts are exposed, the mini mum clearance for the workspace shall be not less than 6 Vi feet high, nor less chlorinated solvents by ultraviolet rays, and the liberation of toxic fumes and gases, employees shall not be permitted to engage in, or be exposed to the process for a distance of at least 4 inches from the area of heat application, or the em ployees shall be protected by air line respirators, meeting the requirements of than a radius of 3 feet wide, and there shall be clearance sufficient to permit at least a 90* opening of all doors or hinged panels. AH working clearances until the following special precautions have been taken; <l> The use of chlorinated solvents sliall be kept at least 200 feet, unless shielded, from the exposed arc, and surfaces prepared with chlorinated sol vents shall be thoroughly dry' before welding is permitted on such surfaces. (ii) Employees in the area not pro tected from the arc by screening shall be protected by filter lenses meeting the requirements of Subpart E of this part. When two or more welders are exposed Subpart E of this part. (2) In the open air, employees shall be protected by a respirator, in accord ance wit^i requirements of Subpart E of this part. (d> The preservative coatings shall be removed a sufficient distance from the area to be heated to ensure that the temperature of the unstripped metal will not be appreciably raised. Artificial cool ing of the metal surrounding the heating area may be used to limit the size of the area required to be cleaned. shall be maintained in accordance with Article 110-16, National Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70-1968. (f) Load ratings: In existing installa tions no changes in circuit protection shall be made to Increase the load in excess of the load rating of the circuit wiring, as specified in National Electric Code, Article 310. (g) Lockout and tagging of circuits: (1) Equipment or circuits that arc de energized shall be rendered inoperative and have tags attached at ail points to each otiler's arc. filter lens goggles of a suitable type, meeting the require Subparl K--Electrical where such equipment or circuits can be energized. ments of Subpart E of this part shall be 1518.-1 QO CcnornI Requirements. (2) Controls that are to be deactivated worn under welding heimets. Hand shields to protect the welder against hashes and radiant energy shall be used when either the helmet is lifted or the shield is removed. (a) All electrical work, installations, and wire capacities shall be in accord ance with pertinent provisions of the National Fire Protection Association No. 70-1968. National Electrical Code, and during the course of work on energized or deenergized equipment or circuits shall be tagged. (3) Tags shall be placed to identify plainly the equipment or circuits being (iii) Welders and other employees who the National Electric Safety Code. Na worked on. are exposed to radiation shall be suitably protected so that the skin is covered tional Bureau of Standards, Part 4 (ANSI C2.4), unless otherwise provided 1518.401 Grounding and bonding. completely to prevent bums and other by regulations of this part. (a) Portable and/or cord and plug- damage by ultraviolet rays. Welding (b) Applicability. These regulations connected equipment. (.1) The noncur helmets and hand shields shall be free of leaks and openings, and free of highly reflective surfaces. (iv) When inert-gas metal-arc weld ing is being performed on stainless steel, the requirements of paragraph (c) (2) of apply only to electrical installations used on the jobsite, both temporary and per manent. For power distribution and transmission lines, see Subpart V of this part. (c) Protection of employees: (1) No rent-carrying metal parts of portable and/or plug-connected equipment shall be grounded. (2) Portable tools and appliances pro tected by an approved system of double this section shall be met to protect employer shall permit an employee to insulation, or its equivalent, need not be FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17828 RULES AND REGULATIONS grounded. Where such on approved sys as for example, drums, tanks, and vessels gized. special tools insulated for the tem Is employed, the equipment shall be shall be operated at a maximum of 12 age shall be used. distinctively marked. volts. (c)Switches, circuit breakers, and lb) Fixed equipment. Exposed noncurrcnt-carrying metal parts of fixed elec trical equipment, Including motors, gen erators. frames and tracks of electrically operated cranes, electrically driven ma chinery, etc., shall be grounded. (c> Effective grounding. The path from circuits, equipment, structures, and conduit or enclosures to ground shall be permanent and continuous; have ample carrying capacity to conduct safely the currents liable to be imposed on it; and have the impedance sufficcntly low to limit the potential above ground and to result in the operation of the overcur rent devices in the circuit. (d) Ground resistance. Driven rod electrodes shall, where practicable, have a resistance to ground not to exceed 25 ohms. Where the resistance is not as low as 25 ohms, two or more electrodes con nected In parallel shall be used. Ce) Testing of grounds. Grounding circuits shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and the grounded power conductor has a resist ance which is low enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt the current. (f) Extension cords. Extension cords used with portable electric tools and ap pliances shall be of three-wire type. (g) Bonding. (1) Conductors used for bonding and grounding stationary and moveable equipment shall be of ample size to carry the anticipated current. (2) When attaching bonding and grounding clamps or clips, a secure and positive metal-to-metal contact shall be made. Such attachments shall be made before closures are opened and material movements are started and shall not be broken until after material move ments are stopped and closures are made. (h) Temporary wiring. All temporary wiring shall be effectively grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code, NPPA No. 70-1968, Articles 300-23 and 310. (i) Construction site. Every precau tion shall be taken to make any necessary open wiring Inaccessible to unauthorized personnel. Lighting on barricades, fences, or sidewalks coverings shall be encased in a metal raceway. <j> Temporary lighting. (1) Tempo rary lights shall be equipped with guards to prevent accidental contact with the bulb, except that guards are not required when the construction of the reflector is such that the bulb is deeply recessed. (2) Temporary lights shall be equip ped with heavy duty electric cords with connections and insulation maintained in safe condition. Temporary lights shall not be suspended by 'their electric cords unless cords and lights are designed for this means of suspension. Splices shall have insulation equal to that of the cable. (3) Cords shall be kept clear of work g 1.71 8.102 Equipment itit-lailulioti ami maintenance. () Flexible cable and cords. (1) Re ceptacles for attachment plugs shall be of approved, concealed contact type with a contact for extending ground continu ity and shall be so designed and con structed that the plug may be pulled out without leaving any live parts exposed to accidental contact. (2) Where different voltages, frequen cies, or types of current (a.c. or d.c.) are to be supplied by portable cords, recep tacles shall be of such design that attach ment plugs used on such circuits are not interchangeable. (3) Attachment plugs or other con nectors supplying equipment at more than 300 volts shall be of the skirted type or otherwise so designed that arcs will be confined. (4) Attachment plugs for use in work areas shall be so constructed that they will endure rough- use and be equipped with a suitable cord grip to prevent strain on the terminal screws. (5) Flexible cord shall be used only in..continuous lengths without splice, except suitable molded or vulcanized splices may be used where properly made, and the insulation shall be equal to the cable being spliced and wire connections soldered. () Trailing cables shall be protected from damage. (7) Splices in trailing cable shall be mechanically strong components and in sulated to retain the mechanical- and dielectric strength of the original cable. (8) Cable passing through work areas shall be covered or elevated to protect it from damage which would create a haz ard to employees. (9) Handlamps of the portable type shall be of the molded composition or other type approved for the purpose. Brass-shell, paper-lined lampholders shall not be used. Handlamps shall be equipped with a handle and a substantial guard over the bulb and attached to the lampholder or the handle. (10) Worn or frayed electric cables shall not be used. (11) Extension cords shall be pro tected against accidental damage as may be caused by traffic, sharp corners, or projections and pinching in doors or elsewhere. (12) Extension cords shall not be fast ened with staples, hung from nails, or suspended by wire. (b) Overcurrent protection. (1) Over current protection shall be provided by fuses or circuit breakers for each feeder and branch circuit, and shall be based on the current-carrying capacity of the con ductors supplied and the power load being used. (2) No overcurrent device shall be placed in any permanently grounded conductor, except where the overcurrent disconnecting means. (1) Each discon necting means for motors and appliances, and each service feeder or branch circuit at the point where it originates, shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose unless located and arranged so the pur pose is evident. (2) Disconnecting means shall be lo cated or shielded so that employees w,;i not be injured. (3) Boxes for disconnecting means shall be securely and rigidly fastened to the surface upon which they are mounted and fitted with covers. (4) Boxes and disconnecting means in stalled in damp or wet locations shall be waterproof to the extent that water does not enter or accumulate. id) Transformers, il) Energized trans formers over 150 volts to ground shall be provided with enclosures. Enclosures made of metal shall be grounded. (2) Entrance to such locations shall be kept locked. (3) Signs indicating danger and pro hibiting unauthorized entrance shall be displayed at entrances. (e) Welding and cutting equipment. Welding and cutting equipment shall meet the requirements specified in Sub parts F and J of this part. 1518.403 Battery rooms and battery cli urging. (a) General requirements. (1) Bat teries of the nonseal type shall be located in enclosures with outside vents or in well ventilated rooms, so arranged as to prevent the escape of fumes, gases, or electrolyte spray into other areas. (2) Ventilation shall be provided to ensure diffusion of the gases from the battery to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture. (3) Racks and trays shall be substan tial and treated to be resistant to the electrolyte. (4) Floors shall be of acid resistant construction or be protected from acid accumulations. (5) Face shields, aprons, and rubber gloves shall be provided for workmen handling acids or batteries. (6) Facilities for quick drenching of the eyes and body shall be provided within 25 feet of the work area for emergency use. (7) Facilities shall be provided for flushing and neutralizing spilled electro lyte, for fire protection, for protecting charging apparatus from damage by trucks, and for adequate ventilation for dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries. (b) Charging. (1) Battery charging installations shall be located in areas designated for that purpose. (2) When charging batteries, the vent caps shall be kept in place to avoid elec trolyte spray. Care shall be taken to as sure that vent caps are functioning. 1518.404 Hazardous locnlions. ing spaces and walkways or other loca- device simultaneously opens all conduc (a) General: For the purpose of this '. .ns in which they are readily exposed tors of the circuit or for motor running section, hazardous locations are defined l j damage. protection. as follows: <>' Portable electric lighting used in (3) When fuses are installed or re (1) Class I Locations--Class I Loca : -I t and'or other hazardous locations. moved with one or both terminals ener tions are those in which flammable gases No vs -pi. rr FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17829 T i drk - -1---X.- 7372 RULES AND REGULATIONS or vapors arc or may be present In quan <h) "Hazard"--is considered to in this is not practical, grab rails, which tities sufficient to produce explosive or clude casualty, fire, and shock when provide a secure grip for an employee igni table mixtures. applicable. moving to or from the point of access, (2) Class II Locations--Class II Loca U) "Isolated" means not readily ac shall be installed. tions are those which are hazardous be cessible to person unless special means of CIO) Portable ladders In use shall be ( cause of the presence of combustible dust. (3) Class III Locations--Class III Locations are those which are hazardous because of the presence of easily ignitable fibers or flyings, but in which such fibers or flyings arc not likely to be in suspension in air in quantities sufficient to produce ignilable mixtures. (4) See the National Electrical Code for further definition of divisions 1 and 2 for each class. <b> All components, and utilization equipment used in a hazardous location shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories Inc., or approved by the Factory Mutual Engr. Corp. for the use in the applicable class location. (c) Equipment approved for a specific hazardous location shall not be Installed or intermixed with equipment approved for another specific hazardous location. access are used. (j) "Raceway"--any channel for loosely holding wires or cables in interior work which is designed expressly and used solely for this purpose. Raceways may be of metal, wood, or insulating ma terial. and the term includes wood and metal moldings consisting of a backing and capping, and also metal ducts into which wires are to be pulled. (k) "Shock hazard"--considered to exist at an accessible part in a circuit between the part and ground, or otheraccessible parts if the potential is more than 42.4 volts peak and the current through a 1.500-ohm load is more than 5 milllamperes. (l) "Weatherproof"--so constructed or protected that exposure to the weather shall not interfere with successful operation. tied, blocked, or otherwise secured to prevent their being displaced. (11) Portable metal ladders shall not be used for electrical work or where they may contact electrical conductors. Cb) Job-made ladders. (1) Job-made ladders shall bo constructed for intended use. If a ladder is to provide the only means of access or exit from a working area for 25 or more employees, or simul taneous two-way traffic is expected, a double cleat ladder shall be installed. (2) Double cleat ladders shall not exceed 24 feet in length. (3) Single cleat ladders shall not ex ceed 30 feet in length between supports (base and top landing). If ladders are to connect different landings,. or if the length required exceeds this maximum length, two or more separate ladders (d) Employer shall ensure that all wiring components and utilization equip Subpart L--Ladders and Scaffolding shall be used, offset with a platform be tween each ladder. Guardrails and toe- ment arc maintained as vapor, dust, or fiber tight as contemplated by their ap provals. There shall be no loose or miss ing screws, gaskets, threaded connec tions, or other impairments to this tight condition. 1518.450 Ladders. () General requirements. (I) Except where either permanent or temporary stairways or suitable ramps or runways are provided, ladders described in this subpart shall be used to give safe access boards hall be erected on the exposed sides of the platforms. (See f 1518.451 (a) (5).) (4) The width of single cleat ladders shall be at least 15 inches; but not more 1 ill8.405 Definitions applicable !o this to all elevations. than 20 inches between raiLs at the top. subpart. f2) The use of ladders with broken or (5) Side rails shall be parallel or flared (a) "Approved"--electrical wire, ap paratus, and equipment in temporary or permanent use shall be of a type ap proved by the Underwriters' Labora tories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Engr. Corp. for the specific application. In the absence of an enforcing authority, com pliance with the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code shall constitute approval for equipment and installation. (b) "Bonding jumper"--a .conductor, to assure the required electrical conduc tivity between metal parts required to be electrically connected. (c) "Branch circuits"--that portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the circuit. (A device not approved for branch circuit protection, such as ther mal cutout or motor overload protective device, is not considered as the overcur rent device protecting the circuit.) (dl. "Circuit;-breaker"--a device de signs^- ..tnvqp^i^ ail'd, close a circuit by TOBaB&fej^fe.-.and.to open the circuit ai^ipfHcSHy on a-predetermined over load' of current,' without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating. (e) "Exposed" Cas applied to live missing rungs or steps, broken or split side rails, or other faulty or defective construction is prohibited. When ladders with such defects are discovered, they shall be immediately withdrawn from service. Inspection of metal ladders shall include checking for corrosion of in teriors of open end hollow rungs. (3) Manufactured portable wood lad ders provided by the employer shall be in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, A 14.1-1968, Safety Code for Portable Wood Ladders. (4) Portable metal ladders shall be of strength equivalent to that of wood ladders. Manufactured portable metal ladders provided by-the employer shall be in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Insti tute, A 14.2-1956, Safety Code for Port able Metal Ladders. (5) Fixed ladders shall be in accord ance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, A 14.3 19.56, Safety Code for Fixed Ladders. () Portable ladder feet shall be placed on a substantial base, and the area around the top and bottom' of the ladder shall be kept clear. top to bottom by not more than onequarter of an inch for each 2 feet of length. (6) Wood side rails of ladders having cleats shall be not less than l'/z Inches thick and 3M> Inches deep (2 inches by 4 inches nominal) when made of Group 2 or Group 3 woods (see Table L-l). Wood side rails of Group 4 woods (see Table L-l) may be used In the same cross-section of dimensions for cleat ladders up to 20 feet in length. Table L-l Average Densities or Various Sfecifs of Wood for Use in Ladders CROUP 1 Density Density Species (tbs./ft*) Spcctcs () White ash______ 41 Hard maple____ 42 Beech Rlrrh 43 Red maple. 44 36 43 Rock elm______ 43 ,Whlte oak......... 46 Hickory _______ 50 Pecan________ 43 Locust _____:-- 47 `Persimmon- .... ,,.so . GROUP a . ' - Douglas fir . Southern .yellow* (coast region) 34 pine ________ 37 Western larch__ 33 parts)--means that a live part can be (7) Portable ladders shall be used at inadvertently touched or approached such a pitch that the horizontal distance nearer than a safe distance by a person. from the top support to the base will This term applies to parts not suitably . not be greater than one-fourth the verti guarded, isolated, or insulated. cal distance between these points. Red alder Oregon ash_ Pumpkin ash___ Alaska cedar._ CROUP 3 28 Gum 38 West Coast hem37 lock 31 Magnolia 34 30 35 ) "Ground"--a conducting connec (8) Ladders shall not be placed in Port Orford Oregon maple. _ 34 S3 tion. whether intentional or accidental, between an electrical circuit or equip ment and earth, or to some conducting body which serves in place of the earth. passageways, doorways, driveways, or any location where they may be dis placed by activities being conducted on any other work, unless protected by cedar__ Cucumber Cyprus* _______ Soft olm_______ Douglas fir 30 34 32 36 Norway pine___ Poplar---- ------Redwood Eastern spruce. Sitka spruce___ 31 23 25 23 28 "Grounded"--connected to eRrth barricades or guards. (Rocky Moun- Sycamore -------- 35 or to some conducting body which serves (9) The side rails shall extend not less tain type)____ 30 Tamarack _____ 37 :n ':>Tce of the earth. than 36 inches above the landing. When Noble flr............. 27 Tupelo 35 FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL. 36. NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17. 1971 EGS 17830 RULES AND REGULATIONS TMJLE Lr-I--Continued in height, having a minimum horizontal (17) Slippery conditions on scaffolds cnoup < dimension in either direction of less than shall be eliminated as soon as possible Aspen ............... . Buckeye ......... . Butternut____ . 27 25 25 27 Eastern hemlock Soft maple Lodgepolc pine. 28 39 33 29 45 Inches, shall have standard guardrails installed on all open sides and ends of the platform. (5) Guardrails shall be 2- x 4-inches, after they occur. (18) No welding, burning, riveting, or open flame work shall be performed on any staging suspended by means of fiber Incense cedar. . 25 Idaho white or the equivalent, approximately 42 or synthetic rope. Only treated or pro Western red pine ............... 28 Inches high, with a midrail, when re tected fiber or synthetic ropes shall be cedar............... 23 Northern white quired. Supports shall be at intervals not used for or near any work Involving the D!ack cottonwood . White fir............ Hackberrv . 24 2G 37 pine ............... 25 Pondcrosa pine. 28 Svurar pine 2G to exceed 8 feet. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. (6) Where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffold, scaffolds use of corrosive substances or chemicals. c 19) Wire, synthetic, or fiber rope used for scaffold suspension shall be capable of supporting at least 6 times the rated (7' It is preferable that .->idc rails be shall be provided with a screen between load. continuous. If splicing is necessary to the toeboard and the guardrail, extend (20) The use of shore pump jack, or attain the required length however, the ing along the entire opening, consisting lean-to scaffolds is prohibited. splice must develop the full strength of of No. 13 gauge U.S. Standard wire l-i- (21) Lumber sizes, when used in tins a continuous side rail of the same length. inch mesh, or the equivalent. subpart, refer to nominal sizes except (8) 2-inch by 4-inch lumber shall bo f7) Scaffolds and their components where otherwise stated. used for side rails of single cleat ladders shall be capable of supporting without (b> Wood pole scaffolds. (1) Scaffold up to 16 feet long; 3-inch by G-lnch lum failure at least 4 times the maximum in poles shall bear on a foundation of suffi ber shall be used for single cleat ladders tended load. cient size and strength to spread the load from 16 to 30 feet in length. (8) Any scaffold including accessories from the pole over a sufficient area to (9) 2-inch by 4-inch lumber shall such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw prevent settlement. All poles shall be set bo used for side and middle rails of legs, ladders, etc. damaged or weakened plumb. double cleat ladders up to 12 feet in from any cause shall be immediately re (2) Where wood poles are spliced, the length; 2-lnch by B-inch lumber for paired or replaced. ends shall be squared and the .upper sec double cleat ladders from 12 to 24 feet (9) Ail load-carrying timber mem tion shall rest squarely on the lower in length. (10) Wood cleats shall have the fol lowing minimum dimensions when made of Group 1 woods fsce Table L-l); Table L-2 Length of cleat Thickness Whlih (inchc.1') flclje) bers'of scaffold framing shall be a mini mum of 1,500 fiber (Stress Grade) con struction grade lumber. All dimensions are nominal sizes as provided in the American Lumber Standards, except that where rough sizes arc noted, only rough or undressed lumber of the size specified will satisfy minimum requirements. section. Wood splice plates shall be pro vided on at least two adjacent sides and shall be not less than 4 feet in length, overlapping the abutted ends equally, and have the same width and not less than the crass-sectional area of the pole. Splice plates or other materials of equivalent strength may be used. GO) All planking shall be Scaffold (3) Independent pole scaffolds shall be Up to and Incliullnc Jo...... .1 Grade as recognized by approved grading set as near to the wall of the building Omr *20 and up to nn<l Including 30....f............................................. \ 3*;* 2 3 4 rules for the species of wood used. The maximum permissible spans for 2- x 10- as practicable. (4) All pole scaffolds shall be securely inch or wider planks shall be as shown guyed or tied to the building or structure. (11) Cleats may be made of species of in the following: Where the height or length exceeds 25 any other group of wood (see Table L-l) provided equal or greater strength is Table L-3 feet, the scaffold shall be secured at intervals not greater than 25 feet maintained. MATKKIAf, vertically and horizontally. (12) Cleats shall be inset into the edges (5) Putlogs or bearers shall be set of the side rails one-half inch, or filler blocks shall be used on the rails between the cleats. The cleats.shall be secured to Full llucknrss Nominal mulrcspi'd thickness lumber lumber* with their greater dimension vertical, long enough to project over the ledgers each rail with three lOd common wire of the inner and outer rows of poles at nails or other fasteners of equivalent Working lotul (p.s.f.)........ 25 Permissiblesp.m (ft.)... . H) 50 K 75 tl li5 K 50 6* 11 least 3 Inches for proper support. strength. Cleats shall be uniformly (6) Every wooden putlog on single spaced, 12 Inches top-to-top. 1 Nomlnul thickness lumber not rceummcmlM for pole scaffolds shall be reinforced with a 1518.451 Scaffolding. heavy duly tr. Ho- x 2-inch steel strip, or equivalent, (a) General requirements. (1) Scaf folds shall be erected In accordance with requirements of this section. (2) The footing or anchorage for scaf folds shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement. Un stable objects such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks, shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks. (11) The maximum permissible span for l`A- x 9-inch or wider plank of full thickness shall be 4 feet with medium duty loading of 50 p.s.f. (12) All planking or platforms shall be overlapped (minimum 12 Inches), or secured from movement. (13) An access ladder or equivalent safe access shall be provided. (14) Scaffold planks shall extend over secured to its lower edge throughout its entire length. (7) Ledgers shall be long enough to extend over two pole spaces. Ledgers shall not be spliced between the poles. Ledgers shall be reinforced by bearing blocks securely nailed to the side of the pole to form a support for the ledger. (8) Diagonal bracing shall be provided (3) No scaffold shall be erected, their end supports not less than 6 inches to prevent the poles from moving in a moved, dismantled, or altered except under the supervision of competent persons. (4) Guardrails and toeboards shall be Installed on all open sides and ends of platforms more than 6 feet above the ground or floor, except needle beam scaf nor more than 12 inches. (15) The poles, legs, or uprights of scaffolds shall be plumb, and securely and rigidly braced to prevent swaying and displacement. (16) Overhead protection shall be pro vided for men on a.scaffold exposed to direction parallel with the wall of the building, or from buckling. (9) Cross bracing shall be provided between the Inner and outer sets of poles in independent pole scaffolds. The free ends of pole scaffolds shall be cross folds and floats. Scaffolds 4 feet to 6 feet overhead hazards. braced. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 34, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17831 7374 RULES AND REGULATIONS (10) Full diagonal face bracing shall be erected across the entire face of pole scaffolds in both directions. The braces shall be spliced at the poles. The inner row of poles on medium and heavy duty scaffolds shall be braced in a similar manner. (11) Platform planks shall be laid with their edges close together so the platform will be tight with no spaces through which tools or fragments of material can fall. (12) Where planking is lapped, each plank shall lap its end supports at least 12 inches. Where the ends of pianks abut each other to form a flush floor, the butt joint shall be at the centerline of a pole. The abutted ends shall rest on separate bearers. Intermediate beams shall be provided where necessary to pre vent dislodgment of planks duo to deflec tion, and the ends shall be secured to prevent their dislodgment. (13) When a scaffold materially changes its direction, the platform pianks shall be laid to prevent tipping. The planks that meet the corner putlog at an angle shall be laid first, extending over the diagonally placed putlog far enough to have a good safe bearing, but not far enough to involve any danger from tipping. The planking running in the opposite direction at an angle shall be laid so as to extend over and rest on the first layer of planking. (14) When moving platforms to the next level, the old platform shall be left undisturbed until the new putlogs or bearers have been set in place, ready to receive the platform planks. (15) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6lnch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends or all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (0) of this section, when required.. (16) All wood pole scaffolds 60 feet or less in height shall be constructed and erected in accordance with Tables Lr-4 to 10. If they arc over 60 feet in height, they shall be designed by a licensed qual ified engineer competent in this field, and it shall be constructed and erected in accordance with such design. Table L-t--Minimum Nominal Fixe and Maximum Ppaciso or Members or Single Pole Scaitolds Light Dvtt ' Ifaxlmuro height of scaffold 20 ft. GO fL Uniformly tllilrlbuled load.................. Poles or uprights....................................... Pok spacing (longitudinal).................... Maximum width of scaffold.................... Hearers or putlogs to 0 ft. 0 In. width.. Hearers or putlogs to A ft. 0 In. width... Ledger....................................................... . Plunking...................................................... Wri icol spacing of horhontnl members, Hraclng. lioo.'oiunl and dfagotml........... Tf.-ins.................................. .................... Toeboards.................................................. Guardrail..................................................... Not to exceed 25 p.s.f. 2x4 in........................... Oft. o In......................... 5/1. 0In........................ . 2x t In........... ............... 2 x G In. ot 3 x 4 In........ I x 4 In........................... 1M r '.i In. (rough)........ 7 ft. 0 In.......................... 1 r 4 In............................ 1 x 4 In........................... 1 In. high (minimum). 2x 4 in........................... 4 x 4 In. 10 ft. o In. 5 ft. 0 In. 2x4 hi. 2x6 In. or 3 i 4 In. 'rou.tM IK x V hi. 2 x JO In. 0 ft. 0 In. 1 x 4 in. 1 x 4 in. 4 In. high (minimum). 2x4 fu. All mcmhc rs except phuklng are used on edge. Table L-5--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing or Members or Single Pole Scaffolds--Medium Duty Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of scaffold. poles or uprights......... Pole spacing (longi tudinal). Maximum width of scaffold. Bearers or putlogs__ _ Spacing of bearers or putlogs. Ledgers_______ ______ Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal___ Bracing, diagonal-----Tie-Ins ________ Planking Toeboards _ Guardrail- Not to exceed 50 p.s.f. 00 ft. 4 x 4 In. 8 ft. 0 In. - 5 ft. 0 in. 2 x 10 in. or 3 x 4 In. 8 ft. 0 in. 2x9 in. 7 ft. 0 in. 1 x6 In. oriVi x 4 in. 1 x4 in. 1 x4 in. 2 x 10 in. 4-ln. high (mini mum). 2x4 In. Table L-G--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing of Members of Single Pole Scaffolds--Heavy Duty Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of scaffold. Poles or uprights.*/.... Pole spacing (longi tudinal). Maximum width of scaffold. Bearers or putlogs___ Spacing of bearers or putlog. Ledgers Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal and diagonal. Tie-Ins __________ _ Planking_________ ...... Toeboards ______ ...... Guardrail___________ Not to exceed 75 p.8.f. 00 ft. 4 xO in. 0 ft. 0 In. 5 ft. 0 in. 2 x 10 In. or 3 x 5 in. 6 ft. 0 In. 2x10 In. 0 ft. 6 in. 2 x4 In. 1 x 4 in. 2 x 10 in. 4-in. high mum) . 2 x 4 la. (mini All members except planking are used on All members except planking are used on edge. edge. Table L-7~Minimum Nominal Size and .Maximum Spacing or Memoe/w or Independent Pole Scaftold Light Duty Maximum height of scaffold* 4 * * 7 20 ft. CO ft. Uniformly distributed load..................... Poles or upright*........................................ Pole spacing (longitudinal)..................... Vole spacing (transverse)......................... Ledgers........................................................ Hearers to 3 It. 0 In. span......................... Hearers to 10 ft. 0 In. span..... .................. Planking............... .............................. Vortical spacing of horlrontal members. Bracing, horlrontal and diagonal,...... Tfe-Ins.......................................................... Toeboards.................................................... Guardrail.................................................... Nollooxcacd25pj.f. 2x4 In.......................... Oft. 0 in...................... <i ft. 0 In........................... IK x 4 in...................... 2x4 In.......................... 2i(Un.or 3x4ln... IK x u In...................... 7 ft. o in........................... 1 xttn............................. 1 x 4 In.................... . 4 in. high...................... 2x4 In............................. 4 x 4 in. 10 ft, 0 In. 10 ft. 0 In. IKxOln. 2x4 In. 2 x 10 (rough) or 3 x 8 In. 2 x 10 in. 7 ft. 0 In. 1i xx441ino.. 4 in. high (minimum). 2x4 In. All members except planking arc used on edgo. FEDERAL REGISTER, YOU 36, HO, 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17832 RULES AND REGULATIONS Tadle L-8--Minimum Nominal Size and (4) Tube and coupler scaffolds shall Inner and outer runners upward to the Maximum Spacing or Members or Inde be limited in heights and working levels next outer and Inner runners. pendent Pole Scaffolds--Medium Dutt to those permitted In Tables L-10,11, and (11) Longitudinal diagonal bracing Uniformly distributed Not to exceed 50 12. Drawings and specifications of all on the inner and outer rows of poles loud. p.s.f. tube and coupler scaffolds above the limi shall be Installed at approximately a 45' Maximum height of CO ft. tations in Tables L-10, 11. and 12 shall angle from near the base of the first scalTold. Poles or uprights_____ Pole spacing (longi tudinal) . Pole spacing (trans verse) . Ledgers 4 X 4 In. 8 ft. 0 III. 8 ft. 0 in. 2 x 10 in. be designed by a qualified engineer com petent in this field. (5) All tube and coupler scaffolds shall be constructed and erected to support four times the maximum Intended loads, as sot forth in Tables L-10. 11. and 12. or outer post upward to the extreme top of the scaffold. Where the longitudinal length of the scaffold permits, such brac ing shall be duplicated beginning at every fifth post. In a similar manner, longitudinal diagonal bracing shall also Vertical spacing of 0 ft. 0 In. os set forth in the specifications by a li be Installed from the last post extending horizontal members. censed professional engineer competent back and upward toward the first post. Spacing of bearers____ Bearers Bracing, horizontal___ Bracing, diagonal____ Tic-Ins Planking Tocboards 8 ft. 0 In. 2 x 10 In. 1 x 6 In. or IK x4 In. i x 4 in. 1 x 4 in. 2 x 10 in. 4-ln. high (mini in tills field. Table L-10--Tube avb c1oiti.ee Sc.trroLDs LionT Duty Uniformly distributed loud........ Not to exceed 25 p.s.L Where conditions preclude the attach ment of this bracing to the posts, it may be attached to the runners. (12) The entire scaffold shall be tied to and securely braced against the build ing at intervals not to exceed 30 feet mum). horizontally and 26 feet vertically. Guardrail 2 x 4 in. (13) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 All members except planking are used on edge. Table L-9--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing or Members or Inde pendent Pole Scaffolds--Heave Durr Working levels 1 2 2 Additional ploulced Maximum levels height R 125 ft. 4 125 fL u 111 It. 0 In. inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6- inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboard, shall be Installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of scaffold. Poles or uprights-------Polo spacing (longi tudinal) . Not to exceed 75 p.s.f. CO ft. 4 X 4 In. 6 ft. 0 In. Table L-ll--Tube ant Coupler Scaptolds Medium Duty Uniformly distributed load........ Not to exceed 50 p.s.f. Tost spacing (longitudinal)........ 8 ft. 0 In. J'ost spacing (transverse)............ 0 ft. 0 In. shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be Installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. . (d) Tubular welded frame scaffolds. (1)Metal tubular frame scaffolds, in Pole spp.clng (trans verse) . Ledgers Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bearers Bracing, horizontal and diagonal. Tlc-lns 8 ft. 0 In. 2 x 10 in. 6 ft. 0 in. 2 x 10 In. (rough). 2x4 in. 1 x4in. Working levels I j Additional planked Maximum levels liefghl a 125 ft. u <8 ft. 0 In. Table L-12--Tunis and Coupler Scaffolds Heavy Dutt cluding accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw legs, ladders, etc., shall be designed, constructed, and erected to safety support four times the maximum rated load. (2) Spacing of panels or frames shall be consistent with the loads Imposed. (3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced Planking 2 x 10 In. by cross bracing or diagonal braces, or Toeboards -----------------Guardrail 4-in. high (mini mum) . 2 x 4 in. Uniformly distributed load........ Not to exceed 75 p J.f. l'ost spacing (longitudinal)........ a It. 6 In. l'ost spacing (traverse) ............ G ft. 0 in. both, for securing vertical members to gether laterally, and the cross braces shall be of such length as will automat AU members except planking are used on edge. Working levels Additional planked Maximum lovcls height ically square and aline vertical members so that the erected scaffold Is always (c) Tube and coupler scaffolds. (1) A plumb, square, and rigid. All brace con light'duty tube and coupler scaffold shall l 0 125 It. nections shall be made secure. have all posts, bearers, runners, and brac (4) Scaffold legs shall be set on ad ing of nominal 2-lnch O.D. steel tubing. (6) Posts shall be accurately spaced, justable bases or plain bases placed on The posts shall be spaced no more than 6 feet apart by 10 feet along the length of the scaffold. Other structural metals when used must be designed to carry an erected on suitable bases, and maintained plumb. (7) Runncrq shall be erected along the length of the scaffold, located on both mud sills or other foundations adequate to support the maximum rated load. (5) The frames shall be placed one on top of the other with coupling or stack equivalent load. No dissimilar metals the inside and the outside posts at even ing pins to provide proper vertical aline- shall be used together. height. Runners shall be Interlocked to ment of the legs. (2) A medium duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, runners, and bracing of nominal 2-inch O.D. steel tubing. Posts spaced not more than 6 feet apart by 8 feet along the length of the scaffold shall have bearers of nominal 2K>-lnch O.D. steel tubing. Posts spaced not more than 6 feet apart by 8 feet along the length of the scaffold shall Have bearers of nominal 2-inch OX), steel tub ing. Other structural metals, when used, must be designed to carry an equivalent load. No dissimilar metals shall be used together. . (3) A heavy duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, runners, and bracing of nominal 2-lnch OX), steel tubing, with the posts spaced not more than 6 feet by 6 feet 6 inches. Other structural metals, when used, must be the inside and the outside posts at even heights. Runners shall be interlocked to form continuous lengths and coupled to each post. The bottom runners shall be located as close to the base as possible. Runners shall be placed not more than 6 feet 6 Inches on centers. (8) Bearers shall be Installed trans versely between posts and shall be se curely coupled to the posts bearing on the runner coupler. When coupled direct ly to the runners, the coupler must be kept as close to the posts as possible. (9) Bearers shall be at least 4 inches but not more than 12 Inches longer than the post spacing or runner spacing. (10) Cross bracing shall be Installed across the width of the scaffold at least every third set of posts horizontally and (6) Where uplift may occur, panels shall be locked together vertically by pins or other equivalent suitable means. (7) To prevent movement, the scaf fold shall be secured to the building or structure at intervals not to exceed 30 feet horizontally and 26 feet vertically. (8) Maximum permissible spans of planking shall be in conformity with paragraph (a) (11) of this section. (9) Drawings and specifications for all frame scaffolds over 125 feet In height above the base plates shall be designed by a registered professional engineer. (10) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 Inches or the equivalent, and approxi mately 42 Inches 'high, with a midrail, of 1- x 6-lnch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be-Installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than designed to carry an equivalent load. No every fourth runner vertically. Such 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toe dissimilar metals shall be used together. bracing shall extend diagonally from the boards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17833 7:S76 RULES AND REGULATIONS in height. Wire mesh shall be installed In A92.2-1009, Vehicle Mounted Elevating pended from overhead outrigger beams. accordance with paragraph (a) (G) of and Rotating Work Platforms, 6hall be (4) The scaffold outrigger beams shall tin's section. met for such equipment in use. consist of structural metal securely fas (e) Manually propelled mobile scaf (g) Outrigger scaffolds. (1) Outrigger tened or anchored to the frame or floor folds. (1) When free-standing mobile beams shall extend not more than G feet system of the building or structure. scaffold towers are used, the height shall beyond the face of the building. The in (5) Each outrigger beam shall be not exceed four times the minimum base board end of outrigger beams, measured equivalent in strength to at least a stand dimension. rrom the fulcrum point to anchorage ard 7-inch, 15.3-pound steel I-beam, at (2) Casters shall be properly designed point, shall be not less than 1 Ve times the least 15 feet long, and shall not project for strength and dimensions to support outboard end in length. The beams shall more than G feet 6 inches beyond the four times the maximum intended load. rest on edge, the sides shall be plumb, and bearing point. All casters shall be provided with a posi the edges shall be horizontal. The ful (6) Where the overhang exceeds 6 feet tive locking device to hold the scaffold in crum point of the beam shall rest on a 6 inches, outrigger beams shall be com position. secure bearing at least 6 inches in each posed of stronger beams or multiple (3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced horizontal dimension. The beam shall be beams and be installed under the super by cross bracing and horizontal bracing secured in place against movement and vision of a competent person. conforming with paragraph (d' (3) of shall be securely braced at the fulcrum (7) All outrigger beams shall be set this section. point against Upping. and maintained with their webs in a (4) Platforms shall be tightly planked (2) The inboard ends of outrigger vertical position. for the full width of the scaffold except beams shall be securely anchored either (8) A stop bolt shall be placed at each for necessary entrance opening. Plat by means of struts bearing against sills end of every outrigger beam. forms shall be secured in place. in contact with the overhead beams or (9) The outrigger beam shall rest on (5) A ladder or stairway shall be pro ceiling, or by means of tension members suitable wood bearing blocks. vided for proper access and exit and shall secured to the floor Joists underfoot, or (10) The free end of the suspension be affixed or built into the scaffold and by both if necessary. The Inboard ends of wire ropes shall be equipped with proper so located that when in use it will not outrigger beams shall be secured against size thimbles and secured by splicing or have a tendency to tip the scaffold. A tipping and the entire supporting struc other equivalent means. The running landing platform must be provided at ture shall be securely braced in both di ends shall be securely attached to the intervals not to exceed 35 feet. rections to prevent any horizontal hoisting drum and at'least four turns (6) The force necessary to move the movement. of wire rope shall at all times remain on mobile scaffold shall be applied near or (3) Unless outrigger scaffolds arc de the drum. The use of fiber rope is ns close to the base as practicable and signed by a registered professional engi prohibited. provision shall be made to stabilize the neer competent in this field, they shall be (11) Where a single outrigger beam is tower during movement from one loca constructed and erected in accordance used, the steel shackles or clevises with tion to another. Scaffolds shall only be with Table Lr-13. Outrigger scaffolds, de which the wire ropes are attached to the moved on level floors, free of obstructions signed by a registered professional engi outrigger beams shall be placed directly and openings. neer, shall be constructed and erected in over the hoisting drums. (7) The employer shall not allow em ployees to ride on manually propelled scaffolds unless the following conditions exist: (i) The floor or surface is within 3 of level, and free from pits, holes, or obstructions; (ii) The minimum dimension of the scaffold base when ready for rolling, is at least one-half of the height. Outrig gers, if used, shall be installed on both sides of staging: (ili) The wheels are equipped with rubber or similar resilient tires; (iv) All tools and materials are se cured or removed from the platform before the mobile scaffold is moved. (8) Scaffolds in use by any persons shall rest upon a suitable footing and shall stand plumb. The casters or wheels shall be locked to prevent any movement. (9) Mobile scaffolds constructed of metal members shah also conform to applicable provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this section, de pending on the material of which they are constructed. (10) Guardrails not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, of 1- x 6-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be Installed in accordance with paragraph (a' (6) of this section. (fi Elevating and rotating work plat accordance with such design. Tahi.k L-13--Minimum Nominal Sif.k ash Maximum Spicing or Mkmbkrs or Outrigkf.k Scaffolds Maximum scaffold load. Llfclit duty Medium duly --------------------------------------------------- 25 p.s.f................. Mpj.f. Outrigger sire..............2 x 10 In................. 3 x 10 In. Maximum outrigger 10 ft. 0 In................lift. 0 In. spacing. Planking.......................2 x 10 In..................2x Win. Guardrail........ ............ 2x4 in................... 2 x 4 in. Guardrail uprights... 2 x 4 in.................. 2x4 In. Toeboards.................... 4 In. (mini* 4 In. (mini* mum). mum).* 2 3 (4) Planking shall be laid tight and shall extend to within 3 inches of the building wall. Planking shall be secured to the beams. (5) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards. shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (h) Masons' adjustable multiple-point suspension scaffolds. (I) The scaffold shall not be loaded in excess of that figure. (2) The scaffold shall be provided with hoisting machines that meet the requirements of Underwriters' Labora tories or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (3) The platform shall be supported (12) The scaffold platform shall be equivalent in strength to at least 2-inch planking. (For maximum planking spans, see paragraph (a) (11) of this section.) (13) When men are at work on the scaffold and an overhead hazard exists, overhead protection shall be provided on the scaffold, not more than 9 feet above the platform, consisting of 2-Inch plank ing, or material of equivalent strength, laid tight, and extending not less than the width of the scaffold. (14) Each scaffold shall be Installed or relocated funder the supervision of a com petent person. (15) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 Inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 Inches high, with a midrail, and toe boards, shall be Installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches In height. Wire mesh shall be Installed In accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (1) (.Swinging scaffolds) two-point suspension. (1) Two-point suspension scaffold platforms shall be not less than 20 inches nor more them 36 Inches wide overall. The platform shall be securely fastened to the hangers by U-bolts or by other equivalent means. (2) The hangers of two-point suspen sion scaffolds shall be made of mild steel, or other equivalent materials, having a cross-sectional area capable of sustain ing 4 times the maximum rated load, and shall be designed with a support for forms, Applicable requirements of Amer by wire ropes, capable of supporting at guardrail, intermediate rail, and ican National Standards Institute least 6 times the intended load, sus toeboard. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17834 RULES AND REGULATIONS 7-577 (3) When hoisting machines are used Tam.k I,*U*~PciiKm:u. fok Haiuikk Tvrr. l*UTroR3 on two-point suspension scaffolds, such machines shall be of a design tested and Length of platform (feel) approved by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering 18 and 20 Z2mh1?< 3ndW Corporation. (4) The roof irons or hooks shall be of mild steei, or other equivalent mate rial, of proper size and design, securely Side Stringers, minimum cross section (finished S'A?nnds (Inc-liM)................................................ lift ah'....... I'.'iCU....... ........... I*'i3........... I!(s3!(. At mlildlo (Inches)............................................ I1,' i 3!T....... 1!, i Vi........ U< i <........... )'< * <!<....... l'i t S Rchdorrinc strip (minimum)............................... A >crJ4-(ncti sled rclnlorclncslrlpor Kscqulvalcm shall KjV.v.- installed and anchored. Tiebacks of Mincli manila rope, or the equivalent, shall (o the side or undciblde, full length. Itu-if*...................................................... .............. Hungs shall bn l^.Inches minimum dfomclor w Ji)i :st Un<l `Mv 1 " diameter tenons, and the nirulnmm sp-Klng shall l* l,` I*,- . serve as a secondary means of anchor age. installed at right angles to the face of the building, whenever possible, and center to center. TW rod.-" t N|)lu.umnleu(-ir-r(m(minlnimtnummm)................................................................. 1H.....I..n.............................*.`../.I..n........................\i*.I.n.....................................W....!................................ H'in secured to a structurally sound portion riooilng. minimum finished sliw (Inches)...... .................... ........... ......................... of the building. (5) Two-point suspension scaffolds (ii) Plank-type platforms. Plank-type (4) The scaffold unit shall be sus shall be suspended by wire, synthetic, or platforms shall be composed of not less pended from metal outriggers, iron fiber ropes capable of supporting at least than nominal 2- x 10-inch unspliced brackets, wire rope slings, or iron hooks. 6 times the rated load. All other com planks, properly clcatcd together on the (5) Outriggers, when used, shall be set ponents shall bo capable of supporting underside, starting 6 inches from each with their webs in a vertical position, se at least four times the rated load. end: intervals in between shall not ex curely anchored to the building or struc (6) The sheaves of all blocks, consist ceed 4 feet. The plank-type platform ture and provided with stop bolts at each ing of at least one double and one single shall not extend beyond the hangers end. ' block, shall fit the size and type of rope more than 12 inches. A bar or other ef (6) The scaffold shall be supported by used. fective means shall be securely fastened wire rope capable of supporting at least (7) All wire ropes, fiber and syn to the platform at each end to prevent 6 times the rated load. All other com thetic ropes, slings, hangers, platforms, its slipping off the hanger. The span be ponents shall be capable of supporting and other supporting parts shall be in tween hangers for plank-type platforms at least 4 times the rated load. spected before every installation. Pe shall not exceed 8 feet. (7) The free ends of the suspension riodic inspections shall be made while (iii) Beam-type platforms. Beam plat wire ropes shall be equipped with proper the scaffold is in use. forms shall have side stringers of lumber size thimbles, secured by splicing or other (8) On suspension scaffolds designed not less than 2x0 inches set on edge. The equivalent means. The running ends shall for n working load of 500 pounds, no span between hangers shall not exceed be securely attached to the hoisting drum more than two men shall be permitted 12 feel when beam platforms are used. and at least four turns of wire rope shall to work at one time. On suspension scaf The flooring shall be supported on 2- x remain at the drum ut all times. folds with a working load of 750 pounds, 6-inch cross beams, laid flat and set into (8) When two or more scaffolds are no more than three men shall be per the upper edge of the stringers with a used on a building or structure, they shall mitted to work at one time. Each em snug fit. at intervals of not more than 4 not be bridged one to the other, but shall ployee shall be protected by an approved feet, securely nailed in place. The floor be maintained at even height with plat safety life belt attached to a lifeline. The ing shall be of 1- x 6-inch material prop forms abutting closely. lifeline shall be securely attached to sub erly nailed.. Floor boards shall not be (9) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 stantial members of the structure (not spaced more" than one-half inch apart. inches or the equivalent, approximately scaffold), or to securely rigged lines, (iv) Light mctal-typc platforms. 42 inches high, with a midrail, and toe- which will safely suspend the employee When used, shall be tested and listed boards, shall be installed at all open sides in case of a fall. In order to keep the according to Underwriters' Laborato and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 lifeline continuously attached, with, a ries or Factory Mutual Engineering feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards minimum of slack, to a fixed structure, Corporation. shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. the attachment point of the lifeline shall (11) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 Wire mesh shall be installed in accord be appropriately changed as the work Inches, or the equivalent, approximately ance with paragraph (a) <G> of this progresses. 42 inches high, with a midrail, and toe- section. (9) Two-point suspension scaffolds boards, shall be Installed at all open sides (k) Single-point adjustable suspen shall bo securely lashed to the building or and ends on all scaffolds more than G sion scaffolds. (1) The scaffolding, in structure to prevent them from swaying. feet above the ground or floor, Toeboards cluding power units or manually oper Window cleaners' anchors shall not be used for this purpose. (10) The platform of every two-point suspension scaffold shall be one of the following types: (i) Ladder-type platforms. The side stringer shall be of clear straight-grained spruce or materials of equivalent strength and durability. The rungs shall be of straight-grained oak, ash, or hickory, at least' 1 ya inch In diameter, with %-inch tenons mortised into the side stringers at least seven-eighths inch. The stringers shall be tied together with tie rods not less than one-quarter Inch in diameter, passing through the string ers and riveted up tight against washers on both ends. The flooring strips shall be spaced not more than five-eighths inch apart except at the side rails where the space may be 1 Inch. Ladder-type platforms shall be constructed In ac shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (J) Stone setters' adjustable multiplepoint suspension scaffolds. (1) The scaf fold shall be capable of sustaining a working load of 25 pounds per square foot and shall not be overloaded. Scaffolds shall not be used for storage of stone or other heavy materials. (2) When used, the hoisting machine and its supports shall be of a type tested and listed by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (3) The platform shall be securely fastened to the hangers by U-bolts or other equivalent means. (For materials and spans, see subdivision (11) of para graph (1) (10), Plank-Type Platforms, ated winches, shall be of a type tested and listed by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory' Mutual Engineering Corporation. (2) The power units may be either electrically or air motor driven. (3) All power-operated gears ar.c brakes shall be enclosed. (4) In addition to the normal operat ing brake, all power-driven units shai. have an emergency brake which engage' automatically when the normal speed o. descent is exceeded. (5) The hoisting machines, cables, ant- equipment shall be regularly serviced anc inspected. (6) The units may be combined t< form a two-point suspension scaffold Such scaffold shall then comply with paragraph (1) of this section. (7) Thesupportlng cable shall be verti cal for its entire length, and the baske- cordance with Table L-14. and Table L-14 of this section.) shall not be swayed nor the cable fixed tc FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO, 75--SATURDAY, APRIL t7, 1971 EGS 17835 TMS RULES AND REGULATIONS any intermediate points to change the (6) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 (5) On all scaffolds arranged In tiers, original path of travel. inches or the equivalent, approximately the legs shall be nailed down or other (8) Suspension methods shall conform 42 inches high, with a midrail, or 1- x wise secured to the planks to prevent dis to applicable provisions of paragrnplis 6-inch lumber or equivalent, and toe placement or thrust and each tier shall th> and <i) of this section. boards, shall be installed at all open be substantially cross braced. i9) Guards, midrails, and toeboards sides and ends on all scaffolds more than (6) Horses or parts which have be shall completely enclose the case or bas G feet above the ground or floor. Toe come weak or defective shall not be used. ket. Guardrails shall be no less than 2x4 boards shall be a minimum of 4 inches (7j Guardrails, not less than 2x6 inches or the equivalent, approximately in height. Wire mesh shall be installed inches or the equivalent, approximately <2 inches above the platform. Midrails in accordance with paragraph <a)(G) of 42 inches high, with a midrail, of 1- x 4- shall be 1 x 6 inches or the equivalent, this section. inch lumber or equivalent, and toe installed equidistant between the guard fn) Bricklayers' square scaffolds. G) boards, shall be Installed at all open sides rail and the platform. Toeboards shall The squares shall not exceed 5 feet in and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet be a minimum of 4 inches in height. width and 5 feet in height. above the ground or floor. Toeboards GO) For additional details not covered (2/ Members shall be not less than shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. in this paragraph, applicable technical those specified in Table L-15. Wire mesh shall be Installed in accord portions of American National Standards Institute, A120, 1970, Power-Operated Taule Lr-lS--Minimum Dimensions for BRICKLAYERS* SQUARE SCAFFOLD MEMBERS ance with paragraph <a)(G) section. of this Devices for Exterior Building Mainte nance Powered Platforms, shall be used. Members Dimensions (p) Needle beam Scaffold, (l) Wood needle beams shall be not less than 4 x G (1) Boatswain's chairs. <D The chair Bearers or horizontal members__ 2 x G In. inches in size, with the greater dimension scat shall not be less than 12 x 24 inches, and 1-inch thickness. The seat shall be reinforced on the underside by cleats securely fastened to prevent the board Legs_______ _______________ -.......... Braces at corners..,____________ Braces diagonally from center frame. 2 x G In. 1 x 6 In. 1 x 8 in. placed in a vertical direction. -Metal beams or the equivalent, conforming to paragraphs (a) (8) and (10) of this sec tion, may be used and shall not be from splitting. (3) The squares shall be reinforced on altered or moved horizontally while they (2) The two fiber rope seat slings shall both sides of each corner with 1- x 8-inch are in use. be of 5/o-lncli diameter, reeved through gusset pieces. They shall also have di (2) Ropes or hangers shall be pro the four seat holes so as to cross each agonal braces 1x8 inches on both sides vided for supports. The span between other on the underside of the sent. running from center to center of each supports on the needle beam shall not (3) Scat slings shall bo of at least Ti member, or other means to secure equiv exceed 10 feet for 4- x 6-inch timbers. llich wire rope when an employee is con alent strength and rigidity. Rope supports shall be equivalent in ducting a lieat-producing process, such . <4) The squares shall be set not more strength to 1-inch diameter first-grade as gas or arc welding. than 5 feet apart for medium duty scaf manila rope. (4) The employee shall be protected by folds, and not more than 8 feet apart (3) The ropes shall be attached to the a safety belt and lifeline in accord for light duty scaffolds. Bracing, 1x8 needle beams by a scaffold hitch or a ance with 5 1518.104. The attachment inches, extending from the bottom of properly made eye splice. The loose end point of the lifeline to the structure shall each square to the top of the next square, of the rope shall be tied by a bowline be appropriately changed as the work shall be provided on both front and rear knot or by a round turn and a half hitch. progresses. sides of the scaffold. (4) The scaffold hitch shall be ar (5) The tackle shall consist of correct (5) Platform planks shall be at least ranged so as to prevent the needle beam size ball bearing or bushed blocks and 2- x 10-inch nominal size. The ends of the from rolling or becoming otherwise properly spliced %-inch diameter first- planks shall overlap the bearers of the displaced. grade manila rope, or equivalent. squares and each plank sht.ll be sup (5) The platform span between the (6) The roof Irons, hooks, or the object ported by not less than three squares. needle beams shall not exceed 8 feet to which the tackle is anchored, shall (6) Bricklayers' square scaffolds shall when using 2-lnch scaffold plank. For be securely installed. Ticbacks, when not exceed three tiers in height and shall spans greater than 8 feet, platforms shall used, shall be installed at righfanglcs to the face of the building and securely fastened. (m) Carpenters' bracket scaffolds. (1) the brackets shall consist of a triangular wood frame not less than 2x3 inches in cross section, or of metal of equivalent strength. Each member shall be properly fitted and securely joined. (2) Each bracket shall be attached to the structure by means of one of the following: <i> A bolt, no less than five-eighths inch in diameter, which shall extend through to the Inside of the building wall; . (ii) A metal stud attachment device; (iii)' Welding.to steel tanks; (iv) Hooking over a'well-securp.d and adequately strong supporting member. <3> The brackets shall be spaced no more than 8 feet apart. <41 No more than two employees shall occupy any given 18 feet of a bracket scaffold at any one time. Tools and ma terials shall not exceed 75 pounds In addition to the occupancy. (5> "The platform shall consist of not less than two 2- x 10-inch nominal size planks extending not more than 12 mehes or less than G Inches beyond each be so constructed and arranged that one square shall rest directly above the other. The upper tiers shall stand on a con tinuous row of planks laid across the next lower tier and be nailed down or otherwise secured to prevent displacement. (7) Scaffolds shall be level and set upon a firm foundation. fo) Horse scaffolds. (IT Horse scaf folds shall not be constructed or ar ranged more than two tiers or 10 feet In height. (2) The members of the horses shall be not less than those specified in Table L-16. Table D-IG--Minimum Dimensions House Scaffold Members eor Members Dimensions Horizontal members or bearers. Legs --------- ----------------------Longitudinal brace between legs. Gusset brace at top of legs.. Hall diagonal braces_______ 3 x 4 in. 114 X 4ft In. lx6In. 1 x 8 In. 1ft x 4 ft' in. (35 Horses shall be spaced not more than 5 feet for medium duty and not more than 8 feet for light duty. (4) When arranged in tiers, each horse shall be placed directly over the be designed based on design require ments for the special span. The overhang of each end of the platform planks shall be not less than 6 Inches and not more than 12 inches. (6) When needle beam scaffolds are used, the planks shall be secured against slipping. (7) AH unattached tools, bolts, and nuts used on needle beam scaffolds shall be kept in suitable containers, properly secured. (8) One end of a needle beam scaffold may be supported by a permanent struc tural member conforming to paragraphs (a) (8) and (10) of this section. (9) Each employee working' on a needle beam scaffold shall-be protected by a safety belt and lifeline in accord'-- ance with J 1518.104. ' (q) Plasterers', decorators', and large area scaffolds. (1) Plasterers', lathers', and ceiling workers' Inside scaffolds shall be constructed In accordance with the general requirements set forth for Inde pendent wood pole scaffolds. (See para graph (b) and Tables L-7, 8, and 9 of this section.) (2) AJ1 platform planks shall be laid with the edges close together. (3) When Independent pole scaffold end : upport. horse In the tier below. platforms are erected in sections, such FEDERAL REGISTER, VOt. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, AFRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17836 RULES AND RECU.AT.ONS sections shall be provided with connect not less than 12 inches. The span be (3) Under the platform, there s'uai: be ing runways equipped with substantial tween supports for wood shall not exceed two supporting bearers made from 2- x guardrails. 8 feet. Platform width shall be not less 4-inch, or 1- x 10-inch rough, "selected (4) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 than 18 inches. lumber." or better. They shall be free of inches or the equivalent, approximately (G) Not more than two employees shall knots or other flaws and project 6 inches 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x fl occupy any given 8 feet of any ladder beyond the platform on both sides. The inch lumber or equivalent, and toe- jack scaffold at any one time. n . ends of the platform shall extend 6 boards. shall be installed on all open (t) Window jack scaffolds. (1) Win inches beyond the outer edges of the sides and ends on all scaffolds more than dow jack scaffolds shall be used only lor bearers. Each bearer shall be securely C feet above the ground or floor. Toe- the purpose of working at the window fastened to the platform. boards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in opening through which the jack is placed. (4) An edging of wood not less than height. Wire mesh shall be installed in (2) Window jacks shall not be used 3,i x 1 '/a inches or equivalent snail be accordance with paragraph (a) (G) of to support planks placed between one placed around all sides of the platform to this section. window jack and another or for other prevent tools from rolling off. (r> Interior lump scaffolds. (1) An in elements of scaffolding, (5) Supporting ropes shall be 1-inch terior hung scaffold shall be hung or (3).Window jack scaffolds shall be diameter manila rope or equivalent, free suspended from the roof structure or provided with guardrails unless safety from deterioration, chemical damage, celling beams. belts wiLh lifelines are attached and pro flaws, or other imperfections. Rope con (2i The suspending wire or fiber rope vided for employee. nections shall be such that the platform shall be capable of supporting at least (4) Not more than one employee shall cannot shift or slip. If two ropes are used G Limes the rated load. The rope r.hail occupy a window jack scaffold at any one with each float, they shall be arranged so be wrapped at least twice around the supporting members and twice around the bearers of the scalTold, with each end of the wire rope secured by at least three time. (u) Roofing brackets. (1) Roofing brackets shall be constructed to fit the pitch of the roof. as to provide four ends which are to be securely fastened to an overhead sup port. Each of the two supporting ropes shall be hitched around .one end of standard wire-rope clips properly <2) Brackets shall be secured in place bearer and pass under the platforms to installed. by nailing in addition to the pointed the other end of the bearer where it is (3) For hanging wood scaffolds, the metal projections. When It is impractical hitched again, leaving sufficient rope at following minimum nominal size ma to nail brackets, rope supports shall be each end for the supporting ties. terial shall be used: used. When rope supports are used, they CG) Each employee shall be protected (i> Supporting bearers 2 x 10 inches shall consist of first-grade manila of at by an approved safety lifebelt and life on edge: least %-inch diameter, or equivalent. line. in accordance with { 1518.104. (ii) Planking 2 x 10 inches or 2 x 10 (3) A catch platform shall be in (x) Form scaffolds. (. 1) Form scaffolds inches, with maximum span 7 feet for stalled below the working area of roofs shall be constructed of wood or other heavy duty and 10 feet for light duty more than 10 feet from the ground to suitable materials, such as steel or alu or medium duty. eaves with a slope greater than 3 inches minum members of known strength (4) Steel tube and coupler members in 12 inches without a parapet. In width, characteristics. All scaffoids shall be de may be used for hanging scaffolds with the platform shall extend 2 feet beyond signed and erected with a minimum both types of scaffold designed to sustain the projection of the eaves and shall be safety factor of 4. computed on the basis a uniform distributed working load up provided with a guardrail, midrail, and of the maximum rated load. to heavy duty scaffold loads with a toeboard. This provision shall not apply (2) All scaffold planking shall be a safety factor of four. where employees engaged in work upon minimum of 2- x 10-inch nominal Scaf (5) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 such roofs are protected by a safety belt fold Grade, as recognized by approved inches or the equivalent, approximately attached .to a lifeline. grading rules for the species of lumber 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6- (v) Crawling boards or chicken lad used, or equivalent material. Maximum inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, ders. (1) Crawling boards shall be not permissible spans shall not exceed 8 feet shall be Installed at all open sides and less than 10 inches wide and 1 inch thick, on centers for 2- x 10-inch nominal ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet having cleats 1 x 154 inches. The cleats planking. Scaffold planks shall be either above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be equal in length to the width of nailed or bolted to the ledgers or of such shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. the board and spaced at equal intervals length that they overlap the ledgers at Wire mesh shall be installed In accord not to exceed 24 inches. Nails shall be least 6 inches. Unsupported'projecting ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this driven through and clinched on the ends of scaffolding planks shall be lim section. underside. The crawling board shall ex ited to a maximum overhang of 12 (s) Ladder jack scaffolds. (1) All tend from the ridge pole to the caves inches. ladder jack scaffolds shall be limited to when used In connection with roof con (3) Scaffolds shall not be loaded in light duty and shall not exceed a height struction, repair, or maintenance. excess of the working load for which they of 20 feet above the floor or ground. (2) A firmly fastened lifeline of at were designed. (21 All ladders used in connection with least 3,<-inch diameter rope, or equiv (4) Figure-four form scaffolds: <i) ladder jack scaffolds shall be heavy-duty alent. shall be strung beside each crawl Figure-four scaffolds are Intended for ladders and shall be designed and con ing board for a handhold. light duty and shall not be used to sup structed in accordance with American (3) Crawling boards shall be secured port loads exceeding 25 pounds per National Standards Institute A 14.1-1968, to the roof by means of adequate ridge square foot unless specifically designed Safety Code for Portable Wood Ladders, hooks or other effective means. for heavier loading. For minimum design and A 14.2-1968, Safety Code for Port (w) Float or ship scaffolds, tl) Float criteria, sec Table L-I7. able Metal Ladders. Cleatcd ladders shall not be used for this purpose. or ship scaffolds shall not be used to sup port more than three men and a few Taule L-17--Minimum Desicn Criteria for Figure-Four Form Scaffolds (3) The ladder Jack shall be so designed and constructed that it will bear on the side rails in addition to the ladder rungs, or if bearing on rungs only, the bearing area shall be at least 10 inches on each rung. light tools, such as those needed for riveting, bolting, and welding. They shall be constructed ns designd in subpara graphs (2) through (6) of tlus para graph, unless substitute designs and Members Uprights_____________ Outriggers ledgers (two). Braces. Guardrails Dimensions 2x1 in. or 2 x G In. 1x6 in. 1 x G in. 2x4 in. . (4) Ladders used in conjunction with, materials provide equivalent strength, Guardrail height Approximately 12 In. ladder jacks shall be so placed, fastened, held, or equipped with devices so as to prevent slipping. (5) The wood platform planks shall be not less than 2 inches nominal in thickness. Eoth metal and wood platform stability, and safety. (2> Tlie platform shall be not less than 3 feet wide and 6 feet long, made of %-lnch plywood, equivalent to American Plywood Association Grade B-B, Group Intermediate guard rails. Toeboards Maximum length ot ledgers. Planking Upright spacing 1 x6In. 4In. (minimum). 3 ft. 6 in. (unsup ported) . 2x10 in. 8 ft. 0 In. (on cen planks shall overlap the bearing surface I. Exterior, or other similar material. ters) . " Mo 73--Pt II 0 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17837 7.-5SO RULES AND REGULATIONS rii> Figure-four form scaffold frames shall be limited to a maximum overhang (8) "Double pole or Independent pole shall be spaced not more than 8 feet on of 12 Inches. scaffold"--A scaffold supported from the centers and constructed from sound lum ber, as follows: The outrigger ledger Table L-19--Minimum Design Criteria for Wooden Bracket Form Scaffolds base by a double row of uprights. In dependent of support from the walls shall consist of two pieces of 1- x G-inch or heavier material nailed on .opposite sides of the vertical form support. Ledg ers shall project not more than 3 feet G inches from the outside of the form Members Uprights Support ledgers Maximum scaffold width. Dimensions 2 x 4 in. or 2 x 0 in. 2 XG in. 3 ft. G in. and constructed of uprights, ledgers, horizontal platform bearers, and di agonal bracing. (9) "Float or ship scaffold"--A scaf fold hung from overhead supports by support and shall bo substantially braced Braces 1 x G In. means of ropes and consisting of a sub and secured to prevent tipping or turn Guardrails 2 X4 In. stantial platform having diagonal brac ing. The knee or angle brace shall inter sect the ledger at least 3 feet from the form at an ancle of approximately 45', and the lower end shall be nailed to a vertical support. The platform shall con Guardrail height__ Intermediate guard rails. Toeboards Upright spacing____ Approximately 42 In. 1 x6 In. ' 4 In. (minimum). 8 ft. 0 In. (on centers). ing underneath, resting upon and se curely fastened to two parallel plank bearers at right angles to the span. GO' "Guardrail"--A rail secured to uprights and erected along the exposed sist of two or more 3- x 10-inch planks, iiii) Guardrails and toeboard shall be sides and ends of platforms. which shall be of such length that they installed on all open sides and ends of (11) "Heavy duty scaffold"--A scaf extend at least G inches beyond ledgers platforms and scaffolding over 6 feet fold designed and constructed to carry a at each end unless secured to the ledgers. above floor or ground. Guardrails shall working load not to exceed 75 pounds When planks are secured to the ledgers be 2- x 4-inch nominal dimension or per square foot. (nailed or bolted'. a wood filler strip equivalent, approximately 42 Inches (12) "Horse scaffold"--A scaffold for shall be used between the ledgers. Un high, supported at intervals not to ex light or medium duty, composed'of horses supported projecting ends of planks shall ceed 8 feet. Guardrails shall be equipped supporting a work platform. be limited to an overhang of 12 inches. with midrails constructed of 2- x 4-inch (13) ``Interior hung scaffold"--A scaf (5) Metal bracket form sca/rolds: (1) nominal lumber or equivalent. Toeboards fold suspended from the celling or roof Metal brackets or scaffold Jacks which shall be constructed of X- x G-inch nomi structure. are an integral part of the form shall be nal lumber or equivalent and shall ex (14) "Ladder Jack scaffold"--A light securely bolted or welded to the form. tend not less than 4 inches above the duty scaffold' supported by brackets at Folding type brackets shall be either scaffold plank. tached to ladders. bolted or secured with a locking-type pin 'when extended for use. (ii) "Clip-on" or "hook-over" brackets may be used, provided the form walers arc bolted to the form or secured by snap ties or shea-bolt extending through the form and securely anchored. (iii) Metal brackets shall be spaced not more than 8 feet or\ centers. (iv) Scaffold planks shall be either bolted to the metal brackets or of such length that they overlap the brackets at each end by at least 6 inches. Unsup ported projecting ends of scafTold planks shall be limited to a maximum overhang of 12 inches. (vi Metal bracket form scaffolds shall be equipped with wood guardrails, inter mediate rails, toeboards. and scaffold planks meeting the minimum dimensions shown in Table L-I8. (Metal may be sub stituted for wood, providing it affords equivalent or greater design strength.) Table L-18--Minimum Desicn Criteria tor Metal Bracket Form Scaffolds Ttempers Uprights -------------------Guardrails ........... ........ Guardrail height_____ Intermediate guard rails. Toeboards Planking Dimensions 2x4 in. 2x4 in. Approximately 42 In. 1 x G in. 4 in. (minimum). 2 x9 in. (6' Wooden bracket form scaffolds: (i) Wooden bracket form scaffolds shall be an integral part of the form panel. The minimum design criteria set forth herein and in Table L-19 cover scaffold ing intended for light duty and shall not be used to support loads exceeding 25 pounds per square foot, unless specifi cally designed for heavier loading. <ii' Scaffold planks shall be either nailed or bolted to the ledgers or of such length that they overlap the ledgers at each end by at least 6 Inches. Unsup I 1>2 Definitions! applicable to this subparl. (15) ``Ledgers (stringer)"--A horizon tal scaffold member which extends from (a) "Ladders"--(1) "Cleats"--Ladder crosspieces of rectangular cross section placed on edge on which a person may step in ascending or descending. (2) "Single cleat ladder"--One which consists of a pair of side .rails, usually parallel, but with flared side rails per missible, connected together with cleats that arc joined to the side rails at reg ular intervals. (3) "Double cleat ladder"--One that Is similar to a single cleat ladder, but Is wider, with an additional center rail which will allow for two-way traffic for workmen in ascending and descending. (b) "Scaffolding"--(1) "Bearer"--A horizontal member of a scaffold upon which the platform rests and which may be supported by ledgers., (2) "Boatswain's chair"--A seat sup ported by slings attached to a suspended rope, designed to accommodate one workman in a sitting position. (3) "Brace"--A tie - that holds one scaffold member in a fixed position with respect to another member. (4) "Bricklayers' square scaffold"--A scaffold composed of framed wood squares which support a platform, lim ited to light and medium duty. (5) "Carpenters' bracket scaffold"--A scaffold consisting of wood or metal brackets supporting a platform. (6) "Coupler"--A device for locking together the component parts of a tubu lar metal scaffold. (The material used for the couplers shall be of a structural type, such as a drop-forged steel, mallea ble iron, or structural grade aluminum.) (7) "Crawling board or chicken lad post to post and which supports the put logs or bearers forming a tie between the posts. (16) "Light duty scaffold"--A scaffold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 25 pounds per square foot. (17) "Manually propelled mobile scaf fold"--A portable rolling scaffold sup ported by casters. (18) "Masons' adjustable multiplepoint suspension scaffold"--A scaffold having a continuous platform supported by bearers suspended by wire rope from overhead supports, so arranged and op erated as to permit the raising or lower ing of the platform to desired working positions. (19) "Maximum rated load"--The total of all loads Including the working load, the weight of the scaffold, and such other loads as may be reasonably anticipated. ' (20) "Medium duty scaffold"--A scaf fold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 50 pounds per square foot. (21) `'Midrail"--A rail approximately midway between the guardrail and plat form, secured to the uprights erected along the exposed sides and ends of platforms. (22) "Needle beam scaffold"--A light duty scaffold consisting of needle beams supporting a platform. (23) "Outrigger scaffold"--A scaffold supported by outriggers or thrustouts projecting beyond the wall or face of the building or structure, the Inboard ends of which are secured inside of such build ing or structure. der"--A plank with cleats spaced and (24) "Putlog"--A scaffold member secured at equal Intervals, for use by a upon which the platform rests. worker on roofs, not designed to carry (25) ``Roofing or bearer bracket"--A ported projecting ends of scaffold planks any material. bracket used in slope roof construction. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17. 1971 EGS 17838 \ RULES AND REGULATIONS i'.'SM lmving provisions for fastening to the guarded by a standard railing and toe (II) The bottom of a wall opening, roof or supported by ropes fastened over boards or cover, as specified in paragraph which is less than 4 Inches above the the ridge and secured to some suitable (f) of this section. In general, the railing working surface, regardless of width, object. shall be provided on all exposed sides, shall be protected by a standard toe- (20 "Runner"--The lengthwise hori except at entrances to stairways. board or an enclosing screen cither of zontal bracing or bearing members or (2) Ladderway floor openings or plat solid construction or as specified in para both. forms shall be guarded by standard rail graph (f)(7)(ii) of this section. (27) "Scaffold"--Any temporary ele ings with standard toe boards on ail (2) Extension platforms outside of vated platform and its supporting struc exposed sides, except at entrance to open wall openings onto which materials can ture used for supporting workmen or ing, with the passage through the railing be hoisted for handling shall have side materials, or both. either provided with a swinging gate or raffs or equivalent guards of standard (28> "Single-point adjustable suspen so offset that a person cannot walk specifications. sion scaffold"--A manually or power- directly into the opening. (3) When a chute is attached to an operated unit designed for light duty use, (3) Hatchways and chute floor open opening, the provisions of subparagraph supported by a single wire rope from an ings shall be guarded by one of the fol (1)of this paragraph shall apply, except overhead support so arranged and op lowing: that a toeboard is r.ot required. erated as to permit the raising or lower (i) Hinged covers of standard strength (d) Guarding of open-sided floors, ing of platform to desired working and construction and a standard raffing platforms, and runways. (1) Every open positions. witli only one exposed side. When the sided floor or platform 6 feet or more (29) "Single-pole.scaffold"--Platforms opening is not in use, the cover shall be above adjacent floor or ground level shall resting on putlogs or cross beams, the outside ends of which are supported on ledgers secured to a single row or posts or uprights, and the inner ends of which closed or the exposed side shall be guarded at both top and intermediate positions by removable standard railings; (ii) A removable standard railing witli be guarded by a standard railing, or' the equivalent, as specified in paragraph (f) (i) of this section, on all open sides, ex cept where there is entrance,to a ramp, are supported on or in a wall. too board on not more Uian two sides stairway, or fixed ladder. The railing (30) "Stone setters' adjustable mul of the opening and fixed standard rail shall be provided with a standard toe tiple-point suspension scaffold"--A ings with toe boards on all other exposed board wherever, beneath the open sides, swinging type scaffold having a platform sides. The removable railing shall be kept persons can pass, or there is moving ma supported by hangers suspended at four In place when the opening is not in use chinery, or there is equipment with points so" as to permit the raising or and should preferably be hinged or which falling materials could create a lowering of the platform to the desired otherwise mounted so as to be con hazard. working position by the use of hoisting veniently replaceable. (2) Runways shall be guarded by a machines. (4) Skylight openings and holes shall standard railing, or the equivalent, as (31) "Toeboard"--A barrier secured be guarded by a cover or a fixed standard specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this sec along the sides and ends of a platform railing on all exposed sides, whether or tion, on all open sides, 4 feet or more to guard against the failing of material. (32) "Tube and coupler scaffold"--An assembly consisting of tubing which serves as posts, bearers, braces, ties, and runners, a base supporting the posts, and special couplers which serve to connect the uprights and to join the various members. (33) "Tubular welded frame scaf fold"--A sectional panel or frame metal scaffold substantially built up of pre fabricated welded sections which consists of posts and horizontal bearer with inter mediate members. (34) "Two-point suspension scaffold (swinging scaffoldJ"--A scaffold, the platform of which is supported by hang ers (stirrups) at two point*, suspended from overhead supports so as to permit the raising or lowering of the platform to the desired working position by tackle or hoisting machines. (35) "Window jack scaffold"--A scaf fold the platform of which is supported by a bracket or jack which projects through a window opening. not covered by glass. (5) Pits and trap-door floor openings shall be guarded by floor opening covers of standard strength and construction. While the cover is not in place, the pit or trap openings shall be protected on all exposed sides by removable standard railings. (6) Manhole floor openings shall be guarded by standard covers which need not be hinged in place. While the cover is not in place, the manhole opening shall be protected by standard railings. (7) Temporary floor openings shall have standard railings. (8) Floor holes, into which persons can accidentally walk, shall be guarded by either a standard railing witli standard toe board on all exposed sides, or a floor hole cover of standard strength and con struction that is secured against acci dental displacement. While the cover is not in place, the. floor hole shall be protected by a standard railing. (9) Where doors or gates open directly on a stairway, a platform shall be pro above floor or ground level. Wherever tools, machine parts, or materials are likely to be used on the runway, a toe board shall also be provided on each ex posed side. (3) Runways used exclusively for special purposes may have the railing on one side omitted where operating condi tions necessitate such omission, provid ing the failing hazard is minimized by using a runway not less than 18 Inches wide. (4) Where employees entering upon runways become thereby exposed to ma chinery, electrical equipment, or other danger not a falling hazard, additional guarding shall be provided. (5) Regardless of height, open-sided floors, walkways, platforms, or runways above or adjacent to dangerous equip ment, pickling or galvanizing tanks, de greasing units, and similar hazards, shall be guarded with a standard railing and toe board, (c) Stairway railings and guards. (1) Every flight of stairs having four or more risers shall be equipped witli standard (36) "Working load"--Load imposed vided, and the swing of the door shall not stair railings or standard handrails as by men, materials, and equipment. reduce the effective widtli of the platform specified beiow, the width of the stair to Subparf M--Floor and Wall Openings, and Stairways to less than 20 inches. be measured dear of all obstructions ex (c> Guarding of wall openings. <1) cept handrails: Wall openings, from which there is a (i) On stairways less than 44 Inches 1.> 18.500 Guardrails, handrails, and drop of more than 4 feet, and the bottom wide having both sides enclosed, at least rovers. of the opening Is less than 3 feet above one handrail, preferably on the right side (a) General provision. This subpart shall apply to temporary or emergency conditions where there is danger of em ployees or materials falling through floor, roof, or wall openings, or from stairways or runways. the working surface, shall be guarded as follows: (i) When the height and placement of the opening in relation to the working surface is such that either a standard rail or Intermediate rail will effectively re descending; (ii) On stairways less than 44 Inches wide having one side open, at least one stair railing on the open side; (lii) Oil stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides open, one stair railing on each side; (b) Guarding o! floor openings and duce the danger of falling, one or both (lv) On stairways more than 44 inches floor holes, ft) Floor openings shall be shall be provided; wide but less than 88 inches wide, one FEOERAl REGISTER, VOL, 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIt 17, I97J EGS 17839 7.T82 RULES AND REGULATIONS handrail on each enclosed side and one (2) A stair railing shall be of con 1518.501 Slairwayn. stair railing on each open side; - (v) On stairways 88 or more inches wide, one handrail on each enclosed side, one stair railing on each open side, and one intermediate stair railing located ap proximately midway of the width. (2) Winding stairs shall be equipped with a handrail ofTsct to prevent walking on all portions of (he treads having width less than G inches, (f) Standard specification' ill A standard railing shall consist of top rail, intermediate rail, loeboard. and posts, and shall have a vertical height of ap proximately 42 inches from upper sur face of top rail to lioor, platform, run way, or ramp level. The top rail shall be smooth-surfaced throughout the length of the railing. The intermediate rail shall bo halfway between the top rail and the floor, platform, runway, or ramp. The ends of the rails shall not overhang the terminal posts except where such over hang docs not constitute a projection hazard. Minimum requirements for standard railings under various types of construction arc specified in the follow ing paragraphs: (i; For wood railings, the posts shall be of at least 2-inch by 4-inch stock spaced not to exceed 8 feet; the toprail shall be of at least 2-inch by 4-inch stock; the intermediate rail shall be of at least 1-inch by G-inch stock. (ii) For pipe railings, posts and top and intermediate railings shall be at least lli inches nominal diameter with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on centers. fiii) For structural steel railings, posts and top and intermediate rails shall be of 2-lnch by 2-inch by %-inch angles or other metal shapes of equivalent bending strength, with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on centers. (iv) The anchoring of posts and fram ing of members for railings of all types shall be of such construction that the struction similar to a standard railing, but the vertical height shall be not more than 34 Inches nor less than 30 inches from upper surface of top rail to surface of tread In line with face of riser at forward edge of tread. 13) (1) A standard toeboard shall be 4 inches minimum in vertical height from its top edge to the level of the floor, plat form, runway, or ramp. It shall be se curely fastened in place and have not more than hi-inch clearance above floor level. It may be made of any substantial material, either solid, or with openings not over 1 inch in greatest dimension. Mi) Where material is piled to such height that a standard toeboard docs not provide protection, paneling, or screening from floor to intermediate rail or to top rail shall be provided. <4) (i) A standard handrail shall bo of construction similar to a standard railing except that It is mounted on a wall or partition, and does not include an intermediate rail. It shall have a smooth surface along the top and both sides of tlie handrial. The handrail shall have an adequate handhold for any one grasping it to avoid falling. Ends of the handrail shall be constructed so as not to constitute a projection hazard. (ii) The height of handrails shall be not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches from upper surface of handrail to surface of tread, in line with face of riser or to surface of ramp. <iii) All handrails and railings shall be provided with a clearance of approxi mately 3 inches between the handrail or railing and any other object. (5) Floor opening covers shall be of any material that"meets the following strength requirements: (1) Conduits, trenches, and manhole covers and their supports, when located in roadways, and vehicular aisles, shall be designed to carry a truck rear-axle (a) On all structures, two or more floors (20 feet or over) in height, stair ways, ladders, or ramps shall be provided for employees during the construction period. (b) Stairway railings and guardrails shall meet the requirements of { 1518.500 <c> and (f). (c) All parts of stairways shall be free of hazardous projections, such as pro truding nails. (d) Debris, and other loose materials, shall not be allowed on or under stairways. (o) Slippery conditions on stairways shall bo eliminated as soon as possible after they occur. (f) Permanent steel or other metal stairways, and landings with hollow pan-type treads that are to be filled with concrete or other materials, when used during construction, shall be filled to the level of the nosing with solid material. The requirement shall not apply during the period of actual construction of the stairways themselves. (g) Wooden treads for temporary service shall be full width. <h) Metal landings shall be secured in place before filling. <i> Temporary stairs shall have a landing not less than 30 inches in the direction of travel at every 12 feet of vertical rise. (j) Stairs shall be installed at angles to the horizontal of between 30* and 50*. (k) Rise height and tread width shall be uniform throughout any flight of stairs including any foundation structure used as one or more treads of the stairs. (1) All stairs shall be lighted in ac cordance with Subpart D of this part. (m) Spiral stairways shall not be per mitted except for special limited usage and secondary access situations where it is not practical to provide a conventional stairway. completed structure shall be capable of load of at least 2 times the maximum 1518.502 Definitions itppiirablc lo withstanding a load of at least 200 intended load; litis aubpurl. pounds applied in any direction at any point on the top rail, with a minimum of deflection. (v) Railings receiving heavy stresses from employees trucking or handling materials shall be provided additional strength by the use of heavier stock, closer spacing of posts, bracing, or by other means. (vi) Other types, sizes, and arrange ments of railing construction are ac ceptable. provided they meet the following conditions: (a) A smooth-surfaced top rail at a height above floor, platform, runway, or ramp level of approximately 42 inches; <b> A strength to withstand at least the minimum requirement of 200 pounds top rail pressure with a minimum of deflection; (c Protection between top rail and floor, platform, runway, ramp, or stair (reads, equivalent at least to that (ii) The floor opening cover shall be capable of supporting the maximum in tended load and so Installed as to pre vent accidental displacement. (6) Skylight openings that create a falling hazard shall be guarded with a standard railing, or covered In accord ance with subparagraph (5> (ii) of.this paragraph. (7) Wail opening protection . shali meet the following requirements: (i) Barriers shall be of such construc tion and mounting that, when in place at the opening, the barrier is capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied In any direction (except upward), with a minimum of deflection at any point on the top rail or corre sponding member. (a) "Floor hole"--An opening measur ing less than 12 Inches but more than 1 Inch in its least dimension in any floor, roof, or platform through which ma terials but not persons may fall, such as a belt hold, pipe opening, or slot opening. (b) "Floor opening"--An opening measuring 12 inches or more in its least dimension in any floor, roof, or platform, through which persons may fall. (c) "Handrail"--A bar or pipe sup ported on brackets from a wail or parti tion, as on a stairway or ramp, to fur nish persons with a handhold in case of tripping. (d) "Nose, nosing"--That portion of a tread projecting beyond the face of the riser Immediately below. (ii) Screens shall be of such construc (e) "Platform"--A working space for tion and mounting that they are capable persons, elevated above the surrounding of withstanding a load of at least 200 floor or ground, such as a balcony or pounds applied horizontally at any point platform for the operation of machinery on the near side of the screen. They may and equipment. afforded by a standard intermediate be of solid construction, of grill work (f) "Runway"--A passageway for per rail; with openings not more than 8 inches sons, elevated above the surrounding d i Elimination of overhang of rail long, or of slat work with openings not floor or ground level, such as a footwalk 1'iul;. unless such overhang does not more than 4 Inches wide with length along shafting or a walkway between cii.<.Ututc a hazard. unrestricted. buildings. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17840 rules and regulations 7:!K! (g) Rise"--The vertical distance competent person who shall Inspect all (12) All windows in cabs shall be from the top of a tread to the top of the machinery and equipment prior to each of safety glass, or equivalent, that intro next higher tread. use, and during use to make sure It is in duces no visible distortion, that will (h> "Stair platform"--An extended safe operating condition. Any deficien interfere with the safe operation of the step or landing breaking a continuous cies shall be repaired, or defective parts machine. run of stairs. replaced, before continued use. (13) (i) Where necessary for rigging (11 "Stair railing"--A vertical barrier (6) A thorough, annual inspection of or service requirements, a ladder, or erected along exposed sides of a stairway the hoisting machinery shall be made by steps, shall be provided to give access to to prevent falls of persons. a competent, person, or by a government a cab roof. (j) "Stairs, stairways"--A series of or private agency recognized by the U.S. (ID On cranes, guardrails, handholds steps leading from one level or floor to Department of Labor. The employer shall and steps shall be provided for easy another, or leading to platforms, pits, maintain a record of the dates and re access to the car and cab conforming to boiler rooms, crossovers, or around sults of inspections for each hoisting American National Standards Institute machinery, tanks, and other equipment machine and piece of equipment. B30.5. that are used more or less continuously (7) Wire rope shall be taken out of (iii) Platforms and .walkways shall or routinely by employees or only occa service when any of the following condi have anti-skid surfaces. sionally by specific individuals. For the tions exist: (14) Fuel tank filler pipe shall be lo purpose of this subpart, a series of steps (i) In running ropes, six randomly cated in such a position, or protected in and landings having three or more rises distributed broken wires in one lay or such manner, as to not allow spill or constitutes stairs or stairway. three broken wires in one strand in one overflow to run onto the engine, exhaust, (k) "Standard railing"--A vertical barrier erected along exposed edges of a floor opening, wall opening, ramp, plat form, or runway to prevent falls of lay: (li) Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires. Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any or electrical equipment of any machine being fueled, (i) An accessible fire extinguisher of 5BC rating, or higher, shall be available persons. other damage resulting in distortion of at all operator stations or cabs of (l) "Standard strength and construc the rope structure; equipment. tion"--Any construction of railings, (ill) Evidence of any heat damage (ii) All fuels shall be transported, covers, or other guards that meets the requirements of this subpart. (ml "Toe board"--A vertical barrier at floor level erected along exposed edges of a floor opening, wall opening, plat form, runway, or ramp to prevent falls of materials. (n) "Tread width"--The horizontal from any cause; (lv) Reductions from nominal diam eter of more than one-sixty-fourth inch for diameters up to and including fivesixteenths inch, one-thirty-second inch for diameters three-eighths inch to and including one-half inch, three-sixty- fourths inch for diameters nine-six stored, and handled to meet the rules of Subpart F of this part. When fuel is transported by vehicles on public high ways, Department of Transportation rules contained in 49 CFR Parts 177 and 393 concerning such vehicular trans portation are considered applicable. (15) Except where electrical distribu distance from front to back of tread, teenths inch to and including three- tion and transmission lines have been de including nosing, when used. fourths inch, one-sixteenth inch for energized and visibly grounded at point Subporf N--Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, diameter seven-eighths inch to l'/8 inches inclusive, three-thirty-scconds of work or where insulating barriers, not a part of or an attachment to the equip Elevators, and Conveyors inch for diameters 11/\ to 1 ',i Inches ment or machinery, have been erected to 1518..150 Crnncn ami derricks. (al General requirements. (1) The employer shall comply with the manu facturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of any and all cranes and derricks. Where manufac turer's specifications are not available, the limitations assigned to the equip ment shall be based on the determina tions of a qualified engineer competent in this field and. such determinations will be appropriately documented and re corded. Attachments used with cranes shall not exceed the capacity, rating, or scope recommended by the. manufac turer. (2) Rated load capacities, Rnd rec ommended operating speeds, special hazard warnings, or instruction, shall be conspicuously posted on all equip ment. Instructions or warnings shall be visible to the operator while he is at his control station. <3) A boom angle Indicator and a load indicating device in good working order shall be provided. A load moment device approved by a government or private Inclusive;" (v) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections be yond end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection. (vi) Wire rope safety factors shall be in accordance with American National Standards Institute B 30.5-1968 or SAE J959-1966. (8) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating, or other moving parts or equipment shall be guarded if such parts are ex posed to contact by employees, or other wise create a hazard. Guarding shall meet the requirements of the American National Standards Institute B 15.1 1958 Rev., Safety Code for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus. (9) Accessible areas within the swing radius of the rear of the rotating super structure of the crane, either perma nently or temporarily mounted, shall be barricaded in such a manner as to pre vent an employee from being struck or crushed by the crane. ' prevent physical contact with the lines, equipment or machines shall be operated proximate to power lines only in accord ance with the following: (i) For lines rated 50 kV. or below, minimum clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or load shall be 10 feet; (il) For lines rated over 50 kV., mini mum clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or load shall be 10 feet plus 0.4 inch for each 1 kV. over 50 kV., or use twice the length of the line insulator but never less them 10 feet; (iii) In transit with no load and boom lowered, the equipment clearance shall be a minimum of 4 feet for voltages less than 50 kV., and 10 feet for voltages over 50 kV. up to and including 345 kV., and 16 feet for voltages up to and including 750 kV. (lv) A person shall be designated to observe clearance of the equipment and give timely warning for all operations where it Is difficult for the operator to maintain the desired clearance by visual means: agency recognized by the UB. Depart (10) All oxhaust pipes shall bo (v) Cage-type boom guards, Insulat ment of Labor will be accepted In lieu of guarded or insulated in areas where con ing links, or proximity warning devices a boom angle indicator .and a load- tact by employees is possible in the per may be used on cranes, but the use of indicating device. formance of normal duties. such devices shall not alter the require (4) .Hand signals to crane and der (11) Whenever internal combustion ments of any other regulation of this rick operators shall be those prescribed engine powered equipment exhausts in part even if such device is required by by the applicable ANSI standard for the enclosed spaces, tests shall be made and law or regulation; typo of crane In use. An Illustration of recorded to see that employees are not (vl) Any overhead wire shall be con the signals shall be posted at the Job site. exposed to unsafe concentrations of toxic sidered to be an energized line unless f5) The employer shall designate a gases or oxygen deficient atmospheres. and until the person owning such line FEDERAL RECISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17841 r.m RULES AND REGULATIONS or the electrical utility authorities In (5) All hammerhead tower cranes in 1518.351 Hclicoptrru. dicate that It Is not an energized line and it has been visibly grounded; (vli) Prior to work near transmitter towers where an electrical charge can be induced in the equipment or materials being handled, the transmitter shall be dc-cncrgized or tests shall be made to determine if electrical charge is induced on the crane. The following precautions use shall meet the applicable require ments for design, construction, installa tion, testing, maintenance, inspection, and operation as prescribed by the manufacturer. (d> Overhead and gantry cranes. (1) The rated load of the crane shall be plainly marked on each side of the crane, and if the crane has more than one hoist (a) Helicopter cranes when used shall be certified and conform to all applica ble regulations of the FAA, 14 CFR Part 133. (b) Rotorcraft pilots shall be licensed to conduct external-load operations in accordance with the FAA regulations, 14 CFR Part 133. shall be taken when necessary to dissi ing unit, each hoist shall have its rated 1518.552 Material hoi-Us, pcr-onnrl pate induced voltages: load marked on it or its load block, and hoiM*, and elevators. (a) The equipment shall be provided with an electrical ground directly to the upper rotating structure supporting the boom; and <b> Ground Jumper cables shall be this marking shall be clearly legible from the ground or floor. (2) Bridge trucks shall be equipped with sweeps which extend below the top of the rail and project in front of the (a) General requirements. (1) The employer shall comply with the man ufacturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of all hoists and elevators. Where manufacturer's attached to materials being handled by truck wheels. specifications are not available, the lim boom equipment when electrical charge (3) Except for floor-operated cranes, itations assigned to the equipment shall is induced while working near energized a gong or other effective audible warning be based on the determinations of a pro transmitters. Crews shall be provided signal shall be provided for each crane fessional engineer competent in the field, with nonconduclivc poles having large equipped with a power traveling (2) Rated load capacities/ recom alligator clips or other similar protection mechanism. mended operating speeds, and special to attach the ground cable to the load. (4) All overhead and gantry cranes in hazard warnings or instructions shall be (c) Combustible and flammable ma use shall meet the applicable require posted on cars and Rlatforms. terials shall be removed from the imme ments for design, construction, installa (3) Wire rope shall be removed from diate area prior to operations. tion, testing, maintenance. Inspection, service when any of the following con (16) No modifications or additions and operation as prescribed In the ANSI ditions exists: which affect the capacity and operation B30.2.0-1967, Safety Code for Overhead (i) In hoisting ropes, six randomly of the equipment shall be made by the and Gantry Cranes. distributed broken wires in one rope lay employer without the manufacturer's (e> Derricks. All derricks in use shall or three broken wires in one strand In written approval. If such modifications meet the applicable requirements for de one rope lay; or changes are made, the capacity, opera sign, construction, installation, Inspec (ii) Abrasion, scrubbing, flattening, or tion and maintenance instruction plates, tion, testing, maintenance, and operation pcening, causing loss of more than one- tags, or decals, shall be changed accord ingly. In no case shall the original safety factor of the equipment be reduced. (17) The employer shall comply with Power Crane and Shovel Association, Mobile Hydraulic Crane Standard No. 2. (18) Sideboom cranes mounted on wheel or crawler tractors shall-meet the requirements of SAE J74a-1964. (b) Crawler, locomotive, and truck cranes. (1) All Jibs shall have positive stops to prevent their movement of more than 5* above the straight line of the Jib and boom on conventional type crane booms. The use of cable type belly slings does not constitute compliance with this rule. (2) All crawler, truck, or locomotive cranes in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, inspection, con struction, testing, maintenance and op eration as prescribed in the ANSI B30.5-19G8, Safety Code for Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes. (c) Hammerhead tower cranes. (1) Adequate clearance shall be maintained between moving and rotating structures of the crane and fixed objects to allow the passage of employees without harm. (2) Employees required to perform duties on the horizontal boom of ham merhead tower cranes shall be protected against falling by guardrails or by safety belts and lanyards attached to lifelines in conformance with Subpart E of this part. os prescribed in American National Standards Institute B30.6-1967, Safety Code for Derricks. (f) Floating cranes and derricks--(1) Mobile cranes mounted on barges, (i) When a mobile crane is mounted on a barge, the rated load of the crane shall not exceed the original capacity specified by the manufacturer. (li) A load rating chart, with clearly legible letters and figures, shall be pro vided with each crane, and securely fixed at a location easily visible to the opera tor. (iii) When load ratings are reduced to stay within the limits for list of the barge with a crane mounted on it, a new third of the original diameter of the outside wires; (iii) Evidence of any heat damage re sulting from a torch or any damage caused by contact with electrical wires; (iv) Reduction from nominal diam eter of more than three sixty-fourths Inch for diameters up to and Including three-fourths inch; one-sixteenth inch for diameters seven-eighths to l'/3 inches; and three thirty-seconds inch for diameters 1 Vi to 1 Vz inches. (4) Hoisting ropes shall bo Installed in accordance with the wire rope manu facturer's recommendations. (5) The installation of live booms on hoists is prohibited. (6) The use of endless belt-type man load rating chart shall be provided. lifts on construction shall be prohibited. (iv) Mobile cranes on barges shall be (b) Material hoists. Cl) (I) Operating positively secured. rules shall be established and. posted at (21 Permanently mounted floating cranes and derricks, (ij When cranes and derricks are permanently Installed on a barge the capacity and limitations of use shall be based on competent design criteria. (ii) A load rating chart with clearly legible letters and figures shall be pro vided and securely fixed at a location eas ily visible to the operator. (ill)- Floating cranes and floating der ricks in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction, in stallation, testing, maintenance, and operation as prescribed by the manufac the operator's station of the hoist. Such rules shall Include signal system and allowable line speed for various loads. Rules and notices shall be posted on the car frame or crosshead In a conspicuous location, including the statement "No Riders Allowed." (ii) No person shall be allowed to ride on material hoists except for the pur poses of inspection and maintenance. (2) All entrances of the hoistways shall be protected by substantial gates or bars which shall guard the full width of the landing entrance. All hoistway- entrance bars and gates shall be painted (3) Buffers shall be provided at both turer. with diagonal contrasting colors, such ends of travel of the trolley. (4) Cranes mounted on rail tracks shall be equipped with limit switches limiting the travel of the crane on the track and stops or buffers at each end (3) Protection of employees working on barges. The employer shall comply with the applicable requirements for pro tection of employees working onboard as black and yellow stripes. (I) Bars shall be not less than 2- by 4-lnch wooden bars or the equivalent, located 2 feet from the hoistway line. of the tracks. marine vessels specified In 1518.605. Bars shall be located not less than 36 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 75--SATUROAV, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17842 RULES AND REGULATIONS 7383 inches nor more than 42 inches above sides used for entrance and exit, which a registered professional engineer and the floor. have car gates or doors. erected under the supervision of.a quali (li) Gates or bars protecting the en (6) A door or gate shall be provided fied engineer competent in this field. trances to hoistway shall be equipped at each entrance to the car which shall <ii) When a hoist tower is not en with a latching device. protect the full width and height of the closed, the hoist platform or car shall be (3) Overhead protective covering of car entrance opening. totally, enclosed (caged) on all sides for 2-inch planking, ?f|-inch plywood, or (7) Overhead protective covering of the full height between the floor and the other solid material of equivalent 2-inch planking, %-inch plywood or overhead protective covering with strength, shall be provided on the top other solid material of equivalent inch mesh of No. 14 U.S. gauge wire or of every material hoist cage or platform. strength shall be provided on the top equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure (4> The operator's station of a hoist of every personnel hoist. shall include the required gates for load ing machine shall be provided with over (8) Doors or gates shall be provided ing and unloading. head protection equivalent to tight with electric contacts which do not allow (iii) These hoists shall be inspected planking not less than 2 inches thick. movement of the hoist when door or gate and maintained on a weekly basis. When The support for the overhead protection is open. ever the hoisting equipment is exposed to shall be of equal strength. (9) Safeties shall be capable of stop winds exceeding 35 miles per hour it shall (5) Hoist towers may be used with or ping and holding the car and rated load be inspected and put in operable condi without an enclosure on all sides. How when traveling at governor tripping tion before reuse. ever, whichever alternative is chosen, the speed. ' (iv) Wire rope shall be taken out of following'applicable conditions shall be (10) Cars shall be provided with a service when any of the following condi met: capacity and data plate secured in a con tions exist: (i) When a hoist tower is enclosed, it spicuous place on the car or crosshead. (a) In running ropes, six randomly shall be enclosed on all sides for its en (11) Internal combustion engines shall distributed broken wires in one lay or tire height with a screen enclosure of not be permitted for direct drive. three brokenq wires In one strand in one Vis-inch mesh, No. 18 U.S. gauge wire or (12) Normal and final terminal stop lay: equivalent, except for landing access. ping devices shall be provided. (b) Wear of one-third the original (ill When a hoist tower is'not en (13) An emergency stop switch shall diameter of outside individual wires. closed, the hoist plntfonn or car shall be bo provided in the car and marked Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any totally enclosed (caged) on all sides for "Stop." otlicr damage resulting in distortion of the full height between the floor and the (14) Ropes: (i) The minimum num the rope structure: ' overhead protective covering with Vi>- ber of hoisting ropes used shall be three (c) Evidence of any heat damage inch mesh of No. 14 U.S. gauge wire or for traction hoists and two for drum-type from any cause: equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure hoists. (d) Reductions from nominal diam shall include the.required gates for load (il) Tlic minimum diameter of hoisting eter of more than three-sixty-fourths ing and unloading. A 6-foot high en and counterweight wire ropes shall be inch for diameters to and Including closure shall be provided on the unused A-inch. three-fourths inch, one sixteenth inch sides of the hoist tower at ground level. (iii) Safety factors: for diameter seven-eighths inch to llj (6) Car arresting devices shall be in stalled to function in case of rope failure. (7) All material hoist towers shall be designed by a licensed professional engi neer. (8) All material hoists shall conform Minimum Factors of Safety fou Suspension Wire Ropes Rope speed In feet per minute: 50....................... Minimum factor of safety inches inclusive, three-thirty-seconds inch for diameters VA to 1 Vz inches inclusive: (c) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections be yond end connections or more than one to the requirements of ANSI A10.5-1969. 75....................... ............... 7.75 broken wire at an end connection. Safety Requirements for Material Hoists. (,c) Personnel hoists. (1) Holst towers outside the structure shall be enclosed for the full height on the side or sides 100..................... ............... 125..................... ............... 150..................... ............... 175..................... 200..................... ............... 225..................... 7.95 8. 10 8.26 8.60 (d) Permanent elevators under the care and custody of the employer and used by employees for work covered by this Act shall comply with the require ments of American National Standards used for entrance and exit to' the struc 250..................... ............... 8.90 Institute A17.1-1965 with addenda ture. At the lowest landing, the enclosure on the sides not used for exit or entrance to the structure shall be enclosed to a height of at least 10 feet. Other sides of the tower adjacent to floors or scaffold platforms shall be enclosed to a height of 10 feet above the level of such floors or scaffolds. (2) Towers inside of structures shall be enclosed on all four sides throughout the full height. (S' Towers shall be anchored to the structure at intervals not exceeding 25 feet. In addition to tie-ins, a series of guys shall be installed. Wherp tie-ins arc not practical the tower shall be an chored by means of guys made of wire rope at least onc-lialf inch in diameter, securely fastened to anchorages to en sure stability. 300..................... ............... 350..................... ............... 400___________ 450........... .......... ............... 500............... ________ 550................... ............... GOO..................... ............... 9.20 9.00 10.00 10.25 10.45 10.70 (15) Following assembly and erection of hoists, and before being put in serv ice, an inspection and test of all func tions and safety devices shall be made under the supervision of a competent person. A similar inspection and test is required following major alteration of an existing installation. All hoists shall be inspected and tested at not more than 3-month Intervals. Records shall be maintained and kept on file for the du ration of the Job. CI6) All personnel elevators used by employees shall be constructed of ma A17.10--1967, A17.lb-1968, A17.1C-1969, Al7.ld--1970, and inspected in accordance with A17.2-1960 with addenda A17.2a1965, A17.2b-1967. 1." 18.353 Bavc-motuitcil drum IioiM-. (a) General requirements. (1) Ex posed moving parts such as gears, pro jecting screws, setscrews, chain, cables, chain sprockets, and reciprocating or rotating parts, which constitute a hazard, shall be guarded. (2) Ail controls used during the nor mal operation cycle shall be located within easy reach of the operator's station. (3) Electric motor operated" hoists shall be provided with: (i) A device to disconnect all motors from the line upon power failure and not 14> Hoistway doors or gates shall be terials and components which meet the permit any motor to be. restarted until not less than G feet 6 inches high and specifications for materials, construction, the controller handle is brought to the shall be provided with mechanical locks safety devices, assembly, and structural "off" position; ' hieh cannot be operated from the land integrity as stated in the American Na (ii) Where applicable, an overspeed ing side, and shall be accessible only to tional Standard A10.4-1971, Safety Re preventive device; i" ' sons on the car. quirements for Personnel Hoists. (iii) A moans whereby remotely '51 Cars shall be permanently cn- C17) (1) Personnel hoists used in bridge operated hoists stop when any control is c'.<v-cd on all sides and the top. except tower construction shall be approved by Ineffective. FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL. 34, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17843 7386 RULES AND REGULATIONS (4) All base-mounted drum hoists in Conveyors, Cableways, and Related ble condition regardless of light con use shall meet the applicable require Equipment. ditions. ments for design, construction, installa tion, testing, inspection, maintenance, Subpart O--Motor Vehicles, Mecha (3) All vehicles shall be equipped with an adequate audible warning device at and operation, as prescribed by the nized Equipment, and Marine the operator's station and In an operable manufacturer. Operations condition. (b) Specific requirements. [Reserved! 1 518.600 Equipment. (4) No employer shall use any motor vehicle equipment having an obstructed 1518,354 Overhead lioiM*. () General requirements. (1) All view to the rear unless: (a) General requirements. <1) The safe working load of the overhead hoist, as determined by the manufacturer, shall be indicated on the hoist, and this safe equipment left unattended at night, ad jacent to a highway in normal use, or ad jacent to construction areas where work is In progress, shall have appropriate (i) The vehicle has a reverse signal alarm audible above the surrounding noise level or: (11) The voliiclc is backed up only working load shall not be exceeded. lights or reflectors, or barricades when on observer signals that it is sale (2) The supporting structure to which equipped with appropriate lights or re to do so. the hoist is attached shall have a safe flectors. to identify the location of the (5) All vehicles with cabs shall be working load equal to that of the hoist. equipment. equipped with windshields and powered (3) 'Die support shall bo arranged so (2) A safely tiro rack. cage, or equiva wipers. Cracked and broken glass shall as to provide for free movement of the lent protection shall be provided and used be replaced. Vehicles operating in areas hoist and shall not restrict the hoist from when Inflating, mounting, or dismount or under conditions that cause fogging lining itself up with the load. ing tires Installed on split rims, or rims or frosting of the windshields shall be 14) The hoist shall be installed only equipped with locking rings or similar equipped with operable defogging or de in locations that will permit the operator devices. frosting devices. to stand clear of the load at all limes. (3) (1) Heavy machinery, equipment, (6) All haulage vehicles, whose pay (5) Air hoists shall be connccld to an or parts thereof, which are suspended or load 1s loaded by means of cranes, power air supply of sufficient capacity and pres held aloft by use of slings, hoists, or Jacks shovels, loaders, or similar equipment, sure to safely operate the hoist. All air shall be substantially blocked or cribbed shall have a cab shield and/or canopy hoses supplying air shall be positively to prevent falling or shifting before em adequate to protect the operator from connected to prevent their becoming dis ployees are permitted to work under or shifting or falling materials. connected during use. between them. Bulldozer and scraper (7) Tools and material shall be se <61 All overhead hoists in use shall blades, .end-loader buckets, dump bodies, cured to prevent movement when trans meet the applicable requirements for and similar equipment, shall be cither ported in the same compartment with construction, design, Installation, testing, fully lowered or blocked when being re employees. inspection, maintenance, and operation, paired or when not in use. All controls (8) Vehicles used to transport em as prescribed by the manufacturer. shall be in a neutral position, with the ployees shall have seats firmly secured Cb) Specific requirements. fReservcdl motors stopped and brakes set, unless and adequate for the number of employ 1518.555 Conveyors. work being performed requires other ees to be carried. wise. (9) Seat belts and anchorages meeting fa) General requirements. fl) Means (ii) Parked equipment shall be the requirements of 49 CPR Part 571 for stopping the motor or engine shall chocked and parking brakes set. The con (Department of Transportation, Federal be provided at the operator's station. trols shall be set according to manufac Motor Vehicle Safety Standards) shall Conveyor systems shall be equipped with turer's recommendations. be installed in all motor vehicles except an audible warning signal to be sounded <4) The use, care and charging of all in the case of off-highway vehicular immediately before starting up the batteries shall conform to the require equipment, where the requirements of conveyor. ments of Subpart K of this part. 1518.602 shall apply. 12) If the operator's station is at a re <5) All cab gloss shall be safety glass, (10) Trucks with dump bodies shall mote point; similar provisions for stop or equivalent, that Introduces no visible be equipped with positive moans of sup ping the motor or engine shall be pro distortion affecting the safe operation port. permanently attached, and capable vided at the motor or engine location. of any machine covered by this subpart. of being locked in position to prevent (3) Emergency stop switches shall be () All equipment covered by this sub accidental lowering of the body while arranged so that the conveyor cannot be part shall comply with the requirements maintenance or inspection work is being started again until the actuating stop of 1518.550(a)<15) when working or done. switch has been reset to running or "On" position. (4) Screw conveyors shall be guarded to prevent employee contact with turn ing flights. '5) Where a conveyor passes over work areas, aisles, or thoroughfares, suitable guards shall be provided to protect em ployees required to work below the con veyors. 16) All crossovers, aisles, ar.d passage ways shall be conspicuously marked by suitable signs, as required by Subpart G of this part. <7; Conveyors shall be locked out or otherwise rendered inoperable, and tagged out with a "Do Not Operate" tag, during repairs and when operation Is hazardous to employees performing maintenance work. <8i All conveyors In use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, con s', ruction. inspection, testing, mainte nance, and operation, as prescribed In 'he ANSI B20.1-1957, Safety Code for being moved in the vicinity of power lines or energized transmitters. ib) Specific requirements. fReservcdl (11) Operating levers, controlling hoisting or dumping devices on haulage bodies, shall be equipped with a lntch or other device which will prevent acci 1518.601 Motor vehicles. dental starting or tripping of the (a) Coverage. Motor vehicles as cov mechanism. ered by this part are those vehicles that (12) Trip handles for tailgates of operate within an off-highway Jobsite, dump trucks shall be so arranged that, not open to public traffic. The require in dumping, the operator will be in the ments of this section do not apply to clear. crawler machines, for which rules are (13) All rubber-tired motor veliicle prescribed in 1518.602. equipment shall be equipped with (b) General requirements. (1) All ve fenders. hicles shall have a service brake system, (14) All vehicles in use shall be an emergency brake system, and a park ing brake system. These systems may use common components, and shall be main tained in operable condition. checked at the beginning of each shift to assure that the following parts, equip ment, and accessories are In safe operat ing condition and free of apparent (2) <i) Whenever visibility conditions damage that could cause failure while in warrant additional light, all vehicles, or use: Service brakes. Including trailer combinations of vehicles, in use shall be brake connections; parking system equipped with at least two headlights (hand brake); emergency stopping sys and two lalllights in operable condition. tem (brakes): tires; horn; steering (!1) All vehicles, or combination of mechanism; coupling devices; seat belts; vehicles, shall have brake lights In opera operating controls; and safety devices. EGS 17844 FEDERAL REGISTER, YOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL T7, 1971 RULES AND REGULATIONS 73S7 All defects shall be corrected before the vehicle Is placed In service. These requirements also apply to equipment such as lights, reflectors, windshield wipers, defrosters. Are extinguishers, etc., where such equipment Is necessary. Equipment. An employer may, of course, at any time seek to show under 1518.2, that the uncovered wheels present no hazard to personnel from flying materials. (6) Roll-over protection structures (ROPS). The promulgation of standards rated capacities also shall be clearly shown on the vehicle. These ratings shall not be exceeded. (ii) No modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe opera tion of the equipment shall be made without the manufacturer's written ap 15111.602 Material handling equip requiring roll-over protective structures proval. If such modifications or changes ment. (ROPS) is reserved pending further are made, the capacity, operation, and (a) Earthmoving equipment: general. study and development. maintenance Instruction plates, tags, cr (1) Those rules apply to the follow (7) Off-highway trucks. The promul decals, shall be changed accordingly. In ing types of earthmoving equipment: gation of standards for off-highway no case shall the original safely factor of scrapers, loaders, crawler or wheel trac trucks is reserved pending further study the equipment be reduced. tors. bulldozers, off-highway trucks, and development. (iii) If a load is lifted by two or more graders, agricultural and industrial trac >8' Specific effective dates--brakes trucks working in unison, the proportion tors, and similar equipment. The promul and lenders. Equipment mentioned in of the total load carried by any one truck gation of specific rules for compactors subparagraphs (4) and (5) of his para shall not exceed its capacity. and rubber-tired "sldd-stccr" equipment graph. and manufactured after January (Iv) Steering or spinner knobs shall is reserved ponding consideration of 1. 1972. which Is used by any employer not be attached to the steering wheel standards currently being developed. nftcr that date, shall comply with the unless the steering mechanism is of a (2i Scat belts, (i) Scat belts shall be applicable rules prescribed therein con type that prevents road reactions from provided on all equipment covered by this cerning brakes and fenders. Equipment causing the steering handwheel to spin. section and shall meet the requirements mentioned In subparagraphs (4) and (5) The steering knob shall be mounted of Society of Automotive Engineers, of this paragraph, and manufactured within the periphery of the wheel. J38G-1969. Scat belts for construction equipment, or agricultural and tight Industrial tractors shall meet the seat belt requirements of Society of Automo tive Engineers J333n-1970, Operator Protection for Agricultural and Light Industrial Tractors. (ID Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which is designed only for standup operation. (Hi) Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which docs not have roll over protective structure (HOPS) or adequate canopy protection. (3) Roadway grades. Roadway grades for construction equipment use shall be designed by a qualified engineer, com petent in this field, and constructed to accommodate all of the equipment using the roadway. Emergency access ramps and berms shall be constructed to restrain and control runaway vehicles. (4) Drakes. All earthmoving equip ment mentioned in this 5 1518.602(a) shall have a service braking system ca pable of stopping and holding the equip ment fully loaded, as specified in Society of Automotive Engineers SAE-J237, Loader Dozer-1971. J236, Graders1971, and J319b, Scrapers-1971. Brake systems for self-propelled rubber-tired off-highway equipment manufactured after January 1. 1972 shall meet the applicable minimum performance cri teria set forth in the following Society of Automotive Engineers Recom mended Practices: Sc'.f-Propellcd Scrapers____SAE J319b-I971 Self-Propelled Graders .........SAEJ236-1971 Trucks and Wagons ......... SAE J16C-1071 Front End Loaders and Dozers.. SAEJ237-1971 before January 1. 1972, which Is used by any employer after that date, shall meet the applicable rules prescribed herein not later than June 30, 1973. It should be noted that, as permitted under 5 1518.2, employers may request varia tions from the applicable brakes and fender standards required by this sub part. Employers wishing to seek varia tions from the applicable brakes and fenders rules may submit any requests for variations after the publication of this document In the Federal Register. Any statements intending to meet the requirements of 5 1518.2(b)(4), should specify how the variation would protect the safety of the employees by provid ing for any compensating restrictions on the operation of equipment. (b) Excavating and other equipment. (1) Tractors covered in paragraph (a) of this section shall have seatbelts as required for the operators when seated in the normal seating arrangement for tractor operation, even though backhoes, breakers, or other similar attach ments are used on these machines for excavating or other work. (2) For the purposes of this Subpart and of Subpart N of this part, the nomen clatures and descriptions for measure ment of dimensions of machinery and attachments shall be as described In So ciety of Automotive Engineers 1970 Handbook, pages 1088 through 1103. (3) The safety requirements, ratios, or limitations applicable to machines or attachment usage covered in Power Crane and Shovel Association's Stand ards No. 1 and No. 2 of 1968, and No. 3 of 1969. shall be compiled with, and shall apply to cranes, machines, and attach ments under this part. (c) Lifting and hauling equipment (other than equipment covered under (v) All high lift rider industrial trucks shall be equipped with overhead guards which meet the configuration and struc tural requirements as defined in para graph 421 of American National Stand ards Institute B56.1-1969, Safety Stand ards for Powered Industrial Trucks. (vl) All industrial trucks in use shall meet the applicable requirements of de sign, construction, stability. Inspection, testing, maintenance, and operation, as defined in American National Standards Institute B56.1-I969. Safety Standards for Powered Industrial Trucks. 1518.603 Pil<*<1 riving equipment. () General requirements. (1) Boilers and piping systems which are a part of. or used with, pile driving equipment shall meet the applicable requirements of the American Society of Mechanical Engi neers. Powers Boilers (section I). (2) All pressure vessels which are a part of, or used with, pile driving equip ment shall meet the applicable require ments of the American Society of Me chanical Engineers, Pressure Vessels (section VIII). (3) Overhead protection, which will not obscure the vision of the operator, meets the requirements of Subpart N of this part, shall be provided. Protection shall be the equivalent of 2-inch plank ing or other solid material of equivalent strength. (4) Stop blocks shall be provided for the leads to prevent the hammer from being raised against the head block. (5) A blocking device, capable of safely supporting the weight of the hammer, shall be provided for placement in the leads under the hammer at all times while employees are working under the hammer. (5) Fenders. All rubber-tired earthmoving equipment, 3UCh as trucks, scrapers, tractors, and trailing units, etc., whose maximum speed exceeds 15 miles per hour, shall be equipped with fenders on all wheels to meet the re Subpart N of this parti. (1) Industrial trucks shall meet the requirements of 5 1518.600 and the following: (i) Lift trucks, stackers, etc.,, shall have the rated capacity clearly posted on the vehicle so as to be clearly visible () Guards shall be provided across the top of the head block to prevent the cable from Jumping out of the sheaves. ` (7) When the leads must be Inclined In the driving of batter piles, provisions shall be made to stabilize the leads. quirements of Society of Automotive to the operator. When auxiliary remov (8) Fixed leads shall be provided with Engineers SAE J321a-1970. Fenders for able counterweights are provided by the ladder, and adequate rings,-or similar Pneumatic-tired Eartlunovlng Haulage manufacturer, corresponding alternate attachment points, so that the loft FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL. 36. NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17845 7:)ns RULES AND REGULATIONS worker may engage his safety belt lan 1518.605 Marine operation* and equip than AO feet of line attached, and at least yard to tiie lends. If the leads are pro ment- one portable or permanent ladder which vided with loft plalform(s), such plat form (s) shall be protected by standard guardrails. (9) Steam hose leading to a steam hammer or jet pipe shall be securely at tached to the hammer with an adequate length of at least A-inch diameter chain or cable to prevent whipping In the event the joint at the hammer is broken. Air hammer hoses shall be provided with the same protection as required for steam lines. (10) Safety chains, or equivalent means, shall be provided for each hose connection to prevent the line from thrashing around In case the coupling becomes disconnected. (11) Steam line controls shall consist of two shutoff valves, one of which shall be a quick-acting lever type within easy reach of the hammer operator. (12) Guys, outriggers, thrustouts, or counterbalances shall, be provided as necessary to maintain stability of pile driver rigs. (b) Pile driving from barges and floats. Barges or floats supporting pile driving operations shall meet the ap plicable requirements of 5 1518.605. (c) Pile driving equipment. (1) En gineers and winchmen shall accept sig nals only from the designated signalmen. (2) All employees shall be kept clear when piling is being hoisted into the leads. (3) When piles are being driven in an excavated pit, the walls of the pit shall be sloped to the angle of repose or sheetpiled and braced. (a) Material handling operations. (1) Operations fitting the definition of "ma terial handling" shall be performed in conformance with applicable require ments cf 29 CFR Part 1504. "Safety and Health Regulations for Longshoring." The term "longshoring operations" means the loading, unloading, moving, or handling of construction materials, equipment and supplies, etc. into. In, on, or out of any vessel from a fixed struc ture or shorc-to-vessel, vessel-to-shore or fixed structure or vesscl-to-vcsscl. (b) Access to barges. (1) Ramps for access of vehicles to or between barges shall be of adequate strength, provided with side boards, well maintained, and properly secured. (2) Unless employees can step safely to or from the wharf, float, barge, or river towboat, either a ramp, meeting the requirements of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, or a safe walkway, shall be provided. .(3) Jacob's ladders shall be of the double rung or flat tread type. They shall be well maintained and properly secured. (4) A Jacob's ladder shall either hang without slack from its lashings or be pulled up entirely. (5) When the upper end of the means of access rests on or is flush with the top of the bulwark, substantial steps, prop erly secured and equipped with at least one substantial hand rail approximately 33 inches in height, shall be provided between the top of the bulwark and the deck. (G) Obstructions shall not be laid on will reach the top of the apron to the surface of the water. If the above equip ment is not available at the pier, the employer shall furnish it during the time that he Is working the barge. (3) Employees walking or working on the unguarded decks of barges shall be protected with U.S. Coast Guardapproved work vests or buoyant vests, (e) Diving operations. (Reserved 1 1518.606 Definitions applicable lo iliii subpart, (a) "Apron"--The area along the waterfront edge of the pier or wharf. (b) "Bulwark"--The side of a ship above the upper deck. (c) "Coaming"--The raised frame, ns around a hatchway in the deck, to keep out water. (d) "Jacob's ladder"--A marine lad der of rope or chain with wooden or metal rungs. (e) "Rail", for the purpose of 5 1518. 605, means a light structure serving as a guard at the outer edge of a ship's deck. Subparf P--Excavafions, Trenching, and Shoring 1518.650 General protection require ments. (a) Walkways, runways, and side walks shall be kept clear of excavated material or other obstructions and no sidewalks shall be undermined unless shored to carry a minimum live load of one hundred and twenty-five (125) pounds per square foot. (b) If planks are1 used for raised (4) When steel tube piles are being or across the gangway. walkways, runways, or sidewalks, they "blown out", employees shall be kept well Cl) The means of access shall be ad shall be laid parallel to the length of beyond the range of falling materials. equately Illuminated for Its full length. the walk and fastened together against (5) When It is necessary to cut off the (8) Unless the structure makes it im displacement. tops of driven piles, pile driving oper possible, the means of access shall be so (c> Planks shall be uniform in thick ations shall be suspended except where located that the load will not pass over ness and all exposed ends shall be pro the cutting operations are located at employees. vided with beveled cleats lo prevent least twice the length of the longest pile (e) Working surfaces of barges. (1) tripping. from the driver. Employees shall not be permitted to walk (d) Raised walkways, runways, and (6) When driving jacked piles, all ac along the sides of covered lighters or sidewalks shall be provided with plank cess pits shall be provided with ladders barges with coamings more than 5 feet steps on strong stringers. Ramps, used and bulkhcaded curbs to prevent mate high, unless there is a 3-foot clear walk in lieu of steps, shall be provided with rial from falling-into the pit. way, or a grab rail, or a taut handline cleats to insure a safe walking surface. 1518.604 Site clearing. is provided. (e) All employees shall be protected (2) Decks and other working surfaces with personal protective equipment for (a) General requirements. (1) Em shall be maintained in a safe condition. the protection of the head. eyes, respira ployees engaged in site clearing shall be (3) Employees shall not be permitted tory organs, hands, feet, and other parts protected from hazards of irritant and to pass fore and aft. over, or around deck of the body as set forth in Subpart E toxic plants and suitably instructed in loads, unless there is a safe passage. of this part. the first aid treatment available. (4) Employees shall not be permitted (f) Employees exposed to vehicular (2) All equipment used in site clear to walk over deckloads from rail to traffic shall be provided with and shall ing operations shall be equipped with coaming unless there is a safe passage. be instructed to wear warning vests rollover guards meeting the require If it is necessary to stand at the out marked with or made of reflectorized or ments of this subpart. In addition, rider board or Inboard edge of the deckload high visibility material. operated equipment shall be equipped where less than 24 Inches of bulwark, (g) Employees subjected to hazardous with an overhead and rear canopy guard rail, coaming, or other protection exists, dusts, gases, fumes, mists, or atmospheres meeting the following requirements: all employees shall be provided with a deficient in oxygen, shall be protected (i) The overhead covering on this suitable means of protection against fall with approved respiratory protection as canopy structure shall be of not less than ing from the deckioad. " set forth in Subpart D of this part. %-lnch steel plate or 'A-Inch woven wire (d) First-aid and lifesaving equip 'h) No person shall be permitted un mesh with openings no greater than 1 ment. (1) Provisions for rendering first der loads handled by power shovels, der inch, or equivalent. aid and medical assistance shall be in ricks, or hoists. To avoid any spillage, (ii) The opening in the rear of the accordance with Subpart D of this part, employees shall be required to stand canopy structure shall be covered with (2) The employer shall ensure that away from any vehicle being loaded. not less than Vi-inch woven wire mesh there is in the vicinity of each barge in (I) Dally inspections of excavations with openings no greater than I Inch. use at least one U.S. Coast Guard- shall be made-by a competent person. H (b) Specific requirements. [Reserved) approved 30-inch Uferlng with not less evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17846 RULES AND REGULATIONS apparent, ol! work In the excavation shall ing requirements by scaling, benching, air in the excavation shall be tested. cease until the necessary precautions barricading, rock bolting, wire meshing, Controls, as set lorth in Subparls D and have been taken to safeguard the em or other equally effective means. Special E of this part, shall be established to as ployees. 1518.651 ment. Gi-nernl cvcnviuion require attention shall be given to slopes which may be adversely affected by weather or moisture content. (J) Support systems shall be planned sure acceptable atmospheric conditions. When flammable gases are present, ade quate ventilation shall be provided or sources of ignition shali be eliminated. ia) Prior to opciung an excavation, and designed by a qualified person when Attended emergency rescue equipment, effort shall be made to determine whether excavation is in excess of 20 feet in depth, such as breathing apparatus, a safety underground installations; i.c., sewer, adjacent to structures or improvements, harness and line, basket stretcher, etc., water, fuel, electric lines, etc., will be or subject to vibration or ground water. shall be readily available where adverse encountered, and, Lf so, where such un <k) Materials used for sheeting, sheet atmospheric conditions may exist or de derground installations arc located. piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, and velop In an excavation. When the excavation approaches the underpinning shall be In good serviceable (v) Where employees or equipment estimated location of such an installa tion. the exact location shall be deter condition, and timbers shall be sound, free from large or loose knots, and of arc required or permitted to cross over excavations, walkways or bridges with mined by careful probing or hand dig proper dimensions. standard guardrails shall be provided. ging, and when it Is uncovered, proper (l) Special precautions shall be taken (w) Where ramps are used tar supports shall be provided for the exist in sloping or shoring the sides of excava employees or equipment, they shall be ing installation. Utility companies shall tions adjacent to a previously backfilled designed and constructed by qualified be contacted and advised of proposed excavation or a fill, particularly when persons in accordance with accepted work prior to the start of actunl excava tion. (b) Trees, boulders, and other surface encumbrances, located so as to create a hazard to employees involved in excava tion work or in the vicinity thereof at any time during operations, shall be removed or made safe before excavating Is begun. (c> Excavations shall be inspected by a competent person after every rainstorm or other hazard-increasing occurrence, and the protection against slides and cave-ins shall be increased if necessary. (d> The determination of the angle of repose and design of the supporting sys tem shall be based on careful evaluation of pertinent factors such as: Depth of cut; possible variation in water con tent of the material while the excava tion is open; anticipated changes in materials from exposure to air, sun. water, or freezing: loading imposed by structures, equipment, overlying mate rial. or stored material; and vibration from equipment, blasting, traffic, or other sources. (e) Supporting systems: i.e., piling, cribbing, shoring, etc., shall be designed by a qualified person and meet accepted engineering requirements. When tie rods are used to restrain the top of sheet ing or other retaining systems, the rods shall be securely anchored well back of the angle of repose. When tight sheeting or sheet piling is used, full loading due to ground water table shall be assumed, unless prevented by weep holes or drains or other means. Additional stringers, tics, and bracing shall be provided to allow for any necessary temporary removal of in dividual supports. (f) All slopes shall be excavated to at least the angle of repose except for areas where soiid rock allows for line drilling or presplittlng. the separation is less than the depth of the excavation. Particular attention also shall bo paid to Joints and seams of material comprising a face and the slope of such seams and Joints. (m) Except in hard.rock, excavations oclow the level of the base of footing of any foundation or retaining wall shall not be permitted, unless the wall is underpinned and all other precautions taken to ensure the stability of the ad jacent walls for the protection of em ployees involved in excavation work or in the vicinity thereof. (n) If the stability of adjoining build ings or walls Is endangered by excava tions, shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be provided as necessary to ensure their safety. Such shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall bo inspected daily or more often, as conditions warrant, by a competent person and the protection effectively maintained. (o) Diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from entering an excava tion and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation. Water shall not be allowed to accumulate in an excavation. (pi If it is necessary to place or oper ate power shovels, derricks, trucks, ma terials, or other heavy objects on a level above and near an excavation, the side of the excavation shall be sheet-piled, shored, and braced as necessary to resist the extra pressure due to such super imposed loads. (q) -Blasting and the use of explosives shall be performed In accordance with Subpart U of this part. (r) When mobile equipment is uti lized or allowed adjacent to excavations, substantial stop logs or barricades shall be Installed. If possible, the grade should engineering requirements. (x) All ladders used on excavation operations shall be in accordance with the requirements of Subpart,L of this part. 1518.652 Goncrnl trenching require ments. (ai Banks more than four feet high shall be shored or sloped to the angle of repose where a danger of slides or caveins exists as a result of excavation. (b) Sides of trenches in unstable or soft material, four feet or more in depth, shall be shored, sheeted, braced, sloped, or otherwise supported by means of suffi cient strength to protect the employers working within them. See Tabes P-l. P-2 l following paragraph (g) of this section. J (c) Sides of trenches in hard or com pact soil, including embankments, shall be shored or otherwise supported when the trench is more than 4 feet in depth and 8 feet or more in length. In lieu of shoring, the sides of the trench above the 4-foot level may be sloped to preclude collapse, but shall not be steeper than a 1-foot rise to each 'A-foot horizontal. When the outside diameter of a pipe is greater than 6 feet, a bench of 4-foot minimum shall be provided at the toe of the sloped portion. (d) Materials used for sheeting and sheet piling, bracing, shoring, and under pinning, shall be in good serviceable con dition, and timbers used shall be sound and free from large or lose knots, and shall be designed and Installed so as to be effective to the botton of the excava tion. (el Additional precautions by way of shoring and bracing shall be taken to prevent slides or cave-ins when excava tions or trenches are made in locations adjacent to backfilled excavations, or (g> The angle of repose shall be be away from the excavation. where excavations are subjected to vibra flattened when an cxcavatfon has water (s) Adequate barrier physical protec tions from railroad or highway traffic, conditions, silty materials, loose boulders, tion shall be provided at all remotely lo the operation of machinery, or any other and areas where erosion, deep frost cated excavations. All wells, pits, shafts, source. action, and slide planes appear. Ch) Excavated or other material shall not be stored nearer than 4 feet from the edge of any excavation and shall be etc., shall be barricaded or covered. Upon completion of exploration and similar operations, temporary wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be backfilled. (f) Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes sholl be protected by the in stallation of a removcable-type casing of sufficient strength to resist shifting of so stored and retained as to prevent its (t) If possible, dust conditions shall the surrounding earth. Such temporary falling or sliding back In to the be kept to a minimum by the use of water, protection shall be provided for the full excavation. salt, calcium chloride, oil, or other means. depth of that part of each pier hole (1) Sides, slopes, and faces of an ex- (a) In locations where oxygen defl- which is above the bell. A lifeline, suit cavatioDe shall meet accepted engineer- . dency or gaseous conditions are possible, able for Instant rescue and securely FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 7S--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17847 7:100 RULES AND REGULATIONS fastened to a shoulder harness, shall bo worn by each employee entering the shafts. This lifeline shall be individually manned and separate from any line used to remove materials excavated from the bell footing. (g) Minimum requirements for trench timbering shall be In accordance with Ch> Where employees are required to be in trenches 3 feet deep or more, ladders, extending from the floor of the trench excavation to at least 3 feet above the top of the excavation, shall be provided and so located as to provide means of exit without more than 25 (I) Bracing or shoring of trenches shall be carried along with the excava tion. (J) Cross braces or trench jacks shall be placed in true horizontal position, be spaced vertically, and be secured to pre vent sliding, falling, or kick-outs. (k) Portable trench boxes or sliding Table P-2. feet of lateral travel. trench shields may be used for the pro Table ?- 1 tection of employees only. Trench boxes or shields shall be designed, constructed, and maintained to meet acceptable engi APPROXIMATE ANGLE OF REPOSE FOR SLOPING OF SIDES OF EXCAVATIONS neering standards. (l) Backfilling and removal of trench supports shall progress together from the bottom of the trench. Jacks or braces shall be released slowly and, In unstable soil, ropes shall be used to pull out the Ne'e Cloys, Stilt, Loom* or Non - Homogenous Soil* Hequir* Shoring and Bracing. The f'retenc* of Ground Water Request Special T re almeni. om 5 ao 2 -> ^^ T* ^ a. Uo a >, Uo jacks or braces from above after em ployees have cleared the trench. 1518,653 Definitions applicable to ibis subpnrL -I (a) "Accepted engineering require *Xo _. o. ments (or practices)"--Those require ments or practices which are compatible with standards required by a registered architect, a registered professional engi % neer. or other duly licensed or recognized authority. <b) "Angle of repose"--The greatest angle above the horizontal plane at which a material will lie without sliding. (c) "Bank"--A mass of soil rising above a digging level. (d) "Belled excavation"--A part of a shaft or footing excavation, usually near the bottom and bell-shaped: i.e., an en largement of the cross section above. (e) "Braces (trench)"--The horizon tal members of the shoring system whose Tablx P-2 ends bear against the uprights or TRENCH 3HORFNO--WINTHUH RIQUir.EHE.NT3 stringers/ . (f) "Excavation"--Any manmade cav 81xe &nd spacing of members ity or depression in the earth's surface, including its sides, walls, or faces, formed Depth of trench Kind or condition of earth Uprights Min. Mar. dim. spec. Stringers Cross braces* Min. dim. Max. ipeto. Width of trench Up to Jto art 0 ft. 6 to 9 ft. by earth removal and producing unsup Mar. spacing ported earth conditions by reasons of the excavation. If installed forms or sim ilar structures reduce the depth-to-wldth 9 to 12 ft. Vert. Uorlx. relationship, an excavation may become a trench. (g) "Paces"--See paragraph (k) of Feet IncboA Feet Inehf* Feet `inches laches Inches laches Feet Feet this section. 4 3x4 to or 10 ITard. compact............... 2x0 0 (h) "Hard compact soil"--All earth materials not classified as running or 2x0. 4x4 4x0 0x0 4 0 unstable. Llkrly to crock.............. " 3 4x6 4 - * (i) "Klckouts"--Accidental release or Soft, sandy, or filled___ CIom shoot* Inc 4x< M 4X4 4xfi 0x0 8 xS failure of a shore or brace. (J) "Sheet pile"--A pile, or sheeting, that may form one of a continuous inter I [ydrostelic pressure... " S i ft - - -- locking line, or a row of timber, concrete, 10 Hard................................. to 4 4X4 ** - - - - - - or steel plies, driven In close contact to provide a tight wall to resist the lateral 16 Likely to crock............... - 2 4xf 4 -- - pressure of water, adjacent earth, or Soft, sandy, or filled.... - Close sheet- 4x4 ~ 4x4 4x4 ix ft til other materials. H (k) "Sides", "Walls", or "Faces"--The vertical or inclined earth surfaces formed Hydrostatic pressure... 3x0 - SX 10 - - M - M as a result of excavation work. . 16 Close (l) "Slope"--The angle with the hori to 20 All kinds or conditions. * th cot int 4 x 12 M 4 113 M* ftxs SX 10 m zontal at which a particular earth mate rial will stand indefinitely without move Orrr 20 AH kinds or condition*. " " Oxt - ** tit lift Mill - ment (m) "Stringers" (wales)--The hori 'Trench Jocks may be oaod In Hoc of, or In ccrablnaUoa "with, ere** brace*. "V.rlng Is not required In nolM rock", hard shale, or hard slag. Where (ieMritMn, steH sheet piling and bracing of equal strength may be substituted far Tood. zontal members of a shoring system whose sides bear against the uprights or earth. EGS 17848 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, ARRH. 17, 1971 RULES AND REGULATIONS (n> "Trench"--A narrow excavation that will automatically shut oil the spacing shall not exceed liial shown on made below the surface of the ground. power whenever the operator removes the layout, and all locking devices shall In general, the depth Is greater than the width, but the width of a trench is not greater than 15 feet. (o) "Trench jack"--Screw or hydraulic type Jacks used as cross bracing in a his hands from the equipment handles. (5) Concrete buggies. Handles of bug gies shall not extend beyond the wheels on cither side of the buggy. Installation of knuckle guards on buggy handles is be in the closed position. (iv) Devices for attaching the external lateral stability bracing shall be securely fastened to the logs of the shoring frames. (v; All baseplates, shore heads, ex trench shoring system. recommended. tension devices, or adjustment screws (p> "Trench shield"--A shoring sys (G) Pumpcrctc systems. Punipcretc or shall be in firm contact w:th the feeling tem composed of steel plates and bracing, similar systems using discharge pipes sill and the form. welded or bolted together, which support the walls of a trench from the ground level to the trench bottom and which can be moved along as work progresses. (q) "Unstable soil"--Earth material, other than running, that because of lbs nature or the influence of related condi tions. cannot be depended upon to re main in place without extra support, such as would be furnished by a system of shoring. (r) "Uprights"--The vertical members of a shoring system. (s) "Wales"--Sec paragraph (m) of tilts section. shall be provided with pipe supports de signed tor 100 percent overload. Com pressed air hose in such systems shall be provided with positive fail-safe joint con nectors to prevent separation of sections when pressurized. (7) Concrete buckets, fi> Concrete buckets equipped with hydraulic or pneu matically operated gates shall have posi tive safety latches or similar safety de vices installed to prevent aggregate and loose material from accumulating on the top and sides of the bucket. (li) Riding of concrete buckets for any purpose shall be prohibited, and vibrator 1513.701 Form- ami .dioring. (a' General provisions, 'll Form work and shoring shall be designed, erected, supported, braced, and mamtamed so that it will safely support all vertical and lateral loads that may be imposed upon it during placement of concrete. (2) Drawings or plans showing the Jack layout, formwork, shoring, working decks, and scaffolding, shall be a variable at the jobsite. (3) Stripped forms and shoring shall be removed and stockpiled promptly (t) "Walls"--Sec paragraph (k) of crews shall be kept out from under con after stripping, in all areas in which per this section. crete buckets suspended from cranes or sons are required to work or pass. Pro Subpart Q--Concrete, Concrete cableways. truding nails, wire ties, and other form (8) When discharging on a slope, the accessories not necessary to subsequent Forms and Shoring wheels of ready-mix trucks shall be work shall be pulled, cut. or other means 1318.700 General provision*. Ca) General. All equipment and mate rials used in concrete construction and masonry work shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction, in blocked and the brakes set to prevent movement. (9) Nozzlcmen applying a cement, sand, and water mixture through a pneu matic hose shall be required to wear pro tective head and face equipment, as pre taken to eliminate the hazard (4) Imposition of any construction loads on the partially completed struc ture shall not be permitted unless such loading has been considered :n the de sign and approved by the engineer- spection. testing, maintenance and oper ations as prescribed in ANSI A10.9-1970, Safety Requirements for Concrete Con struction and Masonry Work. (b) Rein/orcing steel. (1) Employees scribed In Subpart E of this part. fc) Vertical shoring--(I) General re quirements. (i) When temporary stor age of reinforcing rods, material, or equipment on top of formwork becomes architect. <b) Vertical slip forms. '> The steei rods or pipe on which the jacks climb or by which the forms are lifted shall be specifically designed for the purpose. placing and tying reinforcing steel in walls, piers, columns, etc., shall be pro vided with, and directed to wear safety belts which are properly secured, as set forth in Subpart E of this part. (2) Employees shall not be permitted to work above vertically protruding re inforcing steel unless it has been pro tected to eliminate the hazard of im palement. (3) Guying: Reinforcing steel for walls, piers, columns, and similar verti cal structures shall be guyed and sup ported to prevent collapse. (4) Wire mesh rolls: Wire mesh rolls shall be secured at each end to prevent dangerous recoiling action. Cc) Bulk concrete handling. Bulk stor age bins, containers, or silos shall have conical or tapered bottoms with mechan ical or pneumatic means of starting the flow of material. (d) Concrete placement--(1) Con crete mixers. Concrete mixers equipped with 1-yard or larger loading skips shall be equipped with a mechanical device to clear the skip of material. <2> Guardrails. Mixers of 1-yard ca pacity or greater shall be equipped with protective guardrails installed on each side of the skip. necessary, these areas shall be strength ened to meet the intended loads. (iii The sills for shoring shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settle ment or displacement. (iii; All shoring equipment shall be in spected prior to erection to determine that it is as specified in the shoring lay out. Any equipment found to be dam aged shall not be used for shoring. (ivi Erected shoring equipment shall be inspected immediately prior to. dur ing, and immediately after the place ment of concrete. Any shoring equip ment that is found to be damaged or weakened shall be immediately rein forced or reshored. (vi Rcshoring shall be provided when necessary to safely support .slabs and beams after stripping, or where such members arc subjected to superimposed loads due to construction work done. (2) Tubular welded frame shoring, (i) Metal tubular frames used for shoring shall not be loaded beyond the safe work ing load recommended by the manu facturer. (ii; All locking devices on frames and braces shall be in good working order: coupling pins shall align the frame or Such rods shall be adequately braced where not encased in concrete. (2; Jacks and vertical supports shall be positioned in such a manner that the vertical loads are distributed equally and do not exceed the capacity of the jacks. (3) Tile jacks or other lifting devices shall be provided with mechanical dogs or other automatic holding devices to pro vide protection in case of failure of the power supply or the lifting mechanism. (4) Lifting shall proceed steadily and uniformly and shall not exceed the pre determined safe rate of lift. (5; Lateral and diagonal bracing of the forms shall be provided to prevent excessive distortion of the structure dur ing the jacking operation. (6' During jacking operations, the form structure shall be maintained in line and plumb. (7) All vertical lift forms shall be pro vided with scaffolding or work platforms completely encircling the area of place men t. (c) Tube and coupler shoring. < 11 Couplers (clamps) shall not be used if they are deformed, broken, or have defective or missing threads on bolLs. or other defects. (2) The material used for the couplers (3) Bull floats. Handles on bull floats panel legs: pivoted cross braces shall have (clamps) shall be of a structural type shall be constructed of nonconductive their center pivot In place; and all com such as drop-forged steel, malleable material. ponents shall be in a condition similar iron, or structural grade aluminum. Gray (4) Powered concrete trowels. Pow to that of original manufacture. cast iron shall not be used. ered and rotating-type concrete trowel (iii) When checking the erected shor (3) When checking the erected shor ing machines that are manually guided ing frames with the shoring layout, the ing towers with the shoring layout, the shall be equipped with a control switch spacing between towers and cross brace spacing between posts shall not exceed FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17849 7:i<>2 RULES AND REGULATIONS that shown on the layout, and all Inter permanent floors shall be installed as of bolted bridging shall be installed to locking of tubular members and tight the erection of structural members pro provide lateral stability during construc ness of couples shall be checked. gresses, and there shall be not more than tion prior to slacking of hoisting line. (4i All baseplates, shore heads, ex eight stories between the erection floor (ill No load shall be placed on open tension devices, or adjustment screws and the uppermost permanent floor, ex web steel joists until these security re shall be In firm contact with the footing cept where the structural integrity is quirements arc met. sill and tlie form materia! and shall be maintained as a result of the design. (d> Tag lines shall be used for con- snug against the posts. '2) At no time shall there be more Irollsng loads. (d) Single post shores. (!) For sta bility. single post shores shall be hori zontally braced in both the longitudinal and transverse directions, and diagonal bracing shall also be Installed. Such bracing shall be installed as the shores are being erected. (2> All baseplates or shore heads of single post shores shall be in firm contact with the footing sill and the form mate rials. (3) Whenever single post shores are used in more than one tier, the layout shall be designed and Inspected by a structural engineer. (4> When formwork is at an angle, or sloping, or when the surface shored from is sloping, the shoring shall be designed for such loading. (5> Adjustment of single post shores to rnlsc formwork shall not be made after concrete Is in place. (6) Fabricated single post shores shall not be used If heavily rusted, bent, dented, rcwclded, or having broken weld ments or other defects. If they contain timber, they shall not be used if timber is split, cut, has sections removed, is rotted, or otherwise structurally dam aged. (7) All timber and adjusting devices to be used for adjustable timber single post shores shall be inspected' before erection. (8) Timber shall not be used if it is split, cut, has sections removed, is rotted, or Is otherwise structurally damaged. (9) Adjusting devices shall not be used if heavily rusted, bent, dented, re welded. or having broken weldments or other defects. (10) All nails used to secure bracing or adjustable Umber single post shores shall be driven home and the point of the nail bent over if possible. 1518.702 I)rfimlions applituddo to llii.i Mibparl. (a) "Bull float"--A tool used to spread out and smooth the concrete. (b) "Formwork" or "falsework"--The than four floors or 48 feet of unfinished bolting or welding above the foundation or uppermost permanently secured floor. (bl Temporary flooring--skelton steel construction in tiered buildings. (1) (i) The derrick or erection floor shall be solidly planked over its entire surface except for access openings. Planking shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load, but shall be not less than 2 inches thick full size undressed, and shall be laid tight and secured to prevent movement. (ii) On buildings or structures not adaptable to temporary floors, and where scaffolds arc not used, safety "nets shall be installed and maintained whenever the potential fall distance exceeds two stories or 25 feet. The nets shall be hung with sufficient clearance to prevent con tacts with the surface of structures below. (iil) Floor periphery--safety railing. A safety railing of '/2-lnch wire rope or cciual shall be installed, approximately 42 inches high, around the periphery of all temporary-planked or temporary metal-decked floors of tier buildings and other multifloorcd structures during structural steel assembly. (2) Where erection is being done by means of a crane operating on the ground, a tight and substantial floor shall be maintained within two stories or 25 feet, whichever is less, below and directly under that portion of each tier of beams on which bolting, riveting, welding, or painting is being done. (c) Flooring--other construction. (1) In the erection of a building having double wood floor construction, the rough flooring shall be completed as the building progresses, including the tier below the one on which floor joists are being installed. (2) For single wood floor or other flooring systems, the floor Immediately below the story where the floor Joists are being installed shall be kept planked over. 1518.752 Hotting, rmUing, filltng.op, ami plmnhing-tiji. <ai General requirements. Q) Con tainers shall be provided for storing or carrying rivets, bolts, and drift pins, and secured against accidental displacement when aloft. 12) Pneumatic hand tools shall be dis connected from the power source, and pressure in hose lines shall be released, before any adjustments or repairs are made. (3) Air line hose sections shall be tied together except when quick disconnect couplers are used to Join sections. (4) Eye protection shall be provided In accordance with Subpart E of this part. (b) Bolting. (1) When bolts or drift pins are being knocked out, means shall be provided to keep them from falling. (2) Impact wrenches shall be provided with a locking device for retaining the socket. (c) Riveting. (I) Riveting shall not be done in the vicinity of combustible material unless precautions are taken to prevent fire. (2) When rivet heads are knocked off, or backed out. means shall be provided to keep them from falling. (3) A safety wire shall be properly In stalled on the snap and on the handle of the pneumatic riveting hammer and shall be used at all times. The wire size shall be not less than No._9 (B&S gauge). leaving the handle and annealed No. 14 on tlie snap, or equivalent. fd> Plumbing-up. (1) Connections of the equipment used in plumbing-up shall be properly secured. (2) The tumbucklcs shall be secured to prevent unwinding while under stress. (3) Plumblng-up guys related equip ment shall be placed so that employees can get at the connection points. (4) Plumbing-up guys shall be re moved only under the supervision of a competent person. (c) Wood planking shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load, but total system of support for freshly placed 15111.751 Sirticliirnl -tec! a.venilily. shall be not less than 2 Inches thick full concrete, including the mold or sheath ing which contacts the concrete as well as all supporting members, hardware, and necessary bracing. (c) "Guy"--A line that steadies a high piece or structure by pulling against an off-center load. (d) "Shore"--A supporting member that resists a compressive force Imposed by a load. (e) "Vertical slip forms"--Forms which are Jacked vertically and contlnuously during placing of the concrete. Subpari R--Sled Erection (a) During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting line until the members are secured with not less than two bolts, or the equivalent at each connection and drawn up wrench tight. (b) Open web steel Joists shall not be placed on any structural steel frame work unless such framework Is safely bolted or welded. (c) In steel framing, where bar Joists are utilized, and columns are not framed tn at least two directions with structural steel members, a bar joist shall be fleldbolted at columns to provide lateral size undressed, exterior grade plywood, at least ^-inch thick, or equivalent material. (f) Metal decking ol sufficient strength shall be laid tight and secured to prevent movement. (g) Planks shall overlap the bearing on each end by a minimum of 12 inches. (h) Wire mesh, exterior plywood, or equivalent, shall be used around columns where planks do not fit tightly. (I) Provisions shall be made to secure temporary flooring against displacement. (J) All unused openings in floors, tem porary or permanent, shall bo completely planked over or guarded In accordance 5 1518.780 Flooring rcquirrmcnl*. .stability during construction. with Subpart M of this part. (a) Permanent flooring--skeleton steel (1) Where long span Joists or trusses, (k) Employees shall be provided construction In tiered, buildings. (I) Th* 40 feet or longer, are used, a center row with safety belts to accordance with FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 7S--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1977 EGS 17850 RULES AND REGULATIONS 7:;y:j | 1518.104 when they are working on sures. However, where environmental equipment used underground shall be float scaffolds. controls have not yet been developed, or certified by the Bureau of Mines, UJS. when necessary by the nature of the Department of the Interior according to Subpart S--Tunnels and Shafts, Cais work Involved (for cxnmple, welding, the Interior according to the Bureau of sons, Cofferdams, and Compressed sand blasting, lead burning), an em Mines publication "Mechanical Equip Air ployee may work for short periods of ment for mines--tests for permissibility 1.11 0.800 TumicU :tml-haft-. time in concentrations of airborne con and suitability. Part 32, Mobile Diesel taminants which exceed the limit of per Power Equipment for Non-Coal Mines, (a) General G> The : peciflc rcquuc- missible excursions referred to m sub Schedule 24" of March 23, 1905. ments of tins Subpart S. Tunnels. Shafts, divisions iiv) and <v) of this subpara (d) Illumination. (1) Sufficient light Caissons. Cofferdams, ar.d Compressed graph. if such employee wears a respira ing shall be provided, in accordance with Air. shall be complied with as well as (lie tory protective device approved by the the requirements of Table D-3 of Sub applicable provisions of all other sub Bureau of Minos as protection against part D of this part, to permit safe opera parts of this part. the particular hazards Involved. tions at tiie face as well as in the gen (2) Safe means of access shall be pro Civ) The exposure to airborne con eral tunnel or shaft area and at the vided and maintained to all working taminants of an employee working in a employees' workplace. places. tunnel or shaft shall not exceed the (e) Fire prevention and control--(1) (3) When ladders and stairways are threshold limit values adopted by the General, (i) The requirements for fire provided in shafts and steep inclines, American Conference of Governmental prevention and protection specified in they shall meet the requirements of Sub Industrial Hygienists, as set forth and Subpart P of this part sliall be complied parts L and Mof tills part. explained in the 1970 edition of with in all tunnel and shaft operations. (4) Access to unattended underground "Threshold Limit Values of Airborne (iii Signs warning against smoking openings shall be restricted by gales or Contaminants." and open flames sliall be-posted so that doors. Unused chutes, manways, or other (v) Employees shall be withdrawn they can be readily seen in areas or oitcnings shall be tightly covered, bulk from areas In which there Ls a concentra places where Arc or explosion hazards headed, or fenced off, and posted. Con tion of an airborne contaminant which exist, duits, trenches, and manholes sliall meet exceeds the threshold limit value listed (111) The carrying of matches, lighters, the requirements of Subpart M of this for that contaminant. or other flame-producing smoking ma part. (.vi) Atmospheres in all active areas terials sliall be prohibited in all under (5) Subsidence areas that present shall contain at least 20 percent oxygen. ground operations where fire or explo hazards shall be fenced and iiostod. (2) Ventilation. (1) Tunnels shall be sion hazards exist. (6) Each operation shall have a provided with mechanically induced pri (iv) Not more than a 1 day's supply check-in and check-out system that will mary ventilation in all work areas. The of diesel fuel shall be stored under provide positive identification of every direction of airflow shall be reversible. ground. employee underground. An accurate rec (ii) Ventilation doors, not operated (v) Gasoline or liquefied petroleum ord and location of the employees shall mechanically, shall be designed and in gases shall not be taken, stored, or used be kept on the surface. stalled so that they are self-closing and underground. (b) Emergency provisions. (1) Evac will remain closed regardless of the di (vi) Oil, grease, or fuel stored under uation plans and procedures shall be rection of the air movement. ground shall be kept in tightly sealed developed and made known to the (iii) When there has been a failure of containers in fire-resistant areas, at safe employees. ventilation, and ventilation has been distances from explosives magazines, <2i Emergency hoisting faculties shall restored in a reasonable time, all places electrical installations, and shaft be readily available at shafts more than where flammable gas may have accumu stations. 50 feet in depth, unless hoisting facilities lated shall be examined by a competent (vil) Air that has passed through un are provided that are independent of person and determined to be free of derground oil or fuel-storage areas shall electrical power failures. A boatswain's flammable gas before power ls restored not be used to ventilate working areas. chair shall meet the requirements of and work resumed. (viii) Approved fire-resistant hydrau Subpart L of this part. Civ) When the main fan or fans have lic fluids shall be used in hydraulically (3' Bureau of Mines approved self been shut down with all employees out actuated underground machinery and rescuers shall be available near the ad of the adit, tunnel-or shaft, no employee, equipment. vancing face to equip each face em other than those qualified to examine (lx) Fires shall not be built under ployee. Such equipment shall be on the the adit, tunnel, or shaft, or other au ground. ' haulage equipment and in other areas thorized employee, shall go underground (x) Noncombusliblc barriers shall be where employees might be trapped by until the fans have been started, the Installed below welding or burning op smoke or gas, and shall be maintained work areas examined for gas and other erations in or over a shaft or raise. in good condition. hazards, and declared safe. (xl) Fire extinguishers or equivalent (4) Telephone or other signal commu <v> The.supply of- fresh air shall not protection shall be provided at the head nication shall be provided between the be less than 200 cubic feet per minute for and tail pulleys or underground belt con work face and the tunnel portal, and each employee underground. The linear veyors and at 300-foot Intervals along such systems shall be independent of the velocity of the airflow in tiie tunnel bore the belt line. tunnel power supply. shall not be less than 30 feet per minute (xli) At tunnel operations, employing <c) Air Quality and Ventilation--(1) In those tunnels where blasting or rock 25 or more employees at one time under Air quality and quantity, (i) Instruments drilling ls conducted or where there are ground at least two rescue crews (10 shall be provided to test the atmosphere other conditions that are likely to pro employees divided between shifts) shall quantitatively for ca.rbon monoxide, duce dusts, fumes, vapors, or gases in be trained annually in rescue procedures, nitrogen dioxide, flammable or toxic harmful quantities. in the use. care, and limitations of oxy gases, dusts, mists, and fumes that occur (vi) If 1.5 percent or higher concen gen breathing apparatus, and the use in the tunnel or shaft. Tests shall be con tration of flammable gas ls detected In and maintenance of firefighting equip ducted as frequently as necessary to as air returning from an underground ment. Not less than one crew (5 em sure that the required quality and quan working place or places, the employees ployees) sliall be trained at smaller tity of air Is maintained. A record of all shall be withdrawn and the power cut operations. tests shall be maintained and be kept off to the portion of the area endangered (f) Personal protective equipment. available. by such flammable gas until the con Protective clothing or equipment shall <ii> Field-type oxygen analyzers, or centration of such gas Is reduced to 1 be worn as specified in Subparts D and other suitable devices, shall be used to percent or less. E of this part. test for oxygen deficiency. (vil) Internal combustion engines (g) Noise. (1) Permissible noise ex (ill) Respirators shall not be substi other than mobile diesel shall not be posures shall conform to those specified tuted for environmental control mea used underground. Mobile diesel-powered in Subpart D of this part FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36. NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17851 7.101 Ructi* Mihu* f\ CVJ ULiau v^ru (h> Ground support--(1) Tunnel por (8)Before drilling cycle Is started, (9) When dumping cars by har.d. the tal area. Portals shall be protected and warning shall be given to men working car dumps shall be provided with tie supported where loose soil or rock or below Jumbo decks. down chains or bumper blocks to prevent fractured material Is encountered. (7) Drills on columns shall be an cars from overturning. (2) Tunnel area. (1) The employer chored firmly before drilling is started (10) Rockcr-bottom or bottom-dump shall examine and test the roof, face, and shall be retlghtened frequently cars shall oc equipped with positive lock and walls of the work area at the start thereafter. ing devices. of each shift and frequently thereafter. (8) The employer shall provide me (11) Equipment which is to be hauled <ii) Loose ground shall be taken down chanical means for lifting drills, roof shall be so loaded and protected as to or supported. Ground conditions along bolts, mine straps, and other unwifeldy prevent sliding or spillage. haulage ways and travelwRys shall be hc-avy materia! to the top decks of jum (12) Parked railcars shall be blocked examined periodically and scaled or bos over 10 feet in height. secureiy. supported as necessary. (9) The employer shall provide stair (13) Borins, bumper blocks, safely (iii) Torque meters and torque access to jumbo decks wide enough to tiooks, or similar means shall be pro wrenches shall be available at tunnels accomodate two persons if the deck is vided to prevent overtravel and over where rock bolts are used for ground over 10 feet in height. turning at dumping locations. support. Frequent tests shall be made to <10) On jumbo decks over 10 feet In (14) Where necessary, bumper blocks, determine if bolts meet the required height, guardrails which are removable or the equivalent, shall bo provided at all torque. The tost frequency shall be de (pipe in sockets with chain handrail), or track dead ends. termined by rock conditions and distance equal, shall be provided on all sides and (25) Supplies, materials, and tools, from vibration sources. Civ) Damaged or dislodged tunnel sup ports, whether steel sets or timber, shall be repaired or replaced. New supports shall be Installed whenever possible be fore removing the damaged supports. <v) Alt sets, including horseshoe shaped or arched rib steel sets, shall be designed and installed so that the bot toms will have required anchorage to prevent pressures from pushing them inward into the excavation. Lateral brac ing shall be provided between sets to further stabilize the support. (3) Shafts, (i) Small diameter shafts, which employees arc required to enter, shall be provided with a steel casing, concrete pipe, timber, or other material of required strength to support the sur rounding earth. <ii) Tire casing and bracing shall be provided the full depth of the shaft, or at least 5 feet into solid rock if possible, and shall extend at least 1 foot above ground level. (iil) All wells or shafts over 5 feet in depth shall be retained with lagging, spiling, or casing. Civ) In shafts, the employer shall in spect tiie walls, ladders, timbers, block ing. and wedges of the last set to deter mine if they have loosened following back platforms. (11) Scaling bars shall be in good condition at all times, and blunted and severely worn bars shall not bo used. (13) When Jumbos arc being moved, riders will not be allowed on the Jumbo unless they are assisting the driver. (13) Before commencing the drill cycle, the face and lifters shall be ex amined for misfires (residual explosives) and. if found, they shall be removed before drilling commences at the face. Lifters shall not be drilled through blasted rock (muck) or water. < 14) Air lines that are buried in the invert shall be identified by signs posted nearby, warning all personnel. (J) Blasting. All blasting and cxplosives-handllng operations shall be con ducted in compliance with Subpart U of this part. (k) Haulage. (1) Equipment that is to be used during a shift shall be In spected by a competent person each shift. Equipment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment Is used. (2) Powered mobile equipment shall be provided with adequate brakes, (3) Powered mobile haulage equip ment shall be provided with audible warning devices. Lights shall bd pro other than small handtools. shall not be transported with employees in mantrip cars. (1) Electrical equipment. (1) Electri cal equipment shall conform to the requirements of Subpart K of this hart. (2) Powcrllnes shall be well separated or Insulated from watcrllnes, telephone lines, and airlines. (3) Oil-filled transformers shall not be used underground unless they are located in a fire-resistant enclosure and surrounded by a dike to contain the con tents of the transformers in event of a rupture. ' (m) Hoisting. (1) Hoisting machines, either powered or hand operated, shall be worm-geared or powered both ways. The design must be such that when the power is stopped, the load cannot move. (2) Controls for powered hoists snail be of the deadman type with a nonlock ing switch or control. (3) A device to shut off the power shall be installed ahead of the operaling control. (4) Hand-operated release mecha nisms, which can permit the load to descend faster than the speed rating, shall not be used. (5) Holst machines with cast metal parts shall not be used. blasting operations. Where found un vided at both ends. (O') Every hoist shall be tested with safe, corrections shall be made before (4) Cab windows shall be of safety, twice the maximum load before being shift operations are started. glass, or equivalent, in good condition, put Into operation, and annually there Cv) Safety belts shall be worn on skips and shall be kept clean. after. and platforms used in shafts by crews (5) Adequate backstops or brakes (7) All anchorages of hoists shall be when the skip or cage docs not conclude the opening to within 1 foot of the sides of the shaft, unless guardrails or cages are provided. (U Drilling. (1) Equipment that is to be used during a shift shall be inspected each shift by a competent person. Equip ment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment is used. (2) The drilling area shall be in spected for hazards before starting the drilling operation. (3) Employees shall not be allowed on a drill mast while the drill bit Is In operation. (4) When a drill is being moved from one drilling area to another, drill steel, tools, and other equipment shall be se cured, and the mast placed in a safe position. shall be Installed on Inclined conveyor drive units to prevent conveyors from running in reverse and creating a hazard io employees. (6) No employee shall be permitted to ride a power-driven chain, belt, or bucket conveyor, unless the conveyor is specifically designed for the transporta tion of employees. (7) The employer shall not permit employees to ride in dippers, shovel buckets, forks, clamshells, or In the beds of dump trucks, or on haulage equipment not specifically designed or adapted for the transportation of employees. (8) Electrically powered mobile equip ment shall not be left unattended unless the master switch is In the off position, all operating controls are in the neutral position, and the brakes are set, or other inspected at the beginning of each shift. (8) An enclosed covered metal cage shall be used to raise and lower persons in the shaft. The cage shall be designed with a safety factor of 4 and shall be load-tested prior to use. The exterior of tlie cage shall be free of projections or sharp corners. Only closed shackles shall be used in the cage rigging. (9) If the cage Is equipped with a door, a positive locking device shall be Installed to prevent the door from open ing accidentally while the cage Is being lowered or raised while hoisting or lower ing employees. 1518.801 Caissons. (a) Wherever, la caisson work in which compressed air la used, and the working chamber Is less than II feet In (5) Receptacles or racks shall be pro equivalent precautions are taken against length, and when such caissons are at vided for drill steel stored on jumboo- rolling. any time suspended or hung while work FEDERAL REGISTER, VOt. 36, NO. 7S--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17852 RULES AND REGULATIONS Is In progress so (.lint Uie bottom of tlic <2< No employee shall be permitted to (viil) Be equipped with internal con excavation is more than 9 feet below the enter a compressed air environment until trols which may be overridden by exter deck of the working chamber, a shield he lias been examined by the physician nal controls; shall be erected therein for the protection and reported by him to be physically (lx) Be provided with air pressure of tlie employees. qualified to engage in sucli work. gauges to show the air pressure within <b) Shafts shall be subjected to a (31 In tile event an employee is ab each compartment to observers inside hydrostatic or air-pressure test, at which sent from work for 10 days, or is absent and outside the medical lock. pressure they shall be tight. The shaft due to sickness or injury, lie shall not re <x) Be equipped with a manual type shall be stamped on the outside shell sume work until lie is reexamined by Lire sprinkler system that can be activated in about 12 inches from each flange to show physician, and his physical condition re side the lock or by the outside lock the pressure to which they have been ported. as provided in tin's paragraph, to tender. subjected. be sucli as to permit him to work in com (xi) Be provided with oxygen lines (c Whenever a shaft is used, it shall be provided, where space permits, with a safe, proper, and suitable staircase for its entire length, including landing plat forms. not more than 20 feet apart. Where this is impracticable, suitable lad ders shall be installed with landing plat forms located about 20 feet apart to break the climb. (d) All caissons, having a diameter or side greater than !0 feet shall be pro vided with a man lock and shaft for the exclusive use of employees. (e) In addition to the gauge in the locks, an accurate gauge shall be main tained on the outer and Inner side of each bulkhead. These gauges shall be accessible at all times and kept in ac curate working order. pressed air. (4i After an employee lias been em ployed continuously in compicsscd air for a period designated by the physician, but not to exceed 1 year, lie shall be re examined by the physician to determine if lie is still physically qualified to en gage in compressed air work. (5) Such physician shall at all times keep a complete and full record of ex aminations made by him. The physician shall also keep an accurate record of any decompression illness or other illness or injury incapacitating any employee for work, and of all loss of life that occurs in the operation of a tunnel, caisson, or other compartment in which compressed air is used. (6) Records shall be available for the and fittings leading into external tanks. The lines slinll be fitted witli check valves to prevent reverse flow. The oxygen sys tem inside Uie chamber shall be of a closed circuit design and be so designed ns to automatically shut off the oxygen supply whenever the fire system is activated. (xii) Be in constant charge of an at tendant under the direct control of tiie retained physician. The attendant shall be trained in the use of the lock and suit ably instructed regarding steps to be taken in the treatment of employee ex hibiting symptoms compatible with a diagnosis of decompression Illness; (xii!) Be adjacent to an adequate emergency medical facility; (f) In caisson operations where em Inspection of the Secretary or his rep (xiv) The medical facility shall be ployees are exposed to compressed air resentatives. and a copy thereof shall equipped with demand-typo oxygen in working environments, the requirements be forwarded to the Bureau of Labor halation equipment approved by the U.S. contained in 1518.803 shall be complied Standards within 48 hours following the Bureau of Mines; with. occurrence of the accident, death. Injury, (xv) Be capable of being maintained or decompression Illness. It shall state at a temperature, in use, not to exceed 15 18.802 Oiffvrcbmi-. as fully as possible Uie cause of said 90" P. nor be less than 70" F.; and (a) If overtopping of the cofferdam by high waters is possible, means shall be provided for controlled flooding of the work area. (b) Warning signals for evacuation of employees in case of emergency shall be developed and posted. (c) Cofferdam walkways, bridges, or ramps with at least two means of rapid exit, shall be provided with guardrails as specified in Subpart M of this part. 'd) Cofferdams located close to navi gable shipping channels shall be pro tected from vessels in transit, where possible. 1318.803 Q>!npro*.M'(! itir. (a) General provisions. (1) There shall be present, at all times, at least one competent person designated by and rep resenting the employer, who shall be familiar with this subpart in all respects, and responsible for full compliance with these and other applicable subparts. (2) Every employee shall be in structed in the rules and regulations which concern his safety or the safety of death or decompression illness, and the place where the injured or sick employee was taken, and such other relative in formation as may be required by the Secretary. (71 A fully equipped first aid station shall be provided at each tunnel project regardless of the number of persons em ployed. An ambulance or transportation suitable for a litter case shall be at each project. (8) Where tunnels are being exca vated from portals more than 5 road miles apart, a first aid station and trans portation facilities shall be provided at each portal. (9) A medical lock shall be established and maintained in immediate working order whenever air pressure in the work ing chamber is increased above the nor mal atmosphere. ' (10) The medical lock shall: (i) Have at least 6 feet of clear head room at the center, and be subdivided into not less than two compartments; (11) Be readily accessible to employees working under compressed air; (xvi) Be provided with sources of air, free of oil and carbon monoxide, for normal and emergency use, which are capable of raising the air pressure in Uie lock from 0 to 75 ps.i.g. In 5 minutes. (11) Identification badges shall be furnished to all employees, indicating that the wearer is a compressed air worker. A permanent record shall be kept of all identification badges issued. The badge shall give the employee's name, address of the medical lock, the telephone number of Uie licensed physi cian for the compressed air project, and contain instructions that In case of emer gency of unknown or doubtful cause or illness, the wearer shall be rushed to the medical lock. The badge shall be wom at all times--off the job, as well as on the job. (c) Telephone and signal communica tion. (1) Effective and reliable means of communication, such as bells, whlsUes. or telephones, shall be maintained at all times between all the following locations: (i) The working chamber face; others. (b) Medical attendance, examination, and regulations. (1) There shall be re tained one or more licensed physicians familiar with and experienced In the physical requirements and the medical aspects of compressed air work and the treatment of decompression illness. He shall be available at all times while work is in progress in order to provide medical supervision of employees employed In (ill) Be kept ready for Immediate use for at least 5 hours subsequent to the emergence of any employee from the working chamber; (lv) Be properly heated, lighted and ventilated; (v) Be maintained in a sanitary con dition; , (vi) Have a nonshatterable port through which the occupant(s) may be (ill The working chamber side of the man lock near the door; (ili) The interior of the man lock; (iv) Lock attendant's station; (v) The compressor plant; (vi) The first-aid station; (vii) The emergency lock (if one is re quired) ; and (viil) The special decompression chamber (if one is required). compressed air work. He shall himself kept under constant observation; (d) Signs and records. (I) The time be physically qualified and be willing to (vii) Be designed for a working pres- of decompression shall be posted in each enter a- pressurized environment. *ure of 75 p&Lg. man lock as follows: FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAT, APRIL J7, 1971 EGS 17853 7996 RULES AND REGULATIONS T:.\ir or Decompression tor Tics Lock compression, In accordance with the pro gauges shall be accessible at all times --------- pounds to _______ pound* In ______ cedures in tills subpart. and shall be kept ir. accurate working minutes. (LI) The lock attendant in charge of order. --------- jK'iinis to _____ pound* In ______ a man lock shall be under the direct su- (xii) Man locks shall have an observa :n! mites. jjervlsion of the appointed physician. He tion port at least 4 Inches In diameter (Signed by) ............................................... shall be stationed at the lock controls on located in such a position that all oc (Superintendent) the free air side during the period of cupants of tiie man lock may be ob This 'or:'.', igip.ll bo posted tn tie Mon Loot at all tlmc3. compression and decompression and shall remain at the lock control station served from Uic working chamber and from the free air side of the lock. (2)Ally code of signals used shall be conspicuously lxistcd near workplace en trances and such other locations as may be necessary to brine them to the atten tion of all employees concerned. C3> For each 8-hour shift, a record of whenever there are men in the working chamber or in the man lock. Oil) Except where air pressure in the working chamber Is below 12 p.s.i.g,, each man lock shall be equipped with automatic controls which, through taped (xiii) Adequate ventilation in the lock shall be provided. xiv Man locks shall be maintained at a minimum temperature of 70" F. (xvi When locks are not in use and employees arc iri the working chamber, employees employed under air pressure programs, cams, or similar apparatus, lock doors shall be kept open to the shall be kept by an employee who shall shall automatically regulate decompres working chamber, where practicable. remain outside the lock near the en sions. It shall also be equipped with man txvi) Provision shall be made to allow trance. Tills record shall show the period ual controls to permit the lock attendant for rescue parties to enter the tunnel if each employee spends in Utc air cham to override the automatic mechanism in the working force is disabled. ber and the time taken from decompres the event of an emergency, as provided (xvii) A special decompression cham sion. A copy shall be submitted to the in subdivision fviii) of this subparagraph. ber of sufficient size to accommodate appointed physician after eacli shift. Ov) A manual control, which can be the entire force of employees being de (e) Compression, cl) Every employee used In the event of an emergency, shall compressed at the end of a shift shall going under air pressure for the first be placed inside the man lock. be provided whenever the regularly es time shall be instructed on how to avoid excessive discomfort. (2) During U\e compression' of em (v) A clock, thermometer, and con tinuous recording pressure gauge with a 4-hour graph shall be installed outside tablished working period requires a total time of decompression exceeding 75 minutes. ployees, the pressure shall not be in of each man lock nnd shall be changed <2) Special decompression chamber. creased to more than 3 p^.i.g. within the prior to each shift's decompression. The (i) Tiie headroom in the special decom first minute. The pressure shall be held at 3 p.s.l.g. and again at 7 ps.l.g. suffi chart shall be of sufficient size to reg ister a legible record of variations in pres pression chamber shall be not less than a minimum 7 feet and the cubical con ciently long to determine if any employ sure within the man lock and shall be tent shall provide at least 50 cubic feet ees are experiencing discomfort. (3) After the first minute the pres sure shall be raised uniformly and at a visible to the lock attendant. A copy of each graph shall be submitted to the ap pointed physician after each shift. In of airspace for each employee. For each occupant, there shall be provided 4 square feet of free walking area and 3 square rate not to exceed 10 ps.l. per minute. (4) If any employee complains of dis comfort. the pressure shall be held to determine If the symptoms are relieved. If. after 5 minutes the discomfort docs not disappear, the lock attendant shall gradually reduce the pressure until the employee signals that the discomfort has ceased. If he docs not indicnlc that the discomfort has disappeared. Utc lock at tendant shall reduce the pressure to addition, a pressure gauge, clock, and thermometer shall also be installed in each man lock. Additional fillings shall be provided so that test gauges may be attached whenever necessary. Cvi) Except where air pressure is be low 12 p.s.i.g. and there is no danger of rapid flooding, all caissons having a working area greater than 150 square feet, and each bulkhead In tunnels of 14 feet or more In diameter, or equivalent feet of seating space, exclusive of area re quired for lavatory and toilet facilities. The rated capacity shall be based on the stated minimum space per employee and shall be posted at the chamber entrance. The posted capacity shall not be exceed ed. except in case of emergency. (ii) Each special decompression chamber shall be equipped with the fol lowing: la) A clock or clocks suitably placed atmospheric and the employee shall be released from the lock. i!i) No ernpluyw :ih;i!I be :iil).lr:.l/:;l l.o pressure exceeding 50 pounds per square inch except in emergency. (fi Decompression, cl) Decompression to normal condition shall be in accord ance with the Decompression Tables In Appendix A of this .subpart. (2) In the event it Is necessary for an employee to be in compressed air more than once In a 24-hour period, the ap pointed physician shall be responsible for the establishment of methods and pro cedures of decompression applicable to repetitive exposures. area, shall have at least two locks in perfect working condition, one of which shall he used exclusively m a mmi look, the other, as a materials lock. (vii) Where only a combination tnanand-matcrials lock is required, tills sin gle lock shall be of sufficient capacity to hold the employees constituting two suc cessive shifts. (vlli) Emergency locks shall be largo enough to hold an entire heading shift and a limit maintained of 12 p.s.i.g. There shall be a chamber available for oxygen decompression therapy to 28 p.s.i.g. (lx) The man lock siiall be large so that the attendant and the chamber occupants can readily ascertain the 'lliiq; <b> Pressure gauges which will in dicate to the attendants and to the chamber occupants the pressure in the chamber: (c) Valves to enable the attendant to control the supply and discharge of compressed air into and from the chamber: (ii! Valves and pipes, in connection with the air supply and exhaust, ar ranged so 'that the chamber pressure can be controlled from within and with out: (e) Effective means of oral intercom (3) If decanting is necessary, the ap enough so. that those using it are not munication between the attendant, oc pointed physician shall establish pro compelled.to be In a cramped position, cupants of the chamber, and the air cedures before any employee is permitted and shall not have less than 5 feet clear compressor plant: and to be decompressed by decanting meth head room at the center and a minimum (/) An observation port at the en ods. The period of time that the em of 30 cubic feet of air space per occupant. trance to permit observation of the ployees spend at atmospheric pressure (x) Locks on caissons shall be so lo chamber occupants. between the decompression following the cated that the bottom door shall be not (ill) Seating facilities In special de shift and rceomprcsslon shall not exceed less than 3 feet above the water level sur compression chambers shall be so ar 5 minutes. rounding the caisson on the outside. range! as to permit a normal sitting g* Man locks and special dccomprcs- (The water level, where it is affected by posture without cramping. Seating " " chain Per*--< 1; Men locks. Cl) Ex- tides. Ls construed to mean high tide.) space, not less than 18 Inches by 24 'pf :n emergency, no employees em- (xl> In addition to the pressure inches wide, shall be provided per pir.v'-rl in compressed air shall be per- gauge in the locks, an accurate pressure occupant. tr, pa." fre'm the working chamber gauge shall be maintained on the outer (iv) Adequate toilet and washing fa aline."pi'.erlc pressure until after de and Inner side of each bulkhead. These cilities. in a screened or enclosed recess. FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL 34, NO. TS--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, l71 EGS 17854 RULES AND REGULATIONS shiill be provided. Toilet bowls shall (8) Low-pressure air shall be regu metal may be used if it is effectively have a built-in protector on the rim so lated automatically. In addition, man grounded. that an nir space is created when the ually operated valves shall be provided (5) Portable lamps shall be equipped seat lid is closed. for emergency conditions. with noncombustiblc, nonabsorptivc. in tv> Fresh and pure drinking water (9) The air Intakes for all air com sulating sockets, approved handles, bas shall be available. This may be accom pressors shall be located at a place where ket guards, and approved cords. plished by either piping water into the fumes, exhaust gases, and other air con <6) The use of worn or defective special decompression chamber and taminants will be at a minimum. portable and pendant conductors is providing drinking fountains, or by pro (10) Gauges Indicating the pressure prohibited. viding Individual canteens, or by some in tiie working chamber shall be installed (JO Sanitation. (1) Sanitary, healed, other sanitary means. Community drink in the compressor building, the lock at lighted, and ventilated dressing rooms ing vessels are prohibited. tendant's station, and at the employer's and drying rooms shall be provided for (vi i No refuse or discarded material 1)old office. all employees engaged in compressed air of any kind shall be permitted to accu o' Ventilation and air quality. (1) work. Sucli rooms shall contain suitable mulate, and tlic chamber shall be kept Exhaust valves and exhaust pipes shall benches and lockers. Bathing accommo clean. be provided and opcraled so that the dations (showers at the ratio of one to (vii) Unless the special decompression working chamber shall be well ventilated, 10 employees per shift), equipped witli chamber is serving as the man Jock to and there shall be no pockets of dead air. running hot and cold water, and suitable atmospheric pressure, tire special decom Outlets may be required at intermediate and adequate toilet accommodations, pression chamber shall be situated, where points along tiie main low-pressure air sitail be provided. One loiict for each 15 practicable, adjacent to the man lock supply line to the heading to eliminate employees, or fractional part thereof, on the atmospheric pressure side of the sucli pockets of dead air. Ventilating air shall be provided. bulkhead. A passageway shall bo pro slml! be not less than 30 cubic feet per (2i When the toilet bowl'is shut by vided, connecting the special chamber minute. a cover, there should be an air space so with the man lock, to permit employees (2) Tiie air in the workplace shall be that the bowl or bucket does not implode In the process of decompression to move analysed by the employer not less than when pressure is increased. from the man lock to the special chamber once each shift, and records of such tests (3) All parts of caissons and other without a reduction In the ambient pres shall be kept or. flic at the place whore working compartments shall be kept in sure from that designated for the next the work is in progress. The test results a sanitary condition. stage of decompression. The passageway shall be within the threshold limit values (1) Fire prevention and protection. shall be so arranged as to not Interfere specified in Subpart D of this part, for (1) Firefighting equipment shall be with the normal operation of the man hazardous gases, and within 10 percent available at all times and shall be main lock, nor with the release of the oc of the lower explosive limit of flammable tained in working condition. cupants of tile special chamber to gases. If these limits are not met. im (2J While welding or flame-cutting is atmospheric pressure upon the comple mediate action to correct tiie situation being done in compressed air, a flre- tion of the decompression procedure. shall be taken by the employer. ivatch with a fire hose or approved ex (h) Compressor plant and air supply. (1) At all times there shall be a thorouglily experienced, competent, and reliable person on duty at the air control valves os a gauge tender wiio shall regu late the pressure in the working areas. During tunneling operations, one gauge tender may regulate the pressure in not more than two headings: Provided. That the gauge and controls are all in one location. In caisson work, there shall be a gauge tender for each caisson. <21 The low air compressor plant shall be of sufficient capacity to net only permit the work to be done safely, but shall also provide a margin lo meet emergencies and repairs. (3) Low air compressor units shall have at least two independent and sepa rate sources of power supply and each shall be capable of operating the entire low air plant and its accessory systems. (4) Tiie capacity, arrangement, and number of compressors shall be sufficient to maintain the necessary pressure with out overloading the equipment and to assure maintenance of such pressure in tiie working chamber during periods of breakdown, repair, or emergency. (5) Switching from one independent source of power supply to the other shall (31 The temperature of all working tinguisher shall stand by until such op chambers which arc subjected to air eration is completed. pressure shall, by moans of after-coolers (3) Shafts and caissons containing or other suitable devices, be maintained flammable material of any kind, cither at a temperature not to exceed 85* F. above or below ground, shall be provided (4) Forced ventilation shall be pro with a waterline and a fire hose con vided during decompression. During the nected thereto, so arranged that all entire decompression period, forced ven points of the shaft or caisson are within tilation through chemical or mechanical air purifying devices that will ensure a source of fresh air shall be provided. (5) Whenever heat-producing ma chines unoles, shields) are used in com pressed air tunnel operations, a positive means of removing tiie heat buiid-up at the heading shall be provided. (j) Electricity. (1) All lighting in compressed-air chambers shall be by electricity exclusively, and two inde pendent electric-lighting systems with independent sources of supply shall be used. The emergency source shall be arranged to become automatically op erative in the event of failure of tiie regularly used source. reach of the hose stream. (4) Fire hose shall be at least 1 Vz Inches in nominal diameter; the water pressure shall nt all times be adequate for efficient operation of Uic tyjie ot noz zle used; and the water supply shall be such as to ensure an uninterrupted flow. Fire hose, when not in use, shall be lo cated or guarded to prevent injury thereto. (5) The power house, compressor house, and all buildings housing venti lating equipment, shall be provided with at least one hose connection in the water line, with a fire hose connected thereto. A fire hose shall be maintained within reacli of structures of wood over or near shafts. ' (2) The minimum intensity of light (0) Tunnels shall be provided with a on any walkway, ladder, stairway, or working level shall be not less than 10 2-inch minimum diameter waterline ex tending into the working chamber and to foot-candles, and In all workplaces the within 100 feet of the working face. Such lighting shall at all times be such as line shall have hose outlets with 100 feet to enable employees to see clearly. of fire hose attached and maintained as be done periodically to ensure the work (3) All electrical equipment, and wir follows: One at the working face; one ability of the apparatus in an emergency. ing for light and power circuits, shall" immediately inside of the bulkhead of (6) Duplicate low-pressure air feed comply with requirements of the Na the working chamber: and one immedi lines and regulating valves shall be pro tional Electrical Code for use in damp, ately outside such bulkhead. In addition, vided between the source of air supply hazardous, high temperature, and com hose outlets shall be provided at 200-foot and a point beyond the locks with one of pressed air environments. Intervals throughout the length of the the lines extending to within 100 feet (4) External parts of lighting fixtures tunnel, and 100 feet of fire hose shall be of the working face. and all other electrical equipment, when attached to the outlet nearest to any lo IT) All high- and low-pressure air within 8 feet of the floor, shall be con cation where flammable material la be supply lines shall be equipped with check structed of noncombustiblc, nonabsorp- ing kept or stored or where any flame is valves. ' tivc. Insulating materials, except that being used. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATUROAT, APRIL 17, 197t EGS 17855 RulS AND REGUIAi iONS (7) In addition to fire hose protecllon be constructed of noncombusllblc male- p.s.I.a. M nlmosphcic), or 0 p..J.q. required by tills subpnrt, on every floor rial. Standard railings shall be securely (n) "Gauge pressure" (p.si.g.)--Pres of every building not under compressed Installed throughout the length of all sure measured by a gauge and indicat air, but used In connection with the com walkways on open sides in accordance ing the pressure exceeding atmospheric. pressed air work, there shall be provided at least one approved fire extinguisher of the proper type for the hazard involved. At least two approved fire extinguishers shall be provided in the working chamber as follows: One at the working face and w'itlx Subpart M of tills part. Where walk ways are ramped under safely screens, tlic walkway surface shall be skidproofed by cleats or by equivalent means. (3) Bulkheads used to contain com pressed air shall be tested, where prac (o) "Safety screen"--An air- and water-tight diaphragm placed across the upper part of a compressed air tun nel between the face and bulkhead, in order to prevent flooding the crown of the tunnel between the safety screen one immediately inside the bulkhead ticable, to prove their ability to resist tiie (pressure side). Extinguishers in the highest air pressure which may be ex working chamber shall use water as the pected to be used. primary extinguishing agent and shall, 1 1.7111.flO 1 I)<-finilUns appli<*nlj!(` to tills not use any extinguishing agent which Miilft.'irf. could be harmful to the employees in the working chamber. The fire extinguisher shall be protected from damage. (8) Highly combustible materials shall not be used or stored in the working chamber. Wood, paper, and similar com bustible material shall not be used In the working chamber in quantities which could cause a fire hazard. The compres sor building shall be constructed of non combustible material. (9) Man locks shall be equipped with a manual type fire extinguisher system that can be activated inside the man lock and also by the outside lock attendant. In addition, a fire hose and portable fire extinguisher shall be provided Inside and outside the man lock. The portable flic extinguisher shall be the dry chemical type. (10) Equipment, fixtures, and furni ture In man locks and special decompres sion chambers shall be constructed of noncombustible materials. Bedding, etc., shall be chemically treated so as to be fire resistant. (11) Head frames shall be constructed of structural steel or open frame-work fireproofed timber. Head houses and other temporary surface buildings or structures within 100 feet of the shaft, caisson, or tunnel opening shall be "built of fire-resistant materials. (12) No oil, gasoline, or other combus tible material shall be stored within 100 feet of any shaft, caisson, or tunnel open ing. except that oils may be stored in suitable tanks in isolated fireproof build ings, provided such buildings are not less than 50 feet from any shaft, caisson, or tunnel opening, or any building directly connected thereto. (13) Positive means shall be taken to prevent leaking flammable liquids from flowing into the areas specifically men tioned in the preceding paragraph. (14) All explosives used In connection with compressed air work shall be se lected. stored, transported, and used as specified in Subpart U of this part. (a) "Bulkhead"--An airtight struc ture separating the working chamber from free air or from another chamber under a lesser pressure than the woking pressure. (b) "Caisson"--A wood, steel, concrete or reinforced concrete, air- and water tight chamber in which It Is possible for men to work under air pressure greater than atmospheric pressure to excavate material below water level. <c) "Decanting"--A method used for decompressing under emergency circum stances. In this procedure, the employees are brought to atmospheric pressure with a very high gas tension in the tissues and then immediately rccomprcsscd in a sec ond and separate chamber or lock. (d) "Emergency locks"--A lock de signed to hold and permit the quick passage of an entire shift of employees, (c) "High air"--Air pressure used to supply power to pneumatic tools and devices. (f) "Low air"--Air supplied to pres surize working chambers and locks. (g> "Man lock"--A chamber through which men pass from one air pressure environment into another. (h) "Materials lock"--A chamber through which materials and equipment pass from one air pressure environment into another. ' (l) "Medical lock"--A special cham ber In which employees arc treated for decompression Illness. It may also be used in preemployment physical examinations to determine the adaptability of the pro spective employee to changes in pressure. (J) "Normal condition"--One during which exposure to compressed air is limited to a single continuous working period followed by a single decompres sion In any given 24-hour period: the total time of exposure to compressed air during the single continuous working period is not interrupted by exposure to normal atmospheric pressure, and a sec ond exposure to compressed air does not occur until at least 12 consecutive hours (m) Bulkheads and safety screens. (1) of exposure to normal atmospheric pres and the bulkhead, thus providing a safe means of refuge and exit from a flooding or flooded tunnel. (p) "Special decompression cham ber"--A chamber to provide greater comfort for employees when the total decompression time exceeds 75 minutes. (q) "Working chamber"--The space or compartment under air pressure in which the work is being done. Appendix A DECOMPRESSION* TABLES 1. Explanation. The decompression tables axe computed for working chamber pressures from 0 to 14 pounds, and from 14 to 50 pounds per square Inch gauge Inclusive by 2-pound Increments and for exposure times for each prossure extending from one-half to over 8 hours Inclusive. Decompressions will be conducted by two or more stages with a maximum of four stages, the latter for a working chamber pressure of 40 pounds per squaro Inch gauge or over. Stago I consists of a reduction in ambient pressure ranging from 10 to a maximum of 18 pounds per square Inch, but In no in stance wlU the pressure be reduced below 4 pounds at the end of stage 1. This reduction in pressure In stAge 1 will always take place at a rate not greater than 5 pounds per minute. Further roductlon In prossuro will take place during stage 2 and subsequent stages as required at & slower rate, but in no event at a rate greater than 1 pound per minute. Decompression Table No. 1 Indicates In the body of the table the total decompression time In minutes for various combinations of working chamber pressure and exposure time. Decompression Table No. 2 Indicates for tho some various combinations of working chamber pressure and exposuro time the following: &. The number of stages required; b. The reduction in pressure and the ter minal pressure for each required stage; c. The time in minutes through which the reduction in pressure is accomplished for each required stAge; d. Tho pressure reduction rate In minutes per pound, for each required stage; Important Notts: The Pressure Reduction in Each Stage is Accomplished at a Uni form Rate. Do Not Interpolate Between Values Shown on tho Tables. Use the Next Higher Value of Working Chamber Pres sure or Exposure Time Should the Actual Working Chamber Pressure or the Actual Exposure Time, Respectively. Fall Between Intermediate bulkheads with locks, or in sure has elapsed since the employee has termediate safety screens or both, are re been under pressure. Those for Which Calculated Values Are Shown In the Body of the Tables. quired where there is the danger of rapid flooding. (2) In tunnels 16 feet or more in di ameter, hanging walkways shall be pro (k) "Pressure"--A force acting on a unit area. Usually shown as pounds per square inch, (ps.i.) (D "Absolute pressure" (psi.a.) -- The sum of the atmospheric pressure ExAtnplcs: ErampleNo. 1; 4. hours working period at 20 pounds gauge. vided from the face to the man lock as and gauge pressure (psig.). Decompression Table No. 1: high In the tunnel as practicable, with at (m) "Atmospheric pressure"--T h a 20 pounds for 4 hours, total least 6 feet of head room. Walkways shall pressure of air at sea level, usually 14.7 decompression Uma 42 minutes. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, AP*IL 17, 1971 EGS 17856 Decomprc-.Oon Table No. 2: Stage l: Reduce pressure from 20 pounds to 4 pounds at the uniform rate of 5 pounds per minute. Elapsed time stage 1: Stage 2 (final stage): Re duce pressure at a uniform rate from 4 pounds to 0-pound gage over a period of 40 mluutes. Rate--0.10 pound per minute or 10 minutes per pound. Stage 2 (final) elapsed time. 3 mlnutca. <0 minutes, Total time................... .. Example No. 2: 5-hour working period at 24 pounds gage. Decompression Table No. 1: 24 pounds for 5 hours, total decompression time. Decompression Table No. 2: Stage 1: Reduce pressure from 24 pounds to 8 pounds at the uniform rate of 5 pounds per minute. ` 43 minutes. 117 minutes, Elapsed time stage 1:~6 3 minutes. Btage 2: Reduce pressure at a uniform rate from 8 pounds to 4 pounds over a period of 4 min utes. Rate, 1 pound per minute elapsed time, stage 2_______ __4 minutes. Transfer men to-special decompression cham ber maintaining the 4-pound pressure dur ing the transfer oper ation. RULES AND REGULATIONS 7390 Stage 3 (final stage): In the spoclal decom pression chamber, re duce the pressure at a unirorm rate from 4 pounds to 0-pound gage over a period of 110 minutes. Rate. 0 037 pound per min ute or 27.6 minutes per pound. Stage 3 (final) elapsed time__ 110 minutes. Total time................. .. 117 minutes. Dr.couriiEJJsiOK Table No. ! Total Dccomtkk-.sion Time 0-12 H.. 1C.. 18.. 20.. 2240 28. 30. 32. 3345.. 38. 40. 42. 44. 45. 48. 60. cWhoarmkibnegr pressure P4.1.C. Work pressure Working parted hours p.s.I.r. H 1 1W : 3 4 c 7 8 Oror 5 3 r, 3 G 3 0 3 0 r. 3 0 3 0 333 0 16 16 7 7 7 7 7 7 17 33 <iS <S 7 7 7 a 11 i: 48 03 53 73 7 7 8 15 15 43 03 73 83 103 y 9 10 24 38 G8 03 103 112 123 li 12 23 27 52 92 117 122 127 ir 13 14 29 34 09 104 125 141 142 142 is 23 31 41 98 127 143 163 153 105 17 28 3S 02 105 143 IG5 108 178 l&S 19 35 43 85 125 153 178 193 205 213 21 39 8 98 161 178 196 218 223 233 24 44 03 113 170 198 223 233 243 263 28 49 73 12S 178 203 223 238 263 253 31 49 84 143 183 213 233 248 268 278 37 55 192 144 189 216 245 200 263 208 43 04 us 164 199 234 264 264 259 209 44 74 U9 171 214 244 209 274 2W 299 51 89 144 189 229 200 299 309 319 319 58 94 154 309 249 279 309 329 . 3 33 Ci 113 133 161 103 1M 2m 220 24.H 273 278 2R8 203 318 DXCOMl'RESSrOK TABLE NO. 2 (Do not Interpolate, use next higher value for eondltioos not computed.) Working period Hours Decompression data Pressure reduction Time la Stoss No. PJ.t.t. stage ----------------------------- Minute* From To Pressure reduction rate Mlo/Pound Total time docomprtss Minutes 1............ 1>S................ * 3............ 4............ 5............ 1 14 4 2 40 21 14 4 40 1 14 4 2 40 1 14 4 2 40 l 14 4 2 40 1 14 0 2 40 1 14 4 2 40 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 24 4 2 4 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 6 6 C <5 G G 6 G s 6 6 6 6 6 No 73--Pt. U- FEOBtAt tEClSTO, VOL 34, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APtll 17, 1971 EGS 17857 7100 cWhaomrkblnepr pmvturc l`4.i.p. Worklnp period Hours O vcr ?. Y:......... 1... I Yi.. 8........ Over 8.. - H...... ]................ IM..... 2...... 3........... 4........ 8........ C......... s........ Ovor 8. . Y...... 1........ 1H..... RULES AND REGULATIONS Uceomprvaslon data l'rcssuro reduction FUpp No. ILM R. From To Time In stape MlnulctJ 1`reMurn reduction mte Mln/I'ound 14 4 14 4 M 4 H 10 10 10 4 10 4 10 4 14 4 14 4 14 4 J4 4 14 4 14 4 lH 4 18 4 IK 4 IK 4 IK 4 IS 4 IK 4 18 4 18 4 IK 4 IK 4 20 4 20 4 20 4 20 4 20 4 20 4 20 4 20 4 20 4 20 4 4 < 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 U 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 j 14 J 14 2 30 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 30 3 if, 3 4ft 3 <VJ 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 6 3 8 3 14 3 4ft 3 CO 3 CO 3 70 3 $4 3 4 3 4 3ft 3 12 3 12 3 40 3 60 3 70 3 80 3 100 0 20 I.W 0.20 3. 60 0. 20 3. UJ U 2*1 7. M 0. 20 1. IK) 0. 20 1. w 0, 20 1. (<0 0. 20 1. (XI 0. 20 1.00 (1, 20 I. It) 0.20 3. 50 0.31 7. 60 0. 20 11.2ft 0.20 11.2ft 0.20 JA. (XI 0. 20 1.00 0.30 1.00 0. 20 1.00 0.20 1.2ft 0.20 2.00 0/3) 3. A0 0.20 11.2ft o. a> 15.00 0.20 16.00 0.20 17.60 0.20 21.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.25 0.20 3.00 0.20 3.00 0.20 10.00 0.20 1ft. 00 0.20 17.60 0.20 20.00 0. 20 26.00 Total time dfcomprwa Minutes 0 1C 16 32 7 7 7 7. 7 7 7 17 33 48 43 C3 7 7 7 8 11 17 43 63 C3 73 87 7 7 8 16 11 43 63 73 83 103 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, HO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17858 RULES AND REGULATIONS s 5 a c* * s c ~ K 3 I! 2 3 3 7 lo i gSSsS3SS3?33SSS33SS3S8SSgSSS33aaaasS8SSSS23SSfl33aaSs32sgf:55f;?,5;:.SSf;?.iSj;S3 ''-s' - pj='>' a - -<='" =' ~ = -' R= ; 3 ` S =r' 3 ^ 3' ' ' Pi=~ ~ " 3 ^ ~~ ... -.-> - = s.-:2.-,>s:-.^5.-.gnSgox-n*^xg.-:x3r,oan = s<'.sgoSgji2"Sg"33"2-r"22''-2f`;"='-;"a-J;-''35'>S O00f3Cv03>rCCt0OT0?tr0'`if 3*"rO'if*fiyOfiyCN<fCt]<'3fi<#S^YCf[,*CJ'r5 2rO*jfO-rrS PSftO^tO S2'rfi2''S2"rS2'rS2'rfi2''S2",'KS''S2'r?;2"'S2''32'r!;2'"R2''Sa'r(:5a''??a''S'''fl-v3^:'3S'S3''S2^Sa',' --g " 5f |c8J3 ^i3g5a~". slg^ a s3 CN *** *3 *3 Igs ill n 9 9 <o el- 3282 a2aR Si R <* o inC2 gssssssaRsgsasssssasssassssssssssassssasscigsssssssssssasssssaeagsHgs 'S0 OS*S-i*3>' ~fal ts9 5a3 3 f|)ien(snrtnN-2nni'fdlrt99o0O-Nfi'ir;ntgrt, <s u ! roc*oceooo-o^'':,ooooooo<c3'e3&''C50'^~.^c'*-sv,/''0*'`oy<*^^!'pc;^,-f#,sa:,*,wC"<sc--c>-rct ' I ut i v, i ---- ! 5*2 Sf3 !s cici -- e-* -- -- -- c^r -- ^^5-C4rj^r<r> -- ?* ij 5x ] j sHO \i o 3; 3 a' EGS 17859 PEDERAL REGIS1ER, VOL, 36, NO, 75 -- SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 IHJ*i % Z % Z R ? Z fi 3 ? 3 f. Z Z Si S 2 S 3 5 S 1M So n5S^?cJ?V.SSz>S<r.3p;jsiiS-'pi3z5- ~ri.~3So'5*-`iSSd?-*i<Sc` --?,F.8'cn'SffijSSpS?.j.3--S?p.^Sc.S" w?;p.J3=S' cf.rU_ cS" i8-p;'l:oS' S--'SEo'S-- SSr?-:rS- oSfr.ii!S--?' n:2tf^cS' 2''jC--,,T3S^C?.i';d*.iS-.?(i.j3MS u 7. Hr ii, ^ H.TO^fS--S^rC'rO'fC*fC**'CfOtf fOC-'O2fCfC<C2,'52,'0'f,C-'fC^,r5X"5I,rI'f;i''= - " o *! : ! I* IC I| S3`,53'-S3''g = -'fi2-'j;2''fI2^S2'r?.,S'-p>'-S2-'n,2-p;-S2-f;H-^S-^i-'^i-p;2^S2;-S-.-3-s;-^'' c III lib 15 cn } I6 5: 5 :;:: m <i rj # <o r.' O - EGS 17860 RULES AND REGULATIONS |? ! if-: SSUiS3iSSS2!iSasySSSSSflSS?IS3SSSS5na3SS8SSS?!32.-.?.SSSP.S35.?.S3S?.SS:vSSSr:?.5?:.-,fc.-p. cf-'rf j( <iJ(=--Vo'-cldi-rirf o'-i-i o-^ ci Sriji j; =--P...' s-n_- w ,KSg"gSS"SSg"3SS"S"=S"Saa"Sf;R"2?S"2SP"235"2 3S-:223"2gg"2?,a"?gg-''S2S"2aS"2^2 S2''=a2-'0SS''3S''0H2-'a2-2'rtf2-' = ?i2-' = r:2-' = r;2-'0S2-'S12-' = tf2-'0?;2-' = 3::-=3::-03::-'0 S 5!SS-!;aS''3SS''S!aS''5aa-,,53S2-'Sa2-'5?!2-';S2-';a2'-;Ki2-r;fi2-r???2''JK2-'^J32-S3 = -,'?32r2S^'' FEDERAL REGISTER. V O L . 3 6 , N O . 7 5 -- S A T U R D A Y , APRIL 1 7 . 1 9 7 1 1J ii Its II* sss23Sa33gg'BSSgsg P333S833S33?;SS3r2aE33asR3S5SSS?S335SSS23SS332f.33SPSS3P3S3P352P3SS'S5SPS2S =S - -Vi = o - -> - oV!i p d- gtocl r! ocirio! =><> d d - -j d = -r'd 3 o d jj = --J rf = -.<! d o' ri d d <* _:! o' _: d j( Pi^-S "2-"M2"'?i"232"a3S"33g"S32"V-3g";S32"2Sg"r33gt'-aSg"2I='2TM22?i--2a3<'-2Sa"2SP"23"E3 !- I !| y. \I 111 I S3 is is Jj!I AJ 'HCtnvHcinn;in^nnn,('M!'in 1s EGS 17861 7m RULES AND REGULATIONS s a 5 ?, S g S 8SSS'.SSSR3SSSSSSSS2S5SSS8S2S!S RS2SS o'--vj5-f<'-cs - jj o -- r-*g.* - ei o'~=* $ - Si & "ssrrsssraa8i"*2R3"5gs"3sarts2g "sss : : X IfX=. c s c 5 3 8 S cT s ?; s 3 2 ;i s s S3S^3SS?.33SS. = 33?.33S?.333?.SS2SS3?.333?.3:~r. ?.?--* - .7 ",3 3 3 ?, 3 3 5 ?. 3 ' S 3 3' S S ?.3 - 5 ?. 3 - S <=' -' V/ = -' ^ i J - - 2` Jj * - ~ ii=' - s f! =' - s z - - - ' - - ` ' - - - ;-. : -_ "S^-?~2?2".iT5"^5Srt22g!'23S:,22g^25"'::;;:`':"S;:-":- ' 2 ; ' 2 7 g "- 5 g *> 21 g - ? g - ' r. 5 " 2 fj 5 g 5 f*I. o' z o' vr 5 g=-=.i=-=5:- = s=-'=s=-=A=-'Sz-'=s=-'=^2-'cs^-'=r-='H-r=^A-^i'i-'-,r'--?.:H-=^--' SS-S2-' =sr-S = --is---S=-25Z-!,5S = ->"432-:ift2-,?-S2-'52--;i;2-"'.V-i,A-,,S-i-,';:,,2-'S^S ; .> -r - ci n f -- ri -r -- ? rj d *--.:if,f-:i ci ci * ~ ti c? ?i rt * r n * -- r> rs * : Ov> EGS 1T862 CilU:.C .UCU OlitO 'AtiH'Jl v*-C I i.'ii i.u- i*i> .-v}*--. i is dropped stin.il be completely enclosed be kept closed when not m use. construction, the steel framit.g me.;, s- with barricades not less than 42 Indies (c) A substantial gate shall be In left in place during the demolition o: liiyli mid not less than G feet back from stalled In each chute at or near the dis masonry. Where tills is done, all .i- -t the projected edge of the opening above. charge end. A competent employee shall beams, girders, and similar structura: Signs, warning of the hazard of falling be assigned to control the operation of supports shall be cleared of all loose ma materials, shall be posted at each level. the gate, and the backing and loading terial as the masonry demolition pro Removal shall not be permitted in this of trucks. gresses downward. lower area until debris handling ceases (d) When operations are not in prog (g) Walkways or ladders shall lie pro above. (i) All floor openings, not used as ma terial drops, shall be covered over with material substantia! enough to support tlie weight of any load which may be imposed. Such material shall be prop erly secured to prevent its accidental movement. (J) Except for the cutting of holes in floors for chutes, holes through which to drop materials, preparation of storage space, and similar necessary preparatory ress, the area surrounding the discharge end of a chute shall be securely closed orr. Cel Any chute opening, into which workmen dump debris, shall be protected by a substantial guardrail approximately 42 inch.es above -.lie floor or other surface on which the men stand to dump the ma terial. Any space between the chute and the edge of openings in the floors through which it passes shall oe solidly covered over. vided to enable employees to safely :ea. h or leave any scaffold or wall. (h) Walls, which serve as retainin'1 walls to support earth or adjoining struc tures. shall not be demolished until sue.1' earth has been properly braced or ad joining structures have been properly underpinned. CD Walls, which are to serve as re taining walls against wlUch debris will be piled, shall not be so used tulles': capa ble of safely supporting the Imposed load. work, the demolition of exterior walls (f) Where the material Is dumped 1510.055 Mamin! removal of floor*. and floor construction shall begin at the top of the structure and proceed down ward. Each story of exterior wall and floor construction shall be removed and dropped into the storage space before commencing the removal of exterior walls and floors In the story next below. (k> Employee entrances to multi story structures being demolished shall be completely protected by sidewalk sheds or canopies, or both, providing pro tection from the face of the building for a minimum of 8 feet. All such canopies shall be at least 2 feet wider than the building entrances or openings (1 foot wider on each side thereof), and shall be capable of sustaining a load of 150 pounds per square foot. 1518.051 Stairs, passageways, anti lad ders. (a) Only those stairways, passage ways, and ladders, designated as means of access to the structure of building, shall be used. Other access ways shall be entirely closed oC at all times. Cb) All stairs, passageways, ladders and incidental equipment thereto, which are covered by this section, shall be periodically inspected and maintained in a clean safe condition. fc> In a multistory building, when a stairwell is being used, it shall be prop erly illuminated by either natural or artificial means, and completely and substantially covered over at a point not loss than two floors below the floor on which work is being performed, and acccas to the floor where the work is In progress shall be through a properly lighted, protected, and separate pas sageway. 1510.352 Chutes. (a) No material shall be dropped to any point lying outside the exterior walls of the structure unless the area is effec tively protected. (b) All materials chutes, or sections thereof, at an angle of more than 45* from the horizontal, shall be entirely en closed. except for openings equipped with closures at or about floor level for the Insertion of materials. The openings shall from mechanical equipment or wheel barrows, a securely attached toeboard or bumper, not less than 4 Inches thick and 6 inches high, shall be provided at each chute opening. (g) Chutes shall be designed and con structed of such strength as to eliminate failure due to Impact of materials or de bris loaded therein. 1510.053 II e m o v o 1 of maloriaN through floor opening*. Any openings cut In a floor for the disposal of materials shall be no larger In size than 25 percent of the aggregate of the total floor area, unless the lateral supports of the removed flooring re main In place. Floors weakened or other wise made unsafe by demolition opera tions shall be shored to carry safely the Intended imposed load from demolition operations. 1518.054 Removal of walls masonry sections ami chimneys. (a) Masonry walls, or other sections of masonry, shall not be permitted to fall upon the floors of the building in such masses as to exceed the safe carrying capacities of the floors. (b) No wall section, which is more than one story in height, shall be per mitted to stand alone without lateral bracing, unless such wall was originally designed and constructed to stand with out such lateral support, and Is In a con dition safe enough to be self-supporting. All walls ahall be left iu a stable condi tion at the end of each slilft. (c) Employees shall not lie permitted to work on the top of a wall when weather conditions constitute a hazard. (d) Structural or load-supporting members on any floor shall not be cut or removed until all stories above such a floor have been demolished and re moved. This provision shall not prohibit the cutting of floor beams for the dispos al of materials or for the Installation of equipment, provided that the require ments of 55 1518.853 and 1518.855 are met. (e) Floor openings within 10 feet of any wall being demolished shall be (a) Openings cut In a floor shall ex tend the full span of the arch between supports. (b) Eefore demolishing any floor arch, debris and other material shall be re moved from such arch and other ad jacent floor area. Planks not less than 2 Inches by 10 Inches In cross section, full size undressed, shall be provided for. and shall be used by employees to stand on while breaking down floor arches be tween beams. Such planks shall be so located as to provide a safe support for the workmen should the arch between the beams collapse. The open space be tween planks shall not exceed 16 inches. (c) Safe walkways, not less than 18 Inches wide, formed of planks not less than 2 Inches thick if wood, or of equiv alent strength If metal, shall be pro vided and used by workmen when necessary to enable them to reach any point without walking upon exposed beams. (d) Stringers of ample strength shall be installed to support the flooring planks, and the ends of such stringers shall be supported by floor beams or gird ers, and not by floor arches alone. (e) Planks shall be laid together over solid bearings with the ends overlapping at least l foot. (f) When floor arches arc being re moved, employees shall not be allowed In the area directly underneath, and such an area shall be barricaded to pre vent access to It. ig) Demolition of floor nrclu-s shall not bo started until they, and the sur rounding floor area for a distance of 20 feet, have been cleared of debris and any other unnecessary materials. 1510.056 Removal of wall*, floor*, and material with equipment. (a) Mechanical equipment shall not be used on floors or working surfaces un less such floors or surfaces are of suf ficient strength to support the imposed load. (b) Floor openings shall have curbs or stop-logs to prevent equipment from running over the edge. Cc) Mechanical equipment used shall not exceed 48 Inches in height measured planked solid, except when employees meet the requirements specified in Sub along the wall of the chute. At all stories are kept out of the area below. ports N and O of this part. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY-, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17863 7km; RULES AND REGULATIONS i) 1.11 ft.fl.~7 Storage-. (f) All roof cornices or other such blasting caps from current Induced by 'a) The storage oT waste material and debris on any floor shall not exceed the allowable floor loads. <b) In buildings having wooden floor construction, the flooring boards may be removed from not more than one floor above grade to provide storage space for debris, provided falling material is not permitted to endanger the stability of the structure. (ci When wood floor beams serve to brace interior walls or f.ec-standing ex terior walis, such beams shall bo left in place until other equivalent support can be installed to replace them. <di Floor arches, to an elevation of not more than 25 feet above grade, may be removed to provide storage area for debris: Provided. That such removal does not endanger the stability of the structure. (c) Storage space into which material is dumped shall be blocked off, except for openings necessary for the removal of material. Such openings shall be kept closed at all times when material is not being removed. 1510.858 Removal of steel construr- lioti. (a) When floor arches have been re moved, planking in accordance with 1518.855(b) shall be provided for the workers engaged in razing the steel framing. (b) Cranes, derricks, and other hoist ing equipment used shall meet the re quirements specified in Subpart N of this part. (c) Steel construction shall be dis mantled column length by column length, and tier by tier (columns may be In two-story lengths)., ornamental stonework shall be removed prior to pulling walls over. (g) During demolition, continuing in spections by a competent person shall be made as the work progresses to detect hazards resulting from weakened or deteriorated floors, or walls, or loosened material. No employee shall be permitted to work where such hazards exist until they are corrected by shoring, bracing, or other effective means. 1318.850 Selective cxplo>i\ cs. demolition by Selective demolition by explosives shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable sections of Subpart U of this part. Subpart U--Blasting and the Use of Explosives 1518.900 General provision--. (a) The employer shall permit only authorized and qualified persons to han dle and use explosives. (b) Smoking, firearms, matches, open flame lamps, and other fires, flame or heat producing devices and sparks shall be prohibited In or near explosive maga zines or while explosives are being han dled, transported or used. , (c) No person shall be allowed to han dle or use explosives while imder the in fluence of intoxicating liquors, narcotics, or other dangerous drugs. (d) All explosives shall be accounted for at all times. Explosives not being used shall be kept in a locked magazine, unavailable to persons not authorized to handle them. The employer shall main tain an inventory and use record of all explosives. Appropriate authorities shall be notified of any loss, theft, or unauthor radar, radio transmitters, lightning, ad jacent powerlines, dust storms, or other sources of extraneous electricity. These precautions shall include: (1) Detonators shall be short-circuited in holes which have been primed and shunted until wired into the blasting circuit. <2t The suspension of all blasting op erations and removal of persons from the blasting area during Ine approach and progress of an electric storm: (3) The posting of signs warning against the use of mobile radio transmit ters on all roads within 1,000 feet of the blasting operations. Signs shall have 4-inch white letters on a red background, with the words, "Blasting Area--Radio Transmitting Prohibited." (4) Ensuring that mobile radio trans mitters which are less than 100 feet away from electric blasting caps, in other than original containers, shall be de energized and effectively locked: (5) Compliance with the recommen dations of The Institute of the Makers of Explosives with regard to blasting in the vicinity of radio transmitters as stip ulated in Radio Frequency Energy--A Potential Hazard in the Use of Electric Blasting Caps, IME Publication No. 20, March 1968. (l) Empty boxes and paper and fiber packing materials, which have previ ously contained high explosives, shall not be used again for any purpose, but shall be destroyed by burning at an approved location. (m) Explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies that are obviously de teriorated or damaged shall not be used. (n) Delivery and issue of explosives shall only be made by and to authorized (d) Any structural member being dis membered shall not be overstressed. 1518.839 Mechanical demolition, (a) No workers shall be permitted in any area, which can be adversely affected by demolition operations, when balling or clamming is being performed. Only those workers necessary for the perform ance of the operations shall be permitted in this area at any other time. ized entry into a magazine. (e) No explosives or blasting agents shall be abandoned. (f) No fire shall be fought where the fire is in imminent danger of contact with explosives. All employees shall be re moved to a safe area and the fire area guarded against intruders. (g) Original containers, or Class n magazines, shall be used for taking deto nators and other explosives from storage persons and into authorized magazines or approved temporary storage or han dling areas. (o) Blasting operations in the prox imity of overhead power lines, com munication lines, utility services, or other services and structures shall not be car ried on until the operators and/or owners have been notified and measures for safe control have been taken. (p) The use of black powder shall be (b) The weight of the demolition ball shall not exceed 50 percent of the crane's rated load, based on the length of the boom and the maximum angle of opera magazines to the blasting area. (h) When blasting is done in con gested areas or In proximity to a struc ture, railway, or highway, or any other prohibited. (q) All loading and fifing shall be di rected and supervised by competent per sons thoroughly experienced in this field. tion at which the demolition ball will be Installation that may be damaged, the (r) All blasts shall be fired electrically used, or it shall not exceed 25 percent blaster shall take special precautions in with an electric blasting machine or of the nominal breaking strength of the the loading, delaying, initiation, and properly designed electric power source, line by which it is suspended, which confinement of each blast with mats or except as provided in 1518.90G (a) and ever results in a lesser value. other methods so os to control the throw (r). (c) The crane boom and loadline shall be as short as possible. of fragments, and thus prevent bodily injury to employees. 1518.901 Bluster qualifications. (d) The ball shall be attached to the (i) Employees authorized to prepare (a) A blaster shall be able to under loadline with a swivel-type connection explosive charges or conduct blasting op stand and give written and oral orders. to prevent twisting of the loadline, and erations shall use every reasonable pre (b) A blaster shall be in good physical shall be attached by positive means in caution including, bat not limited to, condition and not be addicted to nar such manner that the weight cannot visual and audible warning signals, flags, cotics, Intoxicants, or similar types of become accidentally disconnected. or barricades, to ensure employee safety. drugs. (c) When pulling over walls or por (j) Insofar as possible, blasting opera (c) A blaster shall be qualified, by tions thereof with a demolition ball or tions above ground shall be conducted reason of training, knowledge, or experi clamshell bucket, or by attachment of between sunup and sundown. ence, in the field of transporting, storing. a rope, all steel members affected shall (k) Due precautions shall be taken to handling-, and use of explosives, and have have been previously cut free. prevent accidental discharge of electric a working knowledge of State and local FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17864 RULES AND REGULATIONS 7-107 laws and regulations which pertain to in the use of the extinguisher on his (q) Explosives or blasting agents, not explosives. vehicle. In original containers, shall be placed in (d) Blasters shall be required to fur (J) Motor vehicles or conveyances a suitable container when transported nish satisfactory evidence of competency carrying explosives, blasting agents, or manually. in handling explosives and performing blasting supplies, shall not be taken in (r) Detonators, primers, and other in a safe manner the type of blasting side a garage or shop for repairs or explosives shall be carried In separate that will be required. servicing. containers when transported manually (ci The blaster shall be knowledgeable (k) No motor vehicle transporting and competent in the use of each type of explosives shall be left unattended. blasting method used. 1318.903 Underground trutp-porlulion 1318.904- .Storage of explosive* :uf blasting agents. <a) Explosives and related material.) 1.118.002 .Ourfnvi* tr;in--p<i-t:iti<m of of explosive's. shall be stored in approved facilities re c'VpIoMvr.-. (a) Ail explosives or blasting agents quired under the applicable provisions (a1 Transportation of explosives shall In transit underground shall be taken of the Internal Revenue Sendee regula meet the provisions of Department of to the place of use or storage without tions contained in 26 CFR 181. Com Transportation regulations contained In delay. merce in Explosives. 14 CFR Part 603, Air Transportation; 46 (b) The quantity of explosives or (b) Blasting caps, electric blasting CFR Parts 146-149, Water Carriers; 49 blasting agents taken to an underground caps, detonating primers, and primed CFR Pnrts 171-179, Highways and Rail loading area shall not exceed the cartridges shall not be stored lr. the same ways: 49 CFR Part 180. Pipelines: and amount estimated to be necessary for the magazine with other explosives or blast 49 CFR Parts 290-297, Motor Carriers. blast. ing agents. (b) Motor vehicle:; or conveyances (o) Explosives in transit shall not be (c) Smoking and open flames shall not transporting explosives shall only be left unattended. be permitted within 50 feet of explosives driven by, and be in the charge of, a (d) The hoist operator shall be noti and detonator storage magazine. licensed driver who is physically fit. He fied before explosives or blasting agents (d) No explosives or blasting agents shall be familiar with the local, State, arc transported In a shaft conveyance. shall be permanently stored in any and Federal regulation governing the (c) Trucks used for the transporta underground operation until the opera transportation of explosives. tion of explosives underground shall tion has been developed to the point Cc) No person shall smoke, or carry have the electrical system checked where at least two modes of exit have matches or any other flame-producing weekly to detect any failures which may been provided. device, nor shall firearms or loaded car constitute an electrical hazard. A written (e) Permanent underground storage tridges be carried while In or near a record of such inspections shall be kept magazines shall be at least 300 feet from motor vehicle or conveyance transporting on file. any shaft, adit, or active underground explosives. (f) The Installation of auxiliary lights working area. (d) Explosives, blasting agents, and on truck beds, which are powered by the (f) Permanent underground maga blasting supplies shall not be transported truck's electrical system, shall be zines containing detonators shall not be with other materials or cargoes. Blast prohibited. located closer than 50 feet to any maga ing caps (including electric) shall not (g) Explosives and blasting agents zine containing other explosives or blast be transported, in the same vehicle with shall be hoisted, lowered, or conveyed In ing agents. other explosives. a powder car. No other materials, sup 1318.905 Loading of cxplo-ivi-s or (e) Vehicles used for transporting ex plies. or equipment shall be transported Masting agents. plosives shall be strong enough to carry the load without difficulty, and shall be in good mechanical condition. (f) When explosives are transported by a vehicle with an open body, a Class II magazine or original manufacturer's container shall be securely mounted on the bed to contain the cargo. . (g) All vehicles used for the trans portation of explosives shall have tight floors and any exposed .spark-producing metal on the inside of the body shall be covered with wood, or other nonsparklng material, to prevent contact with con tainers of explosives. Ch) Every motor vehicle or conveyance used for transporting explosives shall be marked or placarded on both sides, the front, and the rear with the word "Ex plosives" in red letters, not less than 4 Inches in height, on white background. In addition to such marking or placard ing, the motor vehicle or conveyance may display, in such a manner that it will be readily visible from all directions, a red flag 18 Inches by 30 Inches, with the word "Explosives" painted, stamped, or sewed thereon, in white letters, at least 6 inches in height. (i) Each vehicle used for transporta tion of explosives shall be equipped with a fully cliarged fire extinguisher, in good condition. An Underwriters Laboratory- approved extinguisher of not less than 10-A3C rating will meet the minimum in the same conveyance at the same time. ' (h) No one. except the operator, his helper, and the powderman, shall be permitted to ride on a conveyance trans porting explosives and blasting agents. (1) No person shall ride In any shaft conveyance transporting explosives and blasting agents. (j) No explosives or blasting agents (a) Procedures that permit safe and efficient loading shall be established be fore loading is started. (b) All drill holes shall be sufficiently large to admit freely the Insertion of the cartridges of explosives. (c) Tamping shall be done only with wood rods or plastic tamping poles with out exposed metal parts, but nonsparking shall be transported on any locomotive. metal connectors may be used for Jointed At least two car lengths shall separate poles. Violent tamping shall be avoided. the locomotive from the powder car. The primer shall never be tamped. (k) No explosives or blasting agents (d) No holes shall be loaded except shall be transported on a man haul trip. those to be fired In the next round of (l) The car or conveyance containing blasting. After loading, all remaining ex explosives or blasting agents shall be plosives and detonators shall be Immedi pulled, not pushed, whenever possible. ately returned to an authorized maga (m) The powder car or conveyance zine. especially built for the purpose of trans (e) Drilling shall not be started until porting explosives or blasting agents shall all remaining butts of old holes are ex bear a rcflectorizcd sign on each side amined for unexplcded charges, and If with the word "Explosives" In letters, not less than 4 Inches In height; upon a background of sharply contrasting color.* (n) Compartments for transporting detonators and explosives In the same car or conveyance 6haH be physically separated by a distance of 24 Inches or by a solid partition at least 8 Inches thick. (o) Detonators and other explosives shall not be transported at the same time In any shaft conveyance. (p) Explosives, blasting agents, or any are found, they shall be reflred be fore work proceeds. * (f) No person shall be allowed to deepen drill holes which have contained explosives or blasting agents. (g) No explosives or blasting agents shall be left unattended at the blast site. (h) Machines and ah tools not used for loading explosives Into bore holes shah be removed from the Immediate location of holes before explosives are delivered. Equipment shall not be oper ated within 50 feet of loaded holes. blasting supplies shall not be transported a) No activity of any nature other requirement. The driver shall bo trained. with other materials. than that which is required for loading FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 7$--SATURDAY, APttl 17, T971 EGS 17865 "ill) c.s .shall be pc-i milted blasting cap manufacturer's recommen ground. If neither of these requireiue::; - ri a blast area. dations. or an approved contractor or his can be satisfied, a nonelectric sy;.ie;n <J) Power!ines and portable electric designated representative. shall be used. cables for equipment being used shall be (e) When firing a circuit of electric (s) In electrical firing, only the man kept a safe distance from explosives or blasting caps, care must be exercised to making leading wire connections shall blasting agents being loaded into drill ensure that an adequate quantity of fire the shot. All connections shall be holes. Cables in the proximity of the delivered current is available. In ac made from the bore hole back to the blast area shall be deenergized and cordance with the manufacturer's source of firing current, and the leading locked out by the blaster. recommendations. wires shall remain shorted and not be k > Holes shall be checked prior to if) Connecting wires and lead wires connected to the blasting machine or loading to determine depth and shall be insulated single solid wires of other source of current until the charge conditions. Where a hole has been ioaded sufficient current-carrying capacity. is to bo fired. '.uth explosives but the explosives have 'S' Bus '.vires shall be solid single (I) After firing an electric blast from tailed to detonate, there shall be no drill wires of sufficient current-carrying a blasting machine, the leadtng wive:; ing within 50 feet of (he hole. capacity. shall be immediately disconnected from < 1 > When loading a long line of holes 'h' When firing electrically, the in the machine and short-circuited. with more than one loading crew, the crews shall be separated by practical distance consistent with efficient opera tion and supervision of crews. (ml No explosive shall be ioaded or used underground in the presence of combustible gases or combustible dusts. (n) No explosives other than those In Fume Class 1. as set forth by the In stitute of Makers of Explosives, shall be used; however, explosives complying with the requirements of Fume Class 2 and Fume Class 3 may be used if ade quate ventilation has been provided. to.' All blast holes hi open work shall bo stemmed to the collar or to a point which will confine the charge. (p) Warning signs, indicating a blast area, shall bo maintained at all ap proaches to the blast area. The warning sign lettering shall not be less than 4 inches in height on a contrasting back ground. (q) A bore hole shall never be sprung when it is adjacent to or near a hole that is loaded. Flashlight batteries shall not bo used for springing holes. Cr' Drill holes which have been sprung or chambered, and which are not water-filled, shall be allowed to cool before explosives are loaded, (s) No loaded holes shall be left un attended or unprotected. (t) The blaster shall keep an ac curate, up-to-date record of explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies used in a blast and shall keep an ac curate running inventory of all explosives sulation on all firing lines shall be ade quate and in good condition. (i) A power circuit used for firing electric blasting caps shall not bo grounded. tj) In underground operations when firing from a power circuit, a safety switch shall be placed in the permanent firing line at intervals. This switch shall bo made so it can be locked only in the "Off" position and shall be provided with a short-circuiting arrangement of the firing lines to the cap circuit. (k) In underground operations there shall be a "lightning" gap of at least 5 feet in the firing system ahead of the main firing switch; that is, between this switcli and the source of power. This gap shall be bridged by a flexible jumper cord just before firing the blast. fl) When firing from a power circuit, the firing switch shall be locked in the open or "Ofl" position at all times, ex cept when firing. It shall be so designed that the firing lines to the cap circuit are automatically short-circuited when the switcli is in the "Olf position. Keys to this switch shall be entrusted only to the blaster. (in) Blasting machines shall be in good condition and the efficiency of the machine shall be tested periodically to make certain that it can deliver power at its rated capacity. (n> When firing with blasting ma chines, tlic connections shall be made ns recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting caps used. $ i.115.90(1 Hoc of (fctotuilitig cord. (a) Care shall be taken to select a detonating cord consistent with tiie type and physical condition of the bore hole and stemming and the type of explosives used. (b) Detonating cord shall be handled and used with the same respect and care given other explosives. (c> The line of detonating cord ex tending out of a bore hole or from a charge shall be cut from the supply spool before loading the remainder of the bore hole or placing additional charges. (d> Detonating cord shall be handted and used with care to avoid damaging or severing the cord during and after loading and hooking-up. ic) Detonating cord connections shall be competent and positive in accordance with approved and recommended meth ods. Knot-type or other cord-to-cord connections shall be made only with detonating cord in which the explosive core Is dry. (f) All detonating cord trunklines and branchlincs shall be free of loops, sharp kinks, or angles that direct the cord back toward the oncoming line of detonation. (g) All detonating cord connections shall be inspected before firing the blast. (h) When detonating cord millisec- ond-dclay connectors or short-interval- delay electric blasting caps are used with detonating cord, the practice shall con form strictly to the manufacturer's recommendations. and blasting agents stored on the opera tion. I ."> I 5.90(5 Initiation of o\ploMvc ((large".--electric blast lag. (a) Electric blasting caps shall not.be used where sources of extraneous elec tricity make the use of electric blasting caps dangerous. Blasting cap leg wires shall be kept short-circuited (shunted) until they arc connected into the circuit for firing. <b> Before adopting any system of electrical filing, the blaster shall conduct a thorough survey for extraneous cur (o> The number of electric blasting caps connected to a blasting machine shall not be In excess of Its rated capac ity. Furthermore, in primary blasting, a series circuit shall contain no more caps than the limits recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting caps in use. (p) The blaster shall be in charge of the blasting machines, and no other per son shall connect the leading wires to the machine. (q) Blasters, when testing circuits to charged holes, shall use only blasting galvanometers equipped with a silver (1) When connecting a blasting cap of an electric blasting cap to detonating cord, the cap shall be taped or otherwise attached securely along the side or tire end of the detonating cord, with the end of the cap containing the explosive chnrgc pointed in the direction in which the detonation is to proceed. (j) Detonators for firing the trunk line shall not be brought to the loading area nor attached to the detonating cord until everything else Is in readiness for tile blast. 1518.909 Firing tlic btnM. rents. and all dangerous currents shall chloride cell especially designed for this <a) A code of blasting signals equiva be eliminated before any holes are loaded. purpose. lent to Tabic TJ-1. shall be posted on one ci In any single blast using electric (r) Whenever the possibility exists or more conspicuous places at the opera blasting caps, all caps shall be of the that a leading line or blasting wire might tion. and all employees shall be required same style or function, and of the same be thrown over a live powcrline by the to familiarize themselves with the code manufacture. force of an explosion, care shall be taken and conform to It. Danger signs shall <d> Electric blasting shall be carried to see that Uio total length of wires are be placed at suitable locations. out by using blasting circuits or power kept too short to hit the lines, or that (b> Before a blast 1s fired, a loud circuits in accordance with the electric the wires are securely anchored to the warning signal shall be given by the FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17866 RULci AND REGULATIONS blaster in charge, who has made certain <b) Loading tubes and casings of dis if) The explosives suitable for use in tliat nil surplus explosives are in a safe similar metals shall not be used because wet holes shall be water-resistant and place and all employees, vehicles, and of possible electric transient currents shall be Fume Class 1. equipment arc at a safe distance, or from galvanic action of the metals and (g) When tunnel excavation in rock under .sufficient cover. water. face Is approaching mixed face, and (c) Flagmen shall he safely stationed <c) Only water-resistant blasting when tunnel excavation is In mixed face, on highways which pass through the caps and detonating cords shall be used blasting shall be performed with light danger zone so as to stop traffic during for all marine blasting. Loading shall charges and with light burden on each blasting operations. be done through a nonsparkling metal hole. Advance drilling shall be per (d) It shall be the duty of ihc blaster loading tube when tube is necessary. formed as tunnel excavation In rock face to fix the tunc of blasting. (o' Before firing an underground blast, warning shall be given, and all possible entries into the blasting area, and any entrances to any working place where a drift, raise, or other opening is about to hole through, shall be carefully guarded. The blaster shall make sure that all employees arc out of the blast area before firing a blast. 1518.910 Inspection lifter Masting. (a) Immediately after the blast has been fired, the firing line shall be dis connected from the blasting machine, or where power switches are used, they shall be locked open or In the of! position. fb> Sufficient time shall be allowed, not less than 15 minutes in tunnels, for the smoke and fumes to leave the blasted area before returning to the shot. An inspection of the area and the surround ing rubble shall be made by the blaster to determine if all charges have been exploded before employees are allowed to return to the operation, and in tunnels, after the muck pile has been wetted down. 1518.911 Misfires. ^1) No blast shall be fired while any vessel urocr way is closer than 1,500 feet to the blasting area. Those on board vessels or craft moored or anchored within 1.500 feet shall bo notified befure a Mast is fi.ed. <e) No blast shall be fired while any swimming or diving operations are in progress in the vicinity of the blasting area. If such operations are In progress, signals and arrangements shall be agreed upon to assure that no blast shall be fired while any person is In the water. (f) Blasting flags shall be displayed, fg) The storage and handling of ex plosives aboard vessels used In under water blasting operations shall be ac cording to provisions outlined herein on handling and storing explosives. (h) When more than one charge is placed under water, a float device shall be attached to an element of each charge in such manner that It will be released by the firing. Misfires shall be handled in accordance with the requirements of 5 1518.911. 1518.913 Blasting in cxenvation work under compressed air. approaches mixed face, to determine the general nature and extent of rock cover and the remaining distance ahead lo soft ground as excavation advances. 1518,9!-t Definition* npjdienMe In ilil- Mtlipin-t. fa> "American Table of Distances" < also known as Quantity Distance Tablesi means American Table of Dis tances for Storage of Explosives as re vised and approved by the Institute of the Makers of Explosives, June 5, 1904. (b) "Approved storage facility"--A facility for the storage of explosive ma terials conforming to the requirements of this part and covered by a license or permit issued under authority of the Internal Revenue Service. (Sec 20 CFR Part 181). (c) "Elast area"--The area in which explosives loading and blasting opera tions are being conducted. (d> "Blaster"--The person or persons authorized to use explosives for blasting purposes and meeting the qualifications contained in 1518.901. (e) "Blasting agent"--A blasting agent is any material or mixture con (a) If a misfire is found, the blaster shall provide proper safeguards for ex cluding all employees from the danger zone. . (b) No other work shall be done ex cept that necessary to remove the hazard of the misfire and only those employees necessary to do the work shall remain in the danger zone. (c) No attempt shall be made to ex tract explosives from any charged or misfired hole: a new primer shall be put in and the hole reblastcd. If retir ing of the misfired hole presents a haz ard. the explosives may be removed by washing out with water or, where the misfire is under water, blown out with air. (d) If there are any misfires while using cs.p and fuse, all employees shall remain away from the charge for at least 1 hour. Misfires shall be handled under the direction of the person in charge of the blasting. All wires shall be carefully traced and a search made for uncxplodcd charges. <c> No drilling, digging, or picking shall be permitted until all missed holes have been detonated or the authorized representative has approved that work (at Detonators and explosives shall not be stored or kept in tunnels, shafts, or caissons. Detonators and explosives for each round shall be taken directly from the magazines to the blasting zone and immediately loaded. Detonators and explosives left over after loading a round shall be removed from the working chamber before the connecting wires are connected up. (b) When detonators or explosives are bought into an air lock, no employee except the powderman, blaster, lock tender and the employees necessary for carrying, shall be permitted to enter the air lock. No other material, supplies, or equipment shall be locked through with the explosives. (c) Detonators and explosives shall be taken separately into pressure working chambers. rd J The blaster or powderman shall be responsible for the receipt, unloading, storage, and on-site transportation of explosives and detonators. (e> All metal pipes, rails, air locks, and steel tunnel lining shall be electri cally bonded together and grounded at or near the portal or shaft, and such sisting of a fuel and oxidizer used for blasting, but not classified an explosive and in which none of the Ingredients is classified as an explosive provided the furnished (mixed) product cannot be detonated with a No. 8 test blasting cap when confined. A common blasting agent presently in use Is a mixture of am monium nitrate (NH.NOi) and carbo naceous combustibles, such as fuel oil or coal, and may cither be procured, pre mixed and packaged from explosives companies or mixed in the field. (f) "Blasting cap"--A metallic tube closed at one end, containing a charge of one or more detonating compounds, and designed for and capable of detona tion from the sparks or flame from a safety fuse Inserted and crimped into the open end. (g( "Block holing"--The breaking of boulders by firing a charge of explosives that has been loaded in a drill hole. (h) "Conveyance"--Any unit for lransi>ortlng explosives or blasting agents. Including but not limited to trucks, trailers, rail cars, barges, and vessels. (I) "Detonating cord"--A flexible can proceed. pipes and rails shall be cross-bonded cord containing a center core of high 1518.912 Underwater Masting. together at not less than 1,000-foot Inter explosives which when detonated, will (a) A blaster shall conduct all blast vals throughout the length of the tunncL have sufficient strength to detonate other ing operations, and no shot shall oe In addition, each low air supply pipe cap-sensitive explosives with which It Is fired without his approval. shall be grounded at Its delivery end. in contact. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1 *771 EGS 17867 7410 RULES AND REGULATIONS (J> "Detonator"--Blasting caps, elec tric blasting caps, delay electric blasting caps, and nonelectric delay blasting caps. <k) "Electric blasting cap"--A blast ing cap designed for and capable of deto nation by means of an electric current. r 1 j "Electric blasting circuitry"-- (1 ' Bus wire. An expendable wire, used in parallel or scries, m parallel circuits, to winch are connected the leg wires of electric blasting caps. 1121 Connecting wire. An Insulated expendable wire used between electric blasting caps and the leading wires or between the bus wire and the leading wires. (3l Leading wire. An Insulated wire used between the electric power source and the electric blasting cap circuit. (4) Permanent blasting wire. A per manently mounted Insulated wire used between the electric power source and the electric blasting cap circuit. <m> "Electric delay .blasting caps"-- Caps designed to detonate at a prede termined period of time after energy Is applied to the Ignition system. <n) "Explosives"--(1) Any chemical comixjund, mixture, or device, the pri mary or common purpose of which is to function by explosion; that Is. with sub stantially Instantaneous release of gas and heat, unless such compound, mix ture or device Is otherwise specifically classified by the U.S. Department of Transportation. (2) All materia! which Is classified as Class A, Class B. and Class C explosives by the U.S. Department of Transporta tion. (3) Classification of explosives by the U.S. Department of Transportation Is as follows; Class A Explosives. Possessing detonating Inward, such as dynamite, nitroglycerin, picric acid, lead azide. fulminate of mercury, black powder, blasting cops, and detonating primers. Class 3 Explosives. Possessing flammable hazard, such as propellant explosives. Includ ing some smokeless propellants. Class O Explosives. Include certain types of manufactured articles which contain Class A or Class B explosives, or both, as components, but in restricted quantities. Co' "Fuse lighters"--Special devices for the purpose of Igniting safety fuse. (p) "Magazine--Any building or structure, other than on explosives manufacturing building, used for the storage of explosives. (q) "Misfire"--An explosive charge which failed to detonate. (r) "Mud-capping" (sometimes known as bulldozing, adobe blasting, or dobying). The blasting of boulders by placing a quantity of explosives against a rock, boulder, or other object without con fining the explosives in a drill hole. (s) "Nonelectric delay blasting cap"-- A blasting cap with an integral delay element In conjunction with and capable of being detonated by a detonation Im pulse or signal from miniaturized deto nating cord. it) "Primary blasting"--The blasting operation by which the original rock formation is dislodged from its natural location. <u) "Primer"--A cartridge or con tainer of explosives Into which a deto nator or detonating cord is inserted or attached. (vi "Safety fuse"--A flexible cord containing an internal burning medium by which fire Is conveyed at a continuous and uniform rate for the purpose of firing blasting caps. <w> "Secondary blasting"--The re duction of oversize material by the use of explosives to the dimension required for handling, including mudcapping and blockhoilng. 'x> "Stemming"--A suitable inert In combustible material or device used to confine or separate explosives In a drill hole, or to cover explosives in mud capping. <y) "Springing"--The creation of a pocket in the bottom of a drill hole by the use of a moderate quantity of ex plosives in order that larger quantities or explosives may be inserted therein. (z) "Water gels, or slurry explo sives"--A wide variety of materials used for blasting. TliSy oil contain substantial proportions of water and high propor tions of ammonium nitrate, some of which Is in solution in the water. Two broad classes of water gels are: (1) Those which are sensitized by a material classed as an explosive, such as TNT or smoke less powder, and (2) those which contain no ingredient classified as an explosive; these ore sensitized with metals such as aluminum or with other fuels. Water gels may be premixed at an explosives plant or mixed at the site immediately before delivery into the bore hole. Subpart V--Power Distribution and Transmission Lines [Reserved] Subpart W--Recording and Reporting Work Injury Frequency and Severity Data and Accident Costs [Re served] Subpart X--Effective Dales S 1.113.10,30 Effortnc date* (general). Except where different effective dates are specifically provided In 5 1518.1051, the safety and health standards pub lished in Subparts C through U of this part shall become effective on April 24, 1971. for all Federal and federally assisted advertised contracts subject thereto which are advertised after that date and on April 27. 1971, for all such negotiated contracts for which negotia tions begin after that date. 1318.1051 Effective dates (specific). (a) With respect to standards con cerning brakes and fenders prescribed In 5 1518.G02, the rules contained therein specify the applicable effective dates (b) (1) To the extent that the stand ards In Subpnrt C of this part apply to light residential construction, their ap plication is delayed until August 15,1971, which Is 120 days following the publica tion of the standards In the Federal Register. (2) For the purpose of this paragraph, the term "light residential construction" Is limited to the construction of homes and apartments which do not exceed three stories In height, and which do not have an elevator. (3) Interested persons are encouraged to petition within the 60-day period fol lowing publication of this part, for the issuance, amendment, or repeal of par ticular safety or health standards as they relate to light residential construc tion which would facilitate adjustments to the safety or health standards as a whole In such construction, or which would offer alternative standards that would not prejudice the safety or health of laborers or mechanics employed therein. Signed at Washington, D.C.. this I3lh day of April 1971. J. D. Hodgson. Secretary of Labor. (Fit Doc.71-6317 Filed 4-lS-71:8:*5 *ail FEDERAL REGISTER, YOU 34, NO. 75--SATURDAY, AML T7, TW1 EGS 17868